/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
 *
 * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
 *
 * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
 */

/*
 * spell.c: code for spell checking
 *
 * The spell checking mechanism uses a tree (aka trie).  Each node in the tree
 * has a list of bytes that can appear (siblings).  For each byte there is a
 * pointer to the node with the byte that follows in the word (child).
 *
 * A NUL byte is used where the word may end.  The bytes are sorted, so that
 * binary searching can be used and the NUL bytes are at the start.  The
 * number of possible bytes is stored before the list of bytes.
 *
 * The tree uses two arrays: "byts" stores the characters, "idxs" stores
 * either the next index or flags.  The tree starts at index 0.  For example,
 * to lookup "vi" this sequence is followed:
 *	i = 0
 *	len = byts[i]
 *	n = where "v" appears in byts[i + 1] to byts[i + len]
 *	i = idxs[n]
 *	len = byts[i]
 *	n = where "i" appears in byts[i + 1] to byts[i + len]
 *	i = idxs[n]
 *	len = byts[i]
 *	find that byts[i + 1] is 0, idxs[i + 1] has flags for "vi".
 *
 * There are two word trees: one with case-folded words and one with words in
 * original case.  The second one is only used for keep-case words and is
 * usually small.
 *
 * There is one additional tree for when not all prefixes are applied when
 * generating the .spl file.  This tree stores all the possible prefixes, as
 * if they were words.  At each word (prefix) end the prefix nr is stored, the
 * following word must support this prefix nr.  And the condition nr is
 * stored, used to lookup the condition that the word must match with.
 *
 * Thanks to Olaf Seibert for providing an example implementation of this tree
 * and the compression mechanism.
 * LZ trie ideas:
 *	http://www.irb.hr/hr/home/ristov/papers/RistovLZtrieRevision1.pdf
 * More papers: http://www-igm.univ-mlv.fr/~laporte/publi_en.html
 *
 * Matching involves checking the caps type: Onecap ALLCAP KeepCap.
 *
 * Why doesn't Vim use aspell/ispell/myspell/etc.?
 * See ":help develop-spell".
 */

/* Use SPELL_PRINTTREE for debugging: dump the word tree after adding a word.
 * Only use it for small word lists! */
#if 0
# define SPELL_PRINTTREE
#endif

/* Use DEBUG_TRIEWALK to print the changes made in suggest_trie_walk() for a
 * specific word. */
#if 0
# define DEBUG_TRIEWALK
#endif

/*
 * Use this to adjust the score after finding suggestions, based on the
 * suggested word sounding like the bad word.  This is much faster than doing
 * it for every possible suggestion.
 * Disadvantage: When "the" is typed as "hte" it sounds quite different ("@"
 * vs "ht") and goes down in the list.
 * Used when 'spellsuggest' is set to "best".
 */
#define RESCORE(word_score, sound_score) ((3 * word_score + sound_score) / 4)

/*
 * Do the opposite: based on a maximum end score and a known sound score,
 * compute the maximum word score that can be used.
 */
#define MAXSCORE(word_score, sound_score) ((4 * word_score - sound_score) / 3)

/*
 * Vim spell file format: <HEADER>
 *			  <SECTIONS>
 *			  <LWORDTREE>
 *			  <KWORDTREE>
 *			  <PREFIXTREE>
 *
 * <HEADER>: <fileID> <versionnr>
 *
 * <fileID>     8 bytes    "VIMspell"
 * <versionnr>  1 byte	    VIMSPELLVERSION
 *
 *
 * Sections make it possible to add information to the .spl file without
 * making it incompatible with previous versions.  There are two kinds of
 * sections:
 * 1. Not essential for correct spell checking.  E.g. for making suggestions.
 *    These are skipped when not supported.
 * 2. Optional information, but essential for spell checking when present.
 *    E.g. conditions for affixes.  When this section is present but not
 *    supported an error message is given.
 *
 * <SECTIONS>: <section> ... <sectionend>
 *
 * <section>: <sectionID> <sectionflags> <sectionlen> (section contents)
 *
 * <sectionID>	  1 byte    number from 0 to 254 identifying the section
 *
 * <sectionflags> 1 byte    SNF_REQUIRED: this section is required for correct
 *					    spell checking
 *
 * <sectionlen>   4 bytes   length of section contents, MSB first
 *
 * <sectionend>	  1 byte    SN_END
 *
 *
 * sectionID == SN_INFO: <infotext>
 * <infotext>	 N bytes    free format text with spell file info (version,
 *			    website, etc)
 *
 * sectionID == SN_REGION: <regionname> ...
 * <regionname>	 2 bytes    Up to 8 region names: ca, au, etc.  Lower case.
 *			    First <regionname> is region 1.
 *
 * sectionID == SN_CHARFLAGS: <charflagslen> <charflags>
 *				<folcharslen> <folchars>
 * <charflagslen> 1 byte    Number of bytes in <charflags> (should be 128).
 * <charflags>  N bytes     List of flags (first one is for character 128):
 *			    0x01  word character	CF_WORD
 *			    0x02  upper-case character	CF_UPPER
 * <folcharslen>  2 bytes   Number of bytes in <folchars>.
 * <folchars>     N bytes   Folded characters, first one is for character 128.
 *
 * sectionID == SN_MIDWORD: <midword>
 * <midword>     N bytes    Characters that are word characters only when used
 *			    in the middle of a word.
 *
 * sectionID == SN_PREFCOND: <prefcondcnt> <prefcond> ...
 * <prefcondcnt> 2 bytes    Number of <prefcond> items following.
 * <prefcond> : <condlen> <condstr>
 * <condlen>	1 byte	    Length of <condstr>.
 * <condstr>	N bytes	    Condition for the prefix.
 *
 * sectionID == SN_REP: <repcount> <rep> ...
 * <repcount>	 2 bytes    number of <rep> items, MSB first.
 * <rep> : <repfromlen> <repfrom> <reptolen> <repto>
 * <repfromlen>	 1 byte	    length of <repfrom>
 * <repfrom>	 N bytes    "from" part of replacement
 * <reptolen>	 1 byte	    length of <repto>
 * <repto>	 N bytes    "to" part of replacement
 *
 * sectionID == SN_REPSAL: <repcount> <rep> ...
 *   just like SN_REP but for soundfolded words
 *
 * sectionID == SN_SAL: <salflags> <salcount> <sal> ...
 * <salflags>	 1 byte	    flags for soundsalike conversion:
 *			    SAL_F0LLOWUP
 *			    SAL_COLLAPSE
 *			    SAL_REM_ACCENTS
 * <salcount>    2 bytes    number of <sal> items following
 * <sal> : <salfromlen> <salfrom> <saltolen> <salto>
 * <salfromlen>	 1 byte	    length of <salfrom>
 * <salfrom>	 N bytes    "from" part of soundsalike
 * <saltolen>	 1 byte	    length of <salto>
 * <salto>	 N bytes    "to" part of soundsalike
 *
 * sectionID == SN_SOFO: <sofofromlen> <sofofrom> <sofotolen> <sofoto>
 * <sofofromlen> 2 bytes    length of <sofofrom>
 * <sofofrom>	 N bytes    "from" part of soundfold
 * <sofotolen>	 2 bytes    length of <sofoto>
 * <sofoto>	 N bytes    "to" part of soundfold
 *
 * sectionID == SN_SUGFILE: <timestamp>
 * <timestamp>   8 bytes    time in seconds that must match with .sug file
 *
 * sectionID == SN_NOSPLITSUGS: nothing
 *
 * sectionID == SN_WORDS: <word> ...
 * <word>	 N bytes    NUL terminated common word
 *
 * sectionID == SN_MAP: <mapstr>
 * <mapstr>	 N bytes    String with sequences of similar characters,
 *			    separated by slashes.
 *
 * sectionID == SN_COMPOUND: <compmax> <compminlen> <compsylmax> <compoptions>
 *				<comppatcount> <comppattern> ... <compflags>
 * <compmax>     1 byte	    Maximum nr of words in compound word.
 * <compminlen>  1 byte	    Minimal word length for compounding.
 * <compsylmax>  1 byte	    Maximum nr of syllables in compound word.
 * <compoptions> 2 bytes    COMP_ flags.
 * <comppatcount> 2 bytes   number of <comppattern> following
 * <compflags>   N bytes    Flags from COMPOUNDRULE items, separated by
 *			    slashes.
 *
 * <comppattern>: <comppatlen> <comppattext>
 * <comppatlen>	 1 byte	    length of <comppattext>
 * <comppattext> N bytes    end or begin chars from CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN
 *
 * sectionID == SN_NOBREAK: (empty, its presence is what matters)
 *
 * sectionID == SN_SYLLABLE: <syllable>
 * <syllable>    N bytes    String from SYLLABLE item.
 *
 * <LWORDTREE>: <wordtree>
 *
 * <KWORDTREE>: <wordtree>
 *
 * <PREFIXTREE>: <wordtree>
 *
 *
 * <wordtree>: <nodecount> <nodedata> ...
 *
 * <nodecount>	4 bytes	    Number of nodes following.  MSB first.
 *
 * <nodedata>: <siblingcount> <sibling> ...
 *
 * <siblingcount> 1 byte    Number of siblings in this node.  The siblings
 *			    follow in sorted order.
 *
 * <sibling>: <byte> [ <nodeidx> <xbyte>
 *		      | <flags> [<flags2>] [<region>] [<affixID>]
 *		      | [<pflags>] <affixID> <prefcondnr> ]
 *
 * <byte>	1 byte	    Byte value of the sibling.  Special cases:
 *			    BY_NOFLAGS: End of word without flags and for all
 *					regions.
 *					For PREFIXTREE <affixID> and
 *					<prefcondnr> follow.
 *			    BY_FLAGS:   End of word, <flags> follow.
 *					For PREFIXTREE <pflags>, <affixID>
 *					and <prefcondnr> follow.
 *			    BY_FLAGS2:  End of word, <flags> and <flags2>
 *					follow.  Not used in PREFIXTREE.
 *			    BY_INDEX:   Child of sibling is shared, <nodeidx>
 *					and <xbyte> follow.
 *
 * <nodeidx>	3 bytes	    Index of child for this sibling, MSB first.
 *
 * <xbyte>	1 byte	    byte value of the sibling.
 *
 * <flags>	1 byte	    bitmask of:
 *			    WF_ALLCAP	word must have only capitals
 *			    WF_ONECAP   first char of word must be capital
 *			    WF_KEEPCAP	keep-case word
 *			    WF_FIXCAP   keep-case word, all caps not allowed
 *			    WF_RARE	rare word
 *			    WF_BANNED	bad word
 *			    WF_REGION	<region> follows
 *			    WF_AFX	<affixID> follows
 *
 * <flags2>	1 byte	    Bitmask of:
 *			    WF_HAS_AFF >> 8   word includes affix
 *			    WF_NEEDCOMP >> 8  word only valid in compound
 *			    WF_NOSUGGEST >> 8  word not used for suggestions
 *			    WF_COMPROOT >> 8  word already a compound
 *			    WF_NOCOMPBEF >> 8 no compounding before this word
 *			    WF_NOCOMPAFT >> 8 no compounding after this word
 *
 * <pflags>	1 byte	    bitmask of:
 *			    WFP_RARE	rare prefix
 *			    WFP_NC	non-combining prefix
 *			    WFP_UP	letter after prefix made upper case
 *
 * <region>	1 byte	    Bitmask for regions in which word is valid.  When
 *			    omitted it's valid in all regions.
 *			    Lowest bit is for region 1.
 *
 * <affixID>	1 byte	    ID of affix that can be used with this word.  In
 *			    PREFIXTREE used for the required prefix ID.
 *
 * <prefcondnr>	2 bytes	    Prefix condition number, index in <prefcond> list
 *			    from HEADER.
 *
 * All text characters are in 'encoding', but stored as single bytes.
 */

/*
 * Vim .sug file format:  <SUGHEADER>
 *			  <SUGWORDTREE>
 *			  <SUGTABLE>
 *
 * <SUGHEADER>: <fileID> <versionnr> <timestamp>
 *
 * <fileID>     6 bytes     "VIMsug"
 * <versionnr>  1 byte      VIMSUGVERSION
 * <timestamp>  8 bytes     timestamp that must match with .spl file
 *
 *
 * <SUGWORDTREE>: <wordtree>  (see above, no flags or region used)
 *
 *
 * <SUGTABLE>: <sugwcount> <sugline> ...
 *
 * <sugwcount>	4 bytes	    number of <sugline> following
 *
 * <sugline>: <sugnr> ... NUL
 *
 * <sugnr>:     X bytes     word number that results in this soundfolded word,
 *			    stored as an offset to the previous number in as
 *			    few bytes as possible, see offset2bytes())
 */

#include "vim.h"

#if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)

#ifndef UNIX		/* it's in os_unix.h for Unix */
# include <time.h>	/* for time_t */
#endif

#define MAXWLEN 250		/* Assume max. word len is this many bytes.
				   Some places assume a word length fits in a
				   byte, thus it can't be above 255. */

/* Type used for indexes in the word tree need to be at least 4 bytes.  If int
 * is 8 bytes we could use something smaller, but what? */
#if SIZEOF_INT > 3
typedef int idx_T;
#else
typedef long idx_T;
#endif

#ifdef VMS
# define SPL_FNAME_TMPL  "%s_%s.spl"
# define SPL_FNAME_ADD   "_add."
# define SPL_FNAME_ASCII "_ascii."
#else
# define SPL_FNAME_TMPL  "%s.%s.spl"
# define SPL_FNAME_ADD   ".add."
# define SPL_FNAME_ASCII ".ascii."
#endif

/* Flags used for a word.  Only the lowest byte can be used, the region byte
 * comes above it. */
#define WF_REGION   0x01	/* region byte follows */
#define WF_ONECAP   0x02	/* word with one capital (or all capitals) */
#define WF_ALLCAP   0x04	/* word must be all capitals */
#define WF_RARE	    0x08	/* rare word */
#define WF_BANNED   0x10	/* bad word */
#define WF_AFX	    0x20	/* affix ID follows */
#define WF_FIXCAP   0x40	/* keep-case word, allcap not allowed */
#define WF_KEEPCAP  0x80	/* keep-case word */

/* for <flags2>, shifted up one byte to be used in wn_flags */
#define WF_HAS_AFF  0x0100	/* word includes affix */
#define WF_NEEDCOMP 0x0200	/* word only valid in compound */
#define WF_NOSUGGEST 0x0400	/* word not to be suggested */
#define WF_COMPROOT 0x0800	/* already compounded word, COMPOUNDROOT */
#define WF_NOCOMPBEF 0x1000	/* no compounding before this word */
#define WF_NOCOMPAFT 0x2000	/* no compounding after this word */

/* only used for su_badflags */
#define WF_MIXCAP   0x20	/* mix of upper and lower case: macaRONI */

#define WF_CAPMASK (WF_ONECAP | WF_ALLCAP | WF_KEEPCAP | WF_FIXCAP)

/* flags for <pflags> */
#define WFP_RARE	    0x01	/* rare prefix */
#define WFP_NC		    0x02	/* prefix is not combining */
#define WFP_UP		    0x04	/* to-upper prefix */
#define WFP_COMPPERMIT	    0x08	/* prefix with COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG */
#define WFP_COMPFORBID	    0x10	/* prefix with COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG */

/* Flags for postponed prefixes in "sl_pidxs".  Must be above affixID (one
 * byte) and prefcondnr (two bytes). */
#define WF_RAREPFX  (WFP_RARE << 24)	/* rare postponed prefix */
#define WF_PFX_NC   (WFP_NC << 24)	/* non-combining postponed prefix */
#define WF_PFX_UP   (WFP_UP << 24)	/* to-upper postponed prefix */
#define WF_PFX_COMPPERMIT (WFP_COMPPERMIT << 24) /* postponed prefix with
						  * COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG */
#define WF_PFX_COMPFORBID (WFP_COMPFORBID << 24) /* postponed prefix with
						  * COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG */


/* flags for <compoptions> */
#define COMP_CHECKDUP		1	/* CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP */
#define COMP_CHECKREP		2	/* CHECKCOMPOUNDREP */
#define COMP_CHECKCASE		4	/* CHECKCOMPOUNDCASE */
#define COMP_CHECKTRIPLE	8	/* CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE */

/* Special byte values for <byte>.  Some are only used in the tree for
 * postponed prefixes, some only in the other trees.  This is a bit messy... */
#define BY_NOFLAGS	0	/* end of word without flags or region; for
				 * postponed prefix: no <pflags> */
#define BY_INDEX	1	/* child is shared, index follows */
#define BY_FLAGS	2	/* end of word, <flags> byte follows; for
				 * postponed prefix: <pflags> follows */
#define BY_FLAGS2	3	/* end of word, <flags> and <flags2> bytes
				 * follow; never used in prefix tree */
#define BY_SPECIAL  BY_FLAGS2	/* highest special byte value */

/* Info from "REP", "REPSAL" and "SAL" entries in ".aff" file used in si_rep,
 * si_repsal, sl_rep, and si_sal.  Not for sl_sal!
 * One replacement: from "ft_from" to "ft_to". */
typedef struct fromto_S
{
    char_u	*ft_from;
    char_u	*ft_to;
} fromto_T;

/* Info from "SAL" entries in ".aff" file used in sl_sal.
 * The info is split for quick processing by spell_soundfold().
 * Note that "sm_oneof" and "sm_rules" point into sm_lead. */
typedef struct salitem_S
{
    char_u	*sm_lead;	/* leading letters */
    int		sm_leadlen;	/* length of "sm_lead" */
    char_u	*sm_oneof;	/* letters from () or NULL */
    char_u	*sm_rules;	/* rules like ^, $, priority */
    char_u	*sm_to;		/* replacement. */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    int		*sm_lead_w;	/* wide character copy of "sm_lead" */
    int		*sm_oneof_w;	/* wide character copy of "sm_oneof" */
    int		*sm_to_w;	/* wide character copy of "sm_to" */
#endif
} salitem_T;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
typedef int salfirst_T;
#else
typedef short salfirst_T;
#endif

/* Values for SP_*ERROR are negative, positive values are used by
 * read_cnt_string(). */
#define	SP_TRUNCERROR	-1	/* spell file truncated error */
#define	SP_FORMERROR	-2	/* format error in spell file */
#define SP_OTHERERROR	-3	/* other error while reading spell file */

/*
 * Structure used to store words and other info for one language, loaded from
 * a .spl file.
 * The main access is through the tree in "sl_fbyts/sl_fidxs", storing the
 * case-folded words.  "sl_kbyts/sl_kidxs" is for keep-case words.
 *
 * The "byts" array stores the possible bytes in each tree node, preceded by
 * the number of possible bytes, sorted on byte value:
 *	<len> <byte1> <byte2> ...
 * The "idxs" array stores the index of the child node corresponding to the
 * byte in "byts".
 * Exception: when the byte is zero, the word may end here and "idxs" holds
 * the flags, region mask and affixID for the word.  There may be several
 * zeros in sequence for alternative flag/region/affixID combinations.
 */
typedef struct slang_S slang_T;
struct slang_S
{
    slang_T	*sl_next;	/* next language */
    char_u	*sl_name;	/* language name "en", "en.rare", "nl", etc. */
    char_u	*sl_fname;	/* name of .spl file */
    int		sl_add;		/* TRUE if it's a .add file. */

    char_u	*sl_fbyts;	/* case-folded word bytes */
    idx_T	*sl_fidxs;	/* case-folded word indexes */
    char_u	*sl_kbyts;	/* keep-case word bytes */
    idx_T	*sl_kidxs;	/* keep-case word indexes */
    char_u	*sl_pbyts;	/* prefix tree word bytes */
    idx_T	*sl_pidxs;	/* prefix tree word indexes */

    char_u	*sl_info;	/* infotext string or NULL */

    char_u	sl_regions[17];	/* table with up to 8 region names plus NUL */

    char_u	*sl_midword;	/* MIDWORD string or NULL */

    hashtab_T	sl_wordcount;	/* hashtable with word count, wordcount_T */

    int		sl_compmax;	/* COMPOUNDWORDMAX (default: MAXWLEN) */
    int		sl_compminlen;	/* COMPOUNDMIN (default: 0) */
    int		sl_compsylmax;	/* COMPOUNDSYLMAX (default: MAXWLEN) */
    int		sl_compoptions;	/* COMP_* flags */
    garray_T	sl_comppat;	/* CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN items */
    regprog_T	*sl_compprog;	/* COMPOUNDRULE turned into a regexp progrm
				 * (NULL when no compounding) */
    char_u	*sl_comprules;	/* all COMPOUNDRULE concatenated (or NULL) */
    char_u	*sl_compstartflags; /* flags for first compound word */
    char_u	*sl_compallflags; /* all flags for compound words */
    char_u	sl_nobreak;	/* When TRUE: no spaces between words */
    char_u	*sl_syllable;	/* SYLLABLE repeatable chars or NULL */
    garray_T	sl_syl_items;	/* syllable items */

    int		sl_prefixcnt;	/* number of items in "sl_prefprog" */
    regprog_T	**sl_prefprog;	/* table with regprogs for prefixes */

    garray_T	sl_rep;		/* list of fromto_T entries from REP lines */
    short	sl_rep_first[256];  /* indexes where byte first appears, -1 if
				       there is none */
    garray_T	sl_sal;		/* list of salitem_T entries from SAL lines */
    salfirst_T	sl_sal_first[256];  /* indexes where byte first appears, -1 if
				       there is none */
    int		sl_followup;	/* SAL followup */
    int		sl_collapse;	/* SAL collapse_result */
    int		sl_rem_accents;	/* SAL remove_accents */
    int		sl_sofo;	/* SOFOFROM and SOFOTO instead of SAL items:
				 * "sl_sal_first" maps chars, when has_mbyte
				 * "sl_sal" is a list of wide char lists. */
    garray_T	sl_repsal;	/* list of fromto_T entries from REPSAL lines */
    short	sl_repsal_first[256];  /* sl_rep_first for REPSAL lines */
    int		sl_nosplitsugs;	/* don't suggest splitting a word */

    /* Info from the .sug file.  Loaded on demand. */
    time_t	sl_sugtime;	/* timestamp for .sug file */
    char_u	*sl_sbyts;	/* soundfolded word bytes */
    idx_T	*sl_sidxs;	/* soundfolded word indexes */
    buf_T	*sl_sugbuf;	/* buffer with word number table */
    int		sl_sugloaded;	/* TRUE when .sug file was loaded or failed to
				   load */

    int		sl_has_map;	/* TRUE if there is a MAP line */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    hashtab_T	sl_map_hash;	/* MAP for multi-byte chars */
    int		sl_map_array[256]; /* MAP for first 256 chars */
#else
    char_u	sl_map_array[256]; /* MAP for first 256 chars */
#endif
    hashtab_T	sl_sounddone;	/* table with soundfolded words that have
				   handled, see add_sound_suggest() */
};

/* First language that is loaded, start of the linked list of loaded
 * languages. */
static slang_T *first_lang = NULL;

/* Flags used in .spl file for soundsalike flags. */
#define SAL_F0LLOWUP		1
#define SAL_COLLAPSE		2
#define SAL_REM_ACCENTS		4

/*
 * Structure used in "b_langp", filled from 'spelllang'.
 */
typedef struct langp_S
{
    slang_T	*lp_slang;	/* info for this language */
    slang_T	*lp_sallang;	/* language used for sound folding or NULL */
    slang_T	*lp_replang;	/* language used for REP items or NULL */
    int		lp_region;	/* bitmask for region or REGION_ALL */
} langp_T;

#define LANGP_ENTRY(ga, i)	(((langp_T *)(ga).ga_data) + (i))

#define REGION_ALL 0xff		/* word valid in all regions */

#define VIMSPELLMAGIC "VIMspell"  /* string at start of Vim spell file */
#define VIMSPELLMAGICL 8
#define VIMSPELLVERSION 50

#define VIMSUGMAGIC "VIMsug"	/* string at start of Vim .sug file */
#define VIMSUGMAGICL 6
#define VIMSUGVERSION 1

/* Section IDs.  Only renumber them when VIMSPELLVERSION changes! */
#define SN_REGION	0	/* <regionname> section */
#define SN_CHARFLAGS	1	/* charflags section */
#define SN_MIDWORD	2	/* <midword> section */
#define SN_PREFCOND	3	/* <prefcond> section */
#define SN_REP		4	/* REP items section */
#define SN_SAL		5	/* SAL items section */
#define SN_SOFO		6	/* soundfolding section */
#define SN_MAP		7	/* MAP items section */
#define SN_COMPOUND	8	/* compound words section */
#define SN_SYLLABLE	9	/* syllable section */
#define SN_NOBREAK	10	/* NOBREAK section */
#define SN_SUGFILE	11	/* timestamp for .sug file */
#define SN_REPSAL	12	/* REPSAL items section */
#define SN_WORDS	13	/* common words */
#define SN_NOSPLITSUGS	14	/* don't split word for suggestions */
#define SN_INFO		15	/* info section */
#define SN_END		255	/* end of sections */

#define SNF_REQUIRED	1	/* <sectionflags>: required section */

/* Result values.  Lower number is accepted over higher one. */
#define SP_BANNED	-1
#define SP_OK		0
#define SP_RARE		1
#define SP_LOCAL	2
#define SP_BAD		3

/* file used for "zG" and "zW" */
static char_u	*int_wordlist = NULL;

typedef struct wordcount_S
{
    short_u	wc_count;	    /* nr of times word was seen */
    char_u	wc_word[1];	    /* word, actually longer */
} wordcount_T;

static wordcount_T dumwc;
#define WC_KEY_OFF  (unsigned)(dumwc.wc_word - (char_u *)&dumwc)
#define HI2WC(hi)     ((wordcount_T *)((hi)->hi_key - WC_KEY_OFF))
#define MAXWORDCOUNT 0xffff

/*
 * Information used when looking for suggestions.
 */
typedef struct suginfo_S
{
    garray_T	su_ga;		    /* suggestions, contains "suggest_T" */
    int		su_maxcount;	    /* max. number of suggestions displayed */
    int		su_maxscore;	    /* maximum score for adding to su_ga */
    int		su_sfmaxscore;	    /* idem, for when doing soundfold words */
    garray_T	su_sga;		    /* like su_ga, sound-folded scoring */
    char_u	*su_badptr;	    /* start of bad word in line */
    int		su_badlen;	    /* length of detected bad word in line */
    int		su_badflags;	    /* caps flags for bad word */
    char_u	su_badword[MAXWLEN]; /* bad word truncated at su_badlen */
    char_u	su_fbadword[MAXWLEN]; /* su_badword case-folded */
    char_u	su_sal_badword[MAXWLEN]; /* su_badword soundfolded */
    hashtab_T	su_banned;	    /* table with banned words */
    slang_T	*su_sallang;	    /* default language for sound folding */
} suginfo_T;

/* One word suggestion.  Used in "si_ga". */
typedef struct suggest_S
{
    char_u	*st_word;	/* suggested word, allocated string */
    int		st_wordlen;	/* STRLEN(st_word) */
    int		st_orglen;	/* length of replaced text */
    int		st_score;	/* lower is better */
    int		st_altscore;	/* used when st_score compares equal */
    int		st_salscore;	/* st_score is for soundalike */
    int		st_had_bonus;	/* bonus already included in score */
    slang_T	*st_slang;	/* language used for sound folding */
} suggest_T;

#define SUG(ga, i) (((suggest_T *)(ga).ga_data)[i])

/* TRUE if a word appears in the list of banned words.  */
#define WAS_BANNED(su, word) (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hash_find(&su->su_banned, word)))

/* Number of suggestions kept when cleaning up.  We need to keep more than
 * what is displayed, because when rescore_suggestions() is called the score
 * may change and wrong suggestions may be removed later. */
#define SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su)    ((su)->su_maxcount < 130 ? 150 : (su)->su_maxcount + 20)

/* Threshold for sorting and cleaning up suggestions.  Don't want to keep lots
 * of suggestions that are not going to be displayed. */
#define SUG_MAX_COUNT(su)	(SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su) + 50)

/* score for various changes */
#define SCORE_SPLIT	149	/* split bad word */
#define SCORE_SPLIT_NO	249	/* split bad word with NOSPLITSUGS */
#define SCORE_ICASE	52	/* slightly different case */
#define SCORE_REGION	200	/* word is for different region */
#define SCORE_RARE	180	/* rare word */
#define SCORE_SWAP	75	/* swap two characters */
#define SCORE_SWAP3	110	/* swap two characters in three */
#define SCORE_REP	65	/* REP replacement */
#define SCORE_SUBST	93	/* substitute a character */
#define SCORE_SIMILAR	33	/* substitute a similar character */
#define SCORE_SUBCOMP	33	/* substitute a composing character */
#define SCORE_DEL	94	/* delete a character */
#define SCORE_DELDUP	66	/* delete a duplicated character */
#define SCORE_DELCOMP	28	/* delete a composing character */
#define SCORE_INS	96	/* insert a character */
#define SCORE_INSDUP	67	/* insert a duplicate character */
#define SCORE_INSCOMP	30	/* insert a composing character */
#define SCORE_NONWORD	103	/* change non-word to word char */

#define SCORE_FILE	30	/* suggestion from a file */
#define SCORE_MAXINIT	350	/* Initial maximum score: higher == slower.
				 * 350 allows for about three changes. */

#define SCORE_COMMON1	30	/* subtracted for words seen before */
#define SCORE_COMMON2	40	/* subtracted for words often seen */
#define SCORE_COMMON3	50	/* subtracted for words very often seen */
#define SCORE_THRES2	10	/* word count threshold for COMMON2 */
#define SCORE_THRES3	100	/* word count threshold for COMMON3 */

/* When trying changed soundfold words it becomes slow when trying more than
 * two changes.  With less then two changes it's slightly faster but we miss a
 * few good suggestions.  In rare cases we need to try three of four changes.
 */
#define SCORE_SFMAX1	200	/* maximum score for first try */
#define SCORE_SFMAX2	300	/* maximum score for second try */
#define SCORE_SFMAX3	400	/* maximum score for third try */

#define SCORE_BIG	SCORE_INS * 3	/* big difference */
#define SCORE_MAXMAX	999999		/* accept any score */
#define SCORE_LIMITMAX	350		/* for spell_edit_score_limit() */

/* for spell_edit_score_limit() we need to know the minimum value of
 * SCORE_ICASE, SCORE_SWAP, SCORE_DEL, SCORE_SIMILAR and SCORE_INS */
#define SCORE_EDIT_MIN	SCORE_SIMILAR

/*
 * Structure to store info for word matching.
 */
typedef struct matchinf_S
{
    langp_T	*mi_lp;			/* info for language and region */

    /* pointers to original text to be checked */
    char_u	*mi_word;		/* start of word being checked */
    char_u	*mi_end;		/* end of matching word so far */
    char_u	*mi_fend;		/* next char to be added to mi_fword */
    char_u	*mi_cend;		/* char after what was used for
					   mi_capflags */

    /* case-folded text */
    char_u	mi_fword[MAXWLEN + 1];	/* mi_word case-folded */
    int		mi_fwordlen;		/* nr of valid bytes in mi_fword */

    /* for when checking word after a prefix */
    int		mi_prefarridx;		/* index in sl_pidxs with list of
					   affixID/condition */
    int		mi_prefcnt;		/* number of entries at mi_prefarridx */
    int		mi_prefixlen;		/* byte length of prefix */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    int		mi_cprefixlen;		/* byte length of prefix in original
					   case */
#else
# define mi_cprefixlen mi_prefixlen	/* it's the same value */
#endif

    /* for when checking a compound word */
    int		mi_compoff;		/* start of following word offset */
    char_u	mi_compflags[MAXWLEN];	/* flags for compound words used */
    int		mi_complen;		/* nr of compound words used */
    int		mi_compextra;		/* nr of COMPOUNDROOT words */

    /* others */
    int		mi_result;		/* result so far: SP_BAD, SP_OK, etc. */
    int		mi_capflags;		/* WF_ONECAP WF_ALLCAP WF_KEEPCAP */
    win_T	*mi_win;		/* buffer being checked */

    /* for NOBREAK */
    int		mi_result2;		/* "mi_resul" without following word */
    char_u	*mi_end2;		/* "mi_end" without following word */
} matchinf_T;

/*
 * The tables used for recognizing word characters according to spelling.
 * These are only used for the first 256 characters of 'encoding'.
 */
typedef struct spelltab_S
{
    char_u  st_isw[256];	/* flags: is word char */
    char_u  st_isu[256];	/* flags: is uppercase char */
    char_u  st_fold[256];	/* chars: folded case */
    char_u  st_upper[256];	/* chars: upper case */
} spelltab_T;

static spelltab_T   spelltab;
static int	    did_set_spelltab;

#define CF_WORD		0x01
#define CF_UPPER	0x02

static void clear_spell_chartab __ARGS((spelltab_T *sp));
static int set_spell_finish __ARGS((spelltab_T	*new_st));
static int spell_iswordp __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp));
static int spell_iswordp_nmw __ARGS((char_u *p));
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
static int spell_mb_isword_class __ARGS((int cl));
static int spell_iswordp_w __ARGS((int *p, win_T *wp));
#endif
static int write_spell_prefcond __ARGS((FILE *fd, garray_T *gap));

/*
 * For finding suggestions: At each node in the tree these states are tried:
 */
typedef enum
{
    STATE_START = 0,	/* At start of node check for NUL bytes (goodword
			 * ends); if badword ends there is a match, otherwise
			 * try splitting word. */
    STATE_NOPREFIX,	/* try without prefix */
    STATE_SPLITUNDO,	/* Undo splitting. */
    STATE_ENDNUL,	/* Past NUL bytes at start of the node. */
    STATE_PLAIN,	/* Use each byte of the node. */
    STATE_DEL,		/* Delete a byte from the bad word. */
    STATE_INS_PREP,	/* Prepare for inserting bytes. */
    STATE_INS,		/* Insert a byte in the bad word. */
    STATE_SWAP,		/* Swap two bytes. */
    STATE_UNSWAP,	/* Undo swap two characters. */
    STATE_SWAP3,	/* Swap two characters over three. */
    STATE_UNSWAP3,	/* Undo Swap two characters over three. */
    STATE_UNROT3L,	/* Undo rotate three characters left */
    STATE_UNROT3R,	/* Undo rotate three characters right */
    STATE_REP_INI,	/* Prepare for using REP items. */
    STATE_REP,		/* Use matching REP items from the .aff file. */
    STATE_REP_UNDO,	/* Undo a REP item replacement. */
    STATE_FINAL		/* End of this node. */
} state_T;

/*
 * Struct to keep the state at each level in suggest_try_change().
 */
typedef struct trystate_S
{
    state_T	ts_state;	/* state at this level, STATE_ */
    int		ts_score;	/* score */
    idx_T	ts_arridx;	/* index in tree array, start of node */
    short	ts_curi;	/* index in list of child nodes */
    char_u	ts_fidx;	/* index in fword[], case-folded bad word */
    char_u	ts_fidxtry;	/* ts_fidx at which bytes may be changed */
    char_u	ts_twordlen;	/* valid length of tword[] */
    char_u	ts_prefixdepth;	/* stack depth for end of prefix or
				 * PFD_PREFIXTREE or PFD_NOPREFIX */
    char_u	ts_flags;	/* TSF_ flags */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    char_u	ts_tcharlen;	/* number of bytes in tword character */
    char_u	ts_tcharidx;	/* current byte index in tword character */
    char_u	ts_isdiff;	/* DIFF_ values */
    char_u	ts_fcharstart;	/* index in fword where badword char started */
#endif
    char_u	ts_prewordlen;	/* length of word in "preword[]" */
    char_u	ts_splitoff;	/* index in "tword" after last split */
    char_u	ts_splitfidx;	/* "ts_fidx" at word split */
    char_u	ts_complen;	/* nr of compound words used */
    char_u	ts_compsplit;	/* index for "compflags" where word was spit */
    char_u	ts_save_badflags;   /* su_badflags saved here */
    char_u	ts_delidx;	/* index in fword for char that was deleted,
				   valid when "ts_flags" has TSF_DIDDEL */
} trystate_T;

/* values for ts_isdiff */
#define DIFF_NONE	0	/* no different byte (yet) */
#define DIFF_YES	1	/* different byte found */
#define DIFF_INSERT	2	/* inserting character */

/* values for ts_flags */
#define TSF_PREFIXOK	1	/* already checked that prefix is OK */
#define TSF_DIDSPLIT	2	/* tried split at this point */
#define TSF_DIDDEL	4	/* did a delete, "ts_delidx" has index */

/* special values ts_prefixdepth */
#define PFD_NOPREFIX	0xff	/* not using prefixes */
#define PFD_PREFIXTREE	0xfe	/* walking through the prefix tree */
#define PFD_NOTSPECIAL	0xfd	/* highest value that's not special */

/* mode values for find_word */
#define FIND_FOLDWORD	    0	/* find word case-folded */
#define FIND_KEEPWORD	    1	/* find keep-case word */
#define FIND_PREFIX	    2	/* find word after prefix */
#define FIND_COMPOUND	    3	/* find case-folded compound word */
#define FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND   4	/* find keep-case compound word */

static slang_T *slang_alloc __ARGS((char_u *lang));
static void slang_free __ARGS((slang_T *lp));
static void slang_clear __ARGS((slang_T *lp));
static void slang_clear_sug __ARGS((slang_T *lp));
static void find_word __ARGS((matchinf_T *mip, int mode));
static int match_checkcompoundpattern __ARGS((char_u *ptr, int wlen, garray_T *gap));
static int can_compound __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *word, char_u *flags));
static int can_be_compound __ARGS((trystate_T *sp, slang_T *slang, char_u *compflags, int flag));
static int match_compoundrule __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *compflags));
static int valid_word_prefix __ARGS((int totprefcnt, int arridx, int flags, char_u *word, slang_T *slang, int cond_req));
static void find_prefix __ARGS((matchinf_T *mip, int mode));
static int fold_more __ARGS((matchinf_T *mip));
static int spell_valid_case __ARGS((int wordflags, int treeflags));
static int no_spell_checking __ARGS((win_T *wp));
static void spell_load_lang __ARGS((char_u *lang));
static char_u *spell_enc __ARGS((void));
static void int_wordlist_spl __ARGS((char_u *fname));
static void spell_load_cb __ARGS((char_u *fname, void *cookie));
static slang_T *spell_load_file __ARGS((char_u *fname, char_u *lang, slang_T *old_lp, int silent));
static char_u *read_cnt_string __ARGS((FILE *fd, int cnt_bytes, int *lenp));
static int read_region_section __ARGS((FILE *fd, slang_T *slang, int len));
static int read_charflags_section __ARGS((FILE *fd));
static int read_prefcond_section __ARGS((FILE *fd, slang_T *lp));
static int read_rep_section __ARGS((FILE *fd, garray_T *gap, short *first));
static int read_sal_section __ARGS((FILE *fd, slang_T *slang));
static int read_words_section __ARGS((FILE *fd, slang_T *lp, int len));
static void count_common_word __ARGS((slang_T *lp, char_u *word, int len, int count));
static int score_wordcount_adj __ARGS((slang_T *slang, int score, char_u *word, int split));
static int read_sofo_section __ARGS((FILE *fd, slang_T *slang));
static int read_compound __ARGS((FILE *fd, slang_T *slang, int len));
static int byte_in_str __ARGS((char_u *str, int byte));
static int init_syl_tab __ARGS((slang_T *slang));
static int count_syllables __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *word));
static int set_sofo __ARGS((slang_T *lp, char_u *from, char_u *to));
static void set_sal_first __ARGS((slang_T *lp));
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
static int *mb_str2wide __ARGS((char_u *s));
#endif
static int spell_read_tree __ARGS((FILE *fd, char_u **bytsp, idx_T **idxsp, int prefixtree, int prefixcnt));
static idx_T read_tree_node __ARGS((FILE *fd, char_u *byts, idx_T *idxs, int maxidx, idx_T startidx, int prefixtree, int maxprefcondnr));
static void clear_midword __ARGS((win_T *buf));
static void use_midword __ARGS((slang_T *lp, win_T *buf));
static int find_region __ARGS((char_u *rp, char_u *region));
static int captype __ARGS((char_u *word, char_u *end));
static int badword_captype __ARGS((char_u *word, char_u *end));
static void spell_reload_one __ARGS((char_u *fname, int added_word));
static void set_spell_charflags __ARGS((char_u *flags, int cnt, char_u *upp));
static int set_spell_chartab __ARGS((char_u *fol, char_u *low, char_u *upp));
static int spell_casefold __ARGS((char_u *p, int len, char_u *buf, int buflen));
static int check_need_cap __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
static void spell_find_suggest __ARGS((char_u *badptr, int badlen, suginfo_T *su, int maxcount, int banbadword, int need_cap, int interactive));
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
static void spell_suggest_expr __ARGS((suginfo_T *su, char_u *expr));
#endif
static void spell_suggest_file __ARGS((suginfo_T *su, char_u *fname));
static void spell_suggest_intern __ARGS((suginfo_T *su, int interactive));
static void suggest_load_files __ARGS((void));
static void tree_count_words __ARGS((char_u *byts, idx_T *idxs));
static void spell_find_cleanup __ARGS((suginfo_T *su));
static void onecap_copy __ARGS((char_u *word, char_u *wcopy, int upper));
static void allcap_copy __ARGS((char_u *word, char_u *wcopy));
static void suggest_try_special __ARGS((suginfo_T *su));
static void suggest_try_change __ARGS((suginfo_T *su));
static void suggest_trie_walk __ARGS((suginfo_T *su, langp_T *lp, char_u *fword, int soundfold));
static void go_deeper __ARGS((trystate_T *stack, int depth, int score_add));
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
static int nofold_len __ARGS((char_u *fword, int flen, char_u *word));
#endif
static void find_keepcap_word __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *fword, char_u *kword));
static void score_comp_sal __ARGS((suginfo_T *su));
static void score_combine __ARGS((suginfo_T *su));
static int stp_sal_score __ARGS((suggest_T *stp, suginfo_T *su, slang_T *slang, char_u *badsound));
static void suggest_try_soundalike_prep __ARGS((void));
static void suggest_try_soundalike __ARGS((suginfo_T *su));
static void suggest_try_soundalike_finish __ARGS((void));
static void add_sound_suggest __ARGS((suginfo_T *su, char_u *goodword, int score, langp_T *lp));
static int soundfold_find __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *word));
static void make_case_word __ARGS((char_u *fword, char_u *cword, int flags));
static void set_map_str __ARGS((slang_T *lp, char_u *map));
static int similar_chars __ARGS((slang_T *slang, int c1, int c2));
static void add_suggestion __ARGS((suginfo_T *su, garray_T *gap, char_u *goodword, int badlen, int score, int altscore, int had_bonus, slang_T *slang, int maxsf));
static void check_suggestions __ARGS((suginfo_T *su, garray_T *gap));
static void add_banned __ARGS((suginfo_T *su, char_u *word));
static void rescore_suggestions __ARGS((suginfo_T *su));
static void rescore_one __ARGS((suginfo_T *su, suggest_T *stp));
static int cleanup_suggestions __ARGS((garray_T *gap, int maxscore, int keep));
static void spell_soundfold __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, int folded, char_u *res));
static void spell_soundfold_sofo __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, char_u *res));
static void spell_soundfold_sal __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, char_u *res));
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
static void spell_soundfold_wsal __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *inword, char_u *res));
#endif
static int soundalike_score __ARGS((char_u *goodsound, char_u *badsound));
static int spell_edit_score __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *badword, char_u *goodword));
static int spell_edit_score_limit __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *badword, char_u *goodword, int limit));
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
static int spell_edit_score_limit_w __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *badword, char_u *goodword, int limit));
#endif
static void dump_word __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *word, char_u *pat, int *dir, int round, int flags, linenr_T lnum));
static linenr_T dump_prefixes __ARGS((slang_T *slang, char_u *word, char_u *pat, int *dir, int round, int flags, linenr_T startlnum));
static buf_T *open_spellbuf __ARGS((void));
static void close_spellbuf __ARGS((buf_T *buf));

/*
 * Use our own character-case definitions, because the current locale may
 * differ from what the .spl file uses.
 * These must not be called with negative number!
 */
#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
/* Non-multi-byte implementation. */
# define SPELL_TOFOLD(c) ((c) < 256 ? (int)spelltab.st_fold[c] : (c))
# define SPELL_TOUPPER(c) ((c) < 256 ? (int)spelltab.st_upper[c] : (c))
# define SPELL_ISUPPER(c) ((c) < 256 ? spelltab.st_isu[c] : FALSE)
#else
# if defined(HAVE_WCHAR_H)
#  include <wchar.h>	    /* for towupper() and towlower() */
# endif
/* Multi-byte implementation.  For Unicode we can call utf_*(), but don't do
 * that for ASCII, because we don't want to use 'casemap' here.  Otherwise use
 * the "w" library function for characters above 255 if available. */
# ifdef HAVE_TOWLOWER
#  define SPELL_TOFOLD(c) (enc_utf8 && (c) >= 128 ? utf_fold(c) \
	    : (c) < 256 ? (int)spelltab.st_fold[c] : (int)towlower(c))
# else
#  define SPELL_TOFOLD(c) (enc_utf8 && (c) >= 128 ? utf_fold(c) \
	    : (c) < 256 ? (int)spelltab.st_fold[c] : (c))
# endif

# ifdef HAVE_TOWUPPER
#  define SPELL_TOUPPER(c) (enc_utf8 && (c) >= 128 ? utf_toupper(c) \
	    : (c) < 256 ? (int)spelltab.st_upper[c] : (int)towupper(c))
# else
#  define SPELL_TOUPPER(c) (enc_utf8 && (c) >= 128 ? utf_toupper(c) \
	    : (c) < 256 ? (int)spelltab.st_upper[c] : (c))
# endif

# ifdef HAVE_ISWUPPER
#  define SPELL_ISUPPER(c) (enc_utf8 && (c) >= 128 ? utf_isupper(c) \
	    : (c) < 256 ? spelltab.st_isu[c] : iswupper(c))
# else
#  define SPELL_ISUPPER(c) (enc_utf8 && (c) >= 128 ? utf_isupper(c) \
	    : (c) < 256 ? spelltab.st_isu[c] : (FALSE))
# endif
#endif


static char *e_format = N_("E759: Format error in spell file");
static char *e_spell_trunc = N_("E758: Truncated spell file");
static char *e_afftrailing = N_("Trailing text in %s line %d: %s");
static char *e_affname = N_("Affix name too long in %s line %d: %s");
static char *e_affform = N_("E761: Format error in affix file FOL, LOW or UPP");
static char *e_affrange = N_("E762: Character in FOL, LOW or UPP is out of range");
static char *msg_compressing = N_("Compressing word tree...");

/* Remember what "z?" replaced. */
static char_u	*repl_from = NULL;
static char_u	*repl_to = NULL;

/*
 * Main spell-checking function.
 * "ptr" points to a character that could be the start of a word.
 * "*attrp" is set to the highlight index for a badly spelled word.  For a
 * non-word or when it's OK it remains unchanged.
 * This must only be called when 'spelllang' is not empty.
 *
 * "capcol" is used to check for a Capitalised word after the end of a
 * sentence.  If it's zero then perform the check.  Return the column where to
 * check next, or -1 when no sentence end was found.  If it's NULL then don't
 * worry.
 *
 * Returns the length of the word in bytes, also when it's OK, so that the
 * caller can skip over the word.
 */
    int
spell_check(wp, ptr, attrp, capcol, docount)
    win_T	*wp;		/* current window */
    char_u	*ptr;
    hlf_T	*attrp;
    int		*capcol;	/* column to check for Capital */
    int		docount;	/* count good words */
{
    matchinf_T	mi;		/* Most things are put in "mi" so that it can
				   be passed to functions quickly. */
    int		nrlen = 0;	/* found a number first */
    int		c;
    int		wrongcaplen = 0;
    int		lpi;
    int		count_word = docount;

    /* A word never starts at a space or a control character.  Return quickly
     * then, skipping over the character. */
    if (*ptr <= ' ')
	return 1;

    /* Return here when loading language files failed. */
    if (wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len == 0)
	return 1;

    vim_memset(&mi, 0, sizeof(matchinf_T));

    /* A number is always OK.  Also skip hexadecimal numbers 0xFF99 and
     * 0X99FF.  But always do check spelling to find "3GPP" and "11
     * julifeest". */
    if (*ptr >= '0' && *ptr <= '9')
    {
	if (*ptr == '0' && (ptr[1] == 'x' || ptr[1] == 'X'))
	    mi.mi_end = skiphex(ptr + 2);
	else
	    mi.mi_end = skipdigits(ptr);
	nrlen = (int)(mi.mi_end - ptr);
    }

    /* Find the normal end of the word (until the next non-word character). */
    mi.mi_word = ptr;
    mi.mi_fend = ptr;
    if (spell_iswordp(mi.mi_fend, wp))
    {
	do
	{
	    mb_ptr_adv(mi.mi_fend);
	} while (*mi.mi_fend != NUL && spell_iswordp(mi.mi_fend, wp));

	if (capcol != NULL && *capcol == 0 && wp->w_s->b_cap_prog != NULL)
	{
	    /* Check word starting with capital letter. */
	    c = PTR2CHAR(ptr);
	    if (!SPELL_ISUPPER(c))
		wrongcaplen = (int)(mi.mi_fend - ptr);
	}
    }
    if (capcol != NULL)
	*capcol = -1;

    /* We always use the characters up to the next non-word character,
     * also for bad words. */
    mi.mi_end = mi.mi_fend;

    /* Check caps type later. */
    mi.mi_capflags = 0;
    mi.mi_cend = NULL;
    mi.mi_win = wp;

    /* case-fold the word with one non-word character, so that we can check
     * for the word end. */
    if (*mi.mi_fend != NUL)
	mb_ptr_adv(mi.mi_fend);

    (void)spell_casefold(ptr, (int)(mi.mi_fend - ptr), mi.mi_fword,
							     MAXWLEN + 1);
    mi.mi_fwordlen = (int)STRLEN(mi.mi_fword);

    /* The word is bad unless we recognize it. */
    mi.mi_result = SP_BAD;
    mi.mi_result2 = SP_BAD;

    /*
     * Loop over the languages specified in 'spelllang'.
     * We check them all, because a word may be matched longer in another
     * language.
     */
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	mi.mi_lp = LANGP_ENTRY(wp->w_s->b_langp, lpi);

	/* If reloading fails the language is still in the list but everything
	 * has been cleared. */
	if (mi.mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_fidxs == NULL)
	    continue;

	/* Check for a matching word in case-folded words. */
	find_word(&mi, FIND_FOLDWORD);

	/* Check for a matching word in keep-case words. */
	find_word(&mi, FIND_KEEPWORD);

	/* Check for matching prefixes. */
	find_prefix(&mi, FIND_FOLDWORD);

	/* For a NOBREAK language, may want to use a word without a following
	 * word as a backup. */
	if (mi.mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_nobreak && mi.mi_result == SP_BAD
						   && mi.mi_result2 != SP_BAD)
	{
	    mi.mi_result = mi.mi_result2;
	    mi.mi_end = mi.mi_end2;
	}

	/* Count the word in the first language where it's found to be OK. */
	if (count_word && mi.mi_result == SP_OK)
	{
	    count_common_word(mi.mi_lp->lp_slang, ptr,
						   (int)(mi.mi_end - ptr), 1);
	    count_word = FALSE;
	}
    }

    if (mi.mi_result != SP_OK)
    {
	/* If we found a number skip over it.  Allows for "42nd".  Do flag
	 * rare and local words, e.g., "3GPP". */
	if (nrlen > 0)
	{
	    if (mi.mi_result == SP_BAD || mi.mi_result == SP_BANNED)
		return nrlen;
	}

	/* When we are at a non-word character there is no error, just
	 * skip over the character (try looking for a word after it). */
	else if (!spell_iswordp_nmw(ptr))
	{
	    if (capcol != NULL && wp->w_s->b_cap_prog != NULL)
	    {
		regmatch_T	regmatch;

		/* Check for end of sentence. */
		regmatch.regprog = wp->w_s->b_cap_prog;
		regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
		if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, ptr, 0))
		    *capcol = (int)(regmatch.endp[0] - ptr);
	    }

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
		return (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
#endif
	    return 1;
	}
	else if (mi.mi_end == ptr)
	    /* Always include at least one character.  Required for when there
	     * is a mixup in "midword". */
	    mb_ptr_adv(mi.mi_end);
	else if (mi.mi_result == SP_BAD
		&& LANGP_ENTRY(wp->w_s->b_langp, 0)->lp_slang->sl_nobreak)
	{
	    char_u	*p, *fp;
	    int		save_result = mi.mi_result;

	    /* First language in 'spelllang' is NOBREAK.  Find first position
	     * at which any word would be valid. */
	    mi.mi_lp = LANGP_ENTRY(wp->w_s->b_langp, 0);
	    if (mi.mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_fidxs != NULL)
	    {
		p = mi.mi_word;
		fp = mi.mi_fword;
		for (;;)
		{
		    mb_ptr_adv(p);
		    mb_ptr_adv(fp);
		    if (p >= mi.mi_end)
			break;
		    mi.mi_compoff = (int)(fp - mi.mi_fword);
		    find_word(&mi, FIND_COMPOUND);
		    if (mi.mi_result != SP_BAD)
		    {
			mi.mi_end = p;
			break;
		    }
		}
		mi.mi_result = save_result;
	    }
	}

	if (mi.mi_result == SP_BAD || mi.mi_result == SP_BANNED)
	    *attrp = HLF_SPB;
	else if (mi.mi_result == SP_RARE)
	    *attrp = HLF_SPR;
	else
	    *attrp = HLF_SPL;
    }

    if (wrongcaplen > 0 && (mi.mi_result == SP_OK || mi.mi_result == SP_RARE))
    {
	/* Report SpellCap only when the word isn't badly spelled. */
	*attrp = HLF_SPC;
	return wrongcaplen;
    }

    return (int)(mi.mi_end - ptr);
}

/*
 * Check if the word at "mip->mi_word" is in the tree.
 * When "mode" is FIND_FOLDWORD check in fold-case word tree.
 * When "mode" is FIND_KEEPWORD check in keep-case word tree.
 * When "mode" is FIND_PREFIX check for word after prefix in fold-case word
 * tree.
 *
 * For a match mip->mi_result is updated.
 */
    static void
find_word(mip, mode)
    matchinf_T	*mip;
    int		mode;
{
    idx_T	arridx = 0;
    int		endlen[MAXWLEN];    /* length at possible word endings */
    idx_T	endidx[MAXWLEN];    /* possible word endings */
    int		endidxcnt = 0;
    int		len;
    int		wlen = 0;
    int		flen;
    int		c;
    char_u	*ptr;
    idx_T	lo, hi, m;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    char_u	*s;
#endif
    char_u	*p;
    int		res = SP_BAD;
    slang_T	*slang = mip->mi_lp->lp_slang;
    unsigned	flags;
    char_u	*byts;
    idx_T	*idxs;
    int		word_ends;
    int		prefix_found;
    int		nobreak_result;

    if (mode == FIND_KEEPWORD || mode == FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND)
    {
	/* Check for word with matching case in keep-case tree. */
	ptr = mip->mi_word;
	flen = 9999;		    /* no case folding, always enough bytes */
	byts = slang->sl_kbyts;
	idxs = slang->sl_kidxs;

	if (mode == FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND)
	    /* Skip over the previously found word(s). */
	    wlen += mip->mi_compoff;
    }
    else
    {
	/* Check for case-folded in case-folded tree. */
	ptr = mip->mi_fword;
	flen = mip->mi_fwordlen;    /* available case-folded bytes */
	byts = slang->sl_fbyts;
	idxs = slang->sl_fidxs;

	if (mode == FIND_PREFIX)
	{
	    /* Skip over the prefix. */
	    wlen = mip->mi_prefixlen;
	    flen -= mip->mi_prefixlen;
	}
	else if (mode == FIND_COMPOUND)
	{
	    /* Skip over the previously found word(s). */
	    wlen = mip->mi_compoff;
	    flen -= mip->mi_compoff;
	}

    }

    if (byts == NULL)
	return;			/* array is empty */

    /*
     * Repeat advancing in the tree until:
     * - there is a byte that doesn't match,
     * - we reach the end of the tree,
     * - or we reach the end of the line.
     */
    for (;;)
    {
	if (flen <= 0 && *mip->mi_fend != NUL)
	    flen = fold_more(mip);

	len = byts[arridx++];

	/* If the first possible byte is a zero the word could end here.
	 * Remember this index, we first check for the longest word. */
	if (byts[arridx] == 0)
	{
	    if (endidxcnt == MAXWLEN)
	    {
		/* Must be a corrupted spell file. */
		EMSG(_(e_format));
		return;
	    }
	    endlen[endidxcnt] = wlen;
	    endidx[endidxcnt++] = arridx++;
	    --len;

	    /* Skip over the zeros, there can be several flag/region
	     * combinations. */
	    while (len > 0 && byts[arridx] == 0)
	    {
		++arridx;
		--len;
	    }
	    if (len == 0)
		break;	    /* no children, word must end here */
	}

	/* Stop looking at end of the line. */
	if (ptr[wlen] == NUL)
	    break;

	/* Perform a binary search in the list of accepted bytes. */
	c = ptr[wlen];
	if (c == TAB)	    /* <Tab> is handled like <Space> */
	    c = ' ';
	lo = arridx;
	hi = arridx + len - 1;
	while (lo < hi)
	{
	    m = (lo + hi) / 2;
	    if (byts[m] > c)
		hi = m - 1;
	    else if (byts[m] < c)
		lo = m + 1;
	    else
	    {
		lo = hi = m;
		break;
	    }
	}

	/* Stop if there is no matching byte. */
	if (hi < lo || byts[lo] != c)
	    break;

	/* Continue at the child (if there is one). */
	arridx = idxs[lo];
	++wlen;
	--flen;

	/* One space in the good word may stand for several spaces in the
	 * checked word. */
	if (c == ' ')
	{
	    for (;;)
	    {
		if (flen <= 0 && *mip->mi_fend != NUL)
		    flen = fold_more(mip);
		if (ptr[wlen] != ' ' && ptr[wlen] != TAB)
		    break;
		++wlen;
		--flen;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Verify that one of the possible endings is valid.  Try the longest
     * first.
     */
    while (endidxcnt > 0)
    {
	--endidxcnt;
	arridx = endidx[endidxcnt];
	wlen = endlen[endidxcnt];

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if ((*mb_head_off)(ptr, ptr + wlen) > 0)
	    continue;	    /* not at first byte of character */
#endif
	if (spell_iswordp(ptr + wlen, mip->mi_win))
	{
	    if (slang->sl_compprog == NULL && !slang->sl_nobreak)
		continue;	    /* next char is a word character */
	    word_ends = FALSE;
	}
	else
	    word_ends = TRUE;
	/* The prefix flag is before compound flags.  Once a valid prefix flag
	 * has been found we try compound flags. */
	prefix_found = FALSE;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (mode != FIND_KEEPWORD && has_mbyte)
	{
	    /* Compute byte length in original word, length may change
	     * when folding case.  This can be slow, take a shortcut when the
	     * case-folded word is equal to the keep-case word. */
	    p = mip->mi_word;
	    if (STRNCMP(ptr, p, wlen) != 0)
	    {
		for (s = ptr; s < ptr + wlen; mb_ptr_adv(s))
		    mb_ptr_adv(p);
		wlen = (int)(p - mip->mi_word);
	    }
	}
#endif

	/* Check flags and region.  For FIND_PREFIX check the condition and
	 * prefix ID.
	 * Repeat this if there are more flags/region alternatives until there
	 * is a match. */
	res = SP_BAD;
	for (len = byts[arridx - 1]; len > 0 && byts[arridx] == 0;
							      --len, ++arridx)
	{
	    flags = idxs[arridx];

	    /* For the fold-case tree check that the case of the checked word
	     * matches with what the word in the tree requires.
	     * For keep-case tree the case is always right.  For prefixes we
	     * don't bother to check. */
	    if (mode == FIND_FOLDWORD)
	    {
		if (mip->mi_cend != mip->mi_word + wlen)
		{
		    /* mi_capflags was set for a different word length, need
		     * to do it again. */
		    mip->mi_cend = mip->mi_word + wlen;
		    mip->mi_capflags = captype(mip->mi_word, mip->mi_cend);
		}

		if (mip->mi_capflags == WF_KEEPCAP
				|| !spell_valid_case(mip->mi_capflags, flags))
		    continue;
	    }

	    /* When mode is FIND_PREFIX the word must support the prefix:
	     * check the prefix ID and the condition.  Do that for the list at
	     * mip->mi_prefarridx that find_prefix() filled. */
	    else if (mode == FIND_PREFIX && !prefix_found)
	    {
		c = valid_word_prefix(mip->mi_prefcnt, mip->mi_prefarridx,
				    flags,
				    mip->mi_word + mip->mi_cprefixlen, slang,
				    FALSE);
		if (c == 0)
		    continue;

		/* Use the WF_RARE flag for a rare prefix. */
		if (c & WF_RAREPFX)
		    flags |= WF_RARE;
		prefix_found = TRUE;
	    }

	    if (slang->sl_nobreak)
	    {
		if ((mode == FIND_COMPOUND || mode == FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND)
			&& (flags & WF_BANNED) == 0)
		{
		    /* NOBREAK: found a valid following word.  That's all we
		     * need to know, so return. */
		    mip->mi_result = SP_OK;
		    break;
		}
	    }

	    else if ((mode == FIND_COMPOUND || mode == FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND
								|| !word_ends))
	    {
		/* If there is no compound flag or the word is shorter than
		 * COMPOUNDMIN reject it quickly.
		 * Makes you wonder why someone puts a compound flag on a word
		 * that's too short...  Myspell compatibility requires this
		 * anyway. */
		if (((unsigned)flags >> 24) == 0
			     || wlen - mip->mi_compoff < slang->sl_compminlen)
		    continue;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		/* For multi-byte chars check character length against
		 * COMPOUNDMIN. */
		if (has_mbyte
			&& slang->sl_compminlen > 0
			&& mb_charlen_len(mip->mi_word + mip->mi_compoff,
				wlen - mip->mi_compoff) < slang->sl_compminlen)
			continue;
#endif

		/* Limit the number of compound words to COMPOUNDWORDMAX if no
		 * maximum for syllables is specified. */
		if (!word_ends && mip->mi_complen + mip->mi_compextra + 2
							   > slang->sl_compmax
					   && slang->sl_compsylmax == MAXWLEN)
		    continue;

		/* Don't allow compounding on a side where an affix was added,
		 * unless COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG was used. */
		if (mip->mi_complen > 0 && (flags & WF_NOCOMPBEF))
		    continue;
		if (!word_ends && (flags & WF_NOCOMPAFT))
		    continue;

		/* Quickly check if compounding is possible with this flag. */
		if (!byte_in_str(mip->mi_complen == 0
					? slang->sl_compstartflags
					: slang->sl_compallflags,
					    ((unsigned)flags >> 24)))
		    continue;

		/* If there is a match with a CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN rule
		 * discard the compound word. */
		if (match_checkcompoundpattern(ptr, wlen, &slang->sl_comppat))
		    continue;

		if (mode == FIND_COMPOUND)
		{
		    int	    capflags;

		    /* Need to check the caps type of the appended compound
		     * word. */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    if (has_mbyte && STRNCMP(ptr, mip->mi_word,
							mip->mi_compoff) != 0)
		    {
			/* case folding may have changed the length */
			p = mip->mi_word;
			for (s = ptr; s < ptr + mip->mi_compoff; mb_ptr_adv(s))
			    mb_ptr_adv(p);
		    }
		    else
#endif
			p = mip->mi_word + mip->mi_compoff;
		    capflags = captype(p, mip->mi_word + wlen);
		    if (capflags == WF_KEEPCAP || (capflags == WF_ALLCAP
						 && (flags & WF_FIXCAP) != 0))
			continue;

		    if (capflags != WF_ALLCAP)
		    {
			/* When the character before the word is a word
			 * character we do not accept a Onecap word.  We do
			 * accept a no-caps word, even when the dictionary
			 * word specifies ONECAP. */
			mb_ptr_back(mip->mi_word, p);
			if (spell_iswordp_nmw(p)
				? capflags == WF_ONECAP
				: (flags & WF_ONECAP) != 0
						     && capflags != WF_ONECAP)
			    continue;
		    }
		}

		/* If the word ends the sequence of compound flags of the
		 * words must match with one of the COMPOUNDRULE items and
		 * the number of syllables must not be too large. */
		mip->mi_compflags[mip->mi_complen] = ((unsigned)flags >> 24);
		mip->mi_compflags[mip->mi_complen + 1] = NUL;
		if (word_ends)
		{
		    char_u	fword[MAXWLEN];

		    if (slang->sl_compsylmax < MAXWLEN)
		    {
			/* "fword" is only needed for checking syllables. */
			if (ptr == mip->mi_word)
			    (void)spell_casefold(ptr, wlen, fword, MAXWLEN);
			else
			    vim_strncpy(fword, ptr, endlen[endidxcnt]);
		    }
		    if (!can_compound(slang, fword, mip->mi_compflags))
			continue;
		}
		else if (slang->sl_comprules != NULL
			     && !match_compoundrule(slang, mip->mi_compflags))
		    /* The compound flags collected so far do not match any
		     * COMPOUNDRULE, discard the compounded word. */
		    continue;
	    }

	    /* Check NEEDCOMPOUND: can't use word without compounding. */
	    else if (flags & WF_NEEDCOMP)
		continue;

	    nobreak_result = SP_OK;

	    if (!word_ends)
	    {
		int	save_result = mip->mi_result;
		char_u	*save_end = mip->mi_end;
		langp_T	*save_lp = mip->mi_lp;
		int	lpi;

		/* Check that a valid word follows.  If there is one and we
		 * are compounding, it will set "mi_result", thus we are
		 * always finished here.  For NOBREAK we only check that a
		 * valid word follows.
		 * Recursive! */
		if (slang->sl_nobreak)
		    mip->mi_result = SP_BAD;

		/* Find following word in case-folded tree. */
		mip->mi_compoff = endlen[endidxcnt];
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		if (has_mbyte && mode == FIND_KEEPWORD)
		{
		    /* Compute byte length in case-folded word from "wlen":
		     * byte length in keep-case word.  Length may change when
		     * folding case.  This can be slow, take a shortcut when
		     * the case-folded word is equal to the keep-case word. */
		    p = mip->mi_fword;
		    if (STRNCMP(ptr, p, wlen) != 0)
		    {
			for (s = ptr; s < ptr + wlen; mb_ptr_adv(s))
			    mb_ptr_adv(p);
			mip->mi_compoff = (int)(p - mip->mi_fword);
		    }
		}
#endif
		c = mip->mi_compoff;
		++mip->mi_complen;
		if (flags & WF_COMPROOT)
		    ++mip->mi_compextra;

		/* For NOBREAK we need to try all NOBREAK languages, at least
		 * to find the ".add" file(s). */
		for (lpi = 0; lpi < mip->mi_win->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
		{
		    if (slang->sl_nobreak)
		    {
			mip->mi_lp = LANGP_ENTRY(mip->mi_win->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
			if (mip->mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_fidxs == NULL
					 || !mip->mi_lp->lp_slang->sl_nobreak)
			    continue;
		    }

		    find_word(mip, FIND_COMPOUND);

		    /* When NOBREAK any word that matches is OK.  Otherwise we
		     * need to find the longest match, thus try with keep-case
		     * and prefix too. */
		    if (!slang->sl_nobreak || mip->mi_result == SP_BAD)
		    {
			/* Find following word in keep-case tree. */
			mip->mi_compoff = wlen;
			find_word(mip, FIND_KEEPCOMPOUND);

#if 0	    /* Disabled, a prefix must not appear halfway a compound word,
	       unless the COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG is used and then it can't be a
	       postponed prefix. */
			if (!slang->sl_nobreak || mip->mi_result == SP_BAD)
			{
			    /* Check for following word with prefix. */
			    mip->mi_compoff = c;
			    find_prefix(mip, FIND_COMPOUND);
			}
#endif
		    }

		    if (!slang->sl_nobreak)
			break;
		}
		--mip->mi_complen;
		if (flags & WF_COMPROOT)
		    --mip->mi_compextra;
		mip->mi_lp = save_lp;

		if (slang->sl_nobreak)
		{
		    nobreak_result = mip->mi_result;
		    mip->mi_result = save_result;
		    mip->mi_end = save_end;
		}
		else
		{
		    if (mip->mi_result == SP_OK)
			break;
		    continue;
		}
	    }

	    if (flags & WF_BANNED)
		res = SP_BANNED;
	    else if (flags & WF_REGION)
	    {
		/* Check region. */
		if ((mip->mi_lp->lp_region & (flags >> 16)) != 0)
		    res = SP_OK;
		else
		    res = SP_LOCAL;
	    }
	    else if (flags & WF_RARE)
		res = SP_RARE;
	    else
		res = SP_OK;

	    /* Always use the longest match and the best result.  For NOBREAK
	     * we separately keep the longest match without a following good
	     * word as a fall-back. */
	    if (nobreak_result == SP_BAD)
	    {
		if (mip->mi_result2 > res)
		{
		    mip->mi_result2 = res;
		    mip->mi_end2 = mip->mi_word + wlen;
		}
		else if (mip->mi_result2 == res
					&& mip->mi_end2 < mip->mi_word + wlen)
		    mip->mi_end2 = mip->mi_word + wlen;
	    }
	    else if (mip->mi_result > res)
	    {
		mip->mi_result = res;
		mip->mi_end = mip->mi_word + wlen;
	    }
	    else if (mip->mi_result == res && mip->mi_end < mip->mi_word + wlen)
		mip->mi_end = mip->mi_word + wlen;

	    if (mip->mi_result == SP_OK)
		break;
	}

	if (mip->mi_result == SP_OK)
	    break;
    }
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if there is a match between the word ptr[wlen] and
 * CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN rules, assuming that we will concatenate with another
 * word.
 * A match means that the first part of CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN matches at the
 * end of ptr[wlen] and the second part matches after it.
 */
    static int
match_checkcompoundpattern(ptr, wlen, gap)
    char_u	*ptr;
    int		wlen;
    garray_T	*gap;  /* &sl_comppat */
{
    int		i;
    char_u	*p;
    int		len;

    for (i = 0; i + 1 < gap->ga_len; i += 2)
    {
	p = ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i + 1];
	if (STRNCMP(ptr + wlen, p, STRLEN(p)) == 0)
	{
	    /* Second part matches at start of following compound word, now
	     * check if first part matches at end of previous word. */
	    p = ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i];
	    len = (int)STRLEN(p);
	    if (len <= wlen && STRNCMP(ptr + wlen - len, p, len) == 0)
		return TRUE;
	}
    }
    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if "flags" is a valid sequence of compound flags and "word"
 * does not have too many syllables.
 */
    static int
can_compound(slang, word, flags)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*word;
    char_u	*flags;
{
    regmatch_T	regmatch;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    char_u	uflags[MAXWLEN * 2];
    int		i;
#endif
    char_u	*p;

    if (slang->sl_compprog == NULL)
	return FALSE;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (enc_utf8)
    {
	/* Need to convert the single byte flags to utf8 characters. */
	p = uflags;
	for (i = 0; flags[i] != NUL; ++i)
	    p += mb_char2bytes(flags[i], p);
	*p = NUL;
	p = uflags;
    }
    else
#endif
	p = flags;
    regmatch.regprog = slang->sl_compprog;
    regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
    if (!vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, 0))
	return FALSE;

    /* Count the number of syllables.  This may be slow, do it last.  If there
     * are too many syllables AND the number of compound words is above
     * COMPOUNDWORDMAX then compounding is not allowed. */
    if (slang->sl_compsylmax < MAXWLEN
		       && count_syllables(slang, word) > slang->sl_compsylmax)
	return (int)STRLEN(flags) < slang->sl_compmax;
    return TRUE;
}

/*
 * Return TRUE when the sequence of flags in "compflags" plus "flag" can
 * possibly form a valid compounded word.  This also checks the COMPOUNDRULE
 * lines if they don't contain wildcards.
 */
    static int
can_be_compound(sp, slang, compflags, flag)
    trystate_T	*sp;
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*compflags;
    int		flag;
{
    /* If the flag doesn't appear in sl_compstartflags or sl_compallflags
     * then it can't possibly compound. */
    if (!byte_in_str(sp->ts_complen == sp->ts_compsplit
		? slang->sl_compstartflags : slang->sl_compallflags, flag))
	return FALSE;

    /* If there are no wildcards, we can check if the flags collected so far
     * possibly can form a match with COMPOUNDRULE patterns.  This only
     * makes sense when we have two or more words. */
    if (slang->sl_comprules != NULL && sp->ts_complen > sp->ts_compsplit)
    {
	int v;

	compflags[sp->ts_complen] = flag;
	compflags[sp->ts_complen + 1] = NUL;
	v = match_compoundrule(slang, compflags + sp->ts_compsplit);
	compflags[sp->ts_complen] = NUL;
	return v;
    }

    return TRUE;
}


/*
 * Return TRUE if the compound flags in compflags[] match the start of any
 * compound rule.  This is used to stop trying a compound if the flags
 * collected so far can't possibly match any compound rule.
 * Caller must check that slang->sl_comprules is not NULL.
 */
    static int
match_compoundrule(slang, compflags)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*compflags;
{
    char_u	*p;
    int		i;
    int		c;

    /* loop over all the COMPOUNDRULE entries */
    for (p = slang->sl_comprules; *p != NUL; ++p)
    {
	/* loop over the flags in the compound word we have made, match
	 * them against the current rule entry */
	for (i = 0; ; ++i)
	{
	    c = compflags[i];
	    if (c == NUL)
		/* found a rule that matches for the flags we have so far */
		return TRUE;
	    if (*p == '/' || *p == NUL)
		break;  /* end of rule, it's too short */
	    if (*p == '[')
	    {
		int match = FALSE;

		/* compare against all the flags in [] */
		++p;
		while (*p != ']' && *p != NUL)
		    if (*p++ == c)
			match = TRUE;
		if (!match)
		    break;  /* none matches */
	    }
	    else if (*p != c)
		break;  /* flag of word doesn't match flag in pattern */
	    ++p;
	}

	/* Skip to the next "/", where the next pattern starts. */
	p = vim_strchr(p, '/');
	if (p == NULL)
	    break;
    }

    /* Checked all the rules and none of them match the flags, so there
     * can't possibly be a compound starting with these flags. */
    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * Return non-zero if the prefix indicated by "arridx" matches with the prefix
 * ID in "flags" for the word "word".
 * The WF_RAREPFX flag is included in the return value for a rare prefix.
 */
    static int
valid_word_prefix(totprefcnt, arridx, flags, word, slang, cond_req)
    int		totprefcnt;	/* nr of prefix IDs */
    int		arridx;		/* idx in sl_pidxs[] */
    int		flags;
    char_u	*word;
    slang_T	*slang;
    int		cond_req;	/* only use prefixes with a condition */
{
    int		prefcnt;
    int		pidx;
    regprog_T	*rp;
    regmatch_T	regmatch;
    int		prefid;

    prefid = (unsigned)flags >> 24;
    for (prefcnt = totprefcnt - 1; prefcnt >= 0; --prefcnt)
    {
	pidx = slang->sl_pidxs[arridx + prefcnt];

	/* Check the prefix ID. */
	if (prefid != (pidx & 0xff))
	    continue;

	/* Check if the prefix doesn't combine and the word already has a
	 * suffix. */
	if ((flags & WF_HAS_AFF) && (pidx & WF_PFX_NC))
	    continue;

	/* Check the condition, if there is one.  The condition index is
	 * stored in the two bytes above the prefix ID byte.  */
	rp = slang->sl_prefprog[((unsigned)pidx >> 8) & 0xffff];
	if (rp != NULL)
	{
	    regmatch.regprog = rp;
	    regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
	    if (!vim_regexec(&regmatch, word, 0))
		continue;
	}
	else if (cond_req)
	    continue;

	/* It's a match!  Return the WF_ flags. */
	return pidx;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Check if the word at "mip->mi_word" has a matching prefix.
 * If it does, then check the following word.
 *
 * If "mode" is "FIND_COMPOUND" then do the same after another word, find a
 * prefix in a compound word.
 *
 * For a match mip->mi_result is updated.
 */
    static void
find_prefix(mip, mode)
    matchinf_T	*mip;
    int		mode;
{
    idx_T	arridx = 0;
    int		len;
    int		wlen = 0;
    int		flen;
    int		c;
    char_u	*ptr;
    idx_T	lo, hi, m;
    slang_T	*slang = mip->mi_lp->lp_slang;
    char_u	*byts;
    idx_T	*idxs;

    byts = slang->sl_pbyts;
    if (byts == NULL)
	return;			/* array is empty */

    /* We use the case-folded word here, since prefixes are always
     * case-folded. */
    ptr = mip->mi_fword;
    flen = mip->mi_fwordlen;    /* available case-folded bytes */
    if (mode == FIND_COMPOUND)
    {
	/* Skip over the previously found word(s). */
	ptr += mip->mi_compoff;
	flen -= mip->mi_compoff;
    }
    idxs = slang->sl_pidxs;

    /*
     * Repeat advancing in the tree until:
     * - there is a byte that doesn't match,
     * - we reach the end of the tree,
     * - or we reach the end of the line.
     */
    for (;;)
    {
	if (flen == 0 && *mip->mi_fend != NUL)
	    flen = fold_more(mip);

	len = byts[arridx++];

	/* If the first possible byte is a zero the prefix could end here.
	 * Check if the following word matches and supports the prefix. */
	if (byts[arridx] == 0)
	{
	    /* There can be several prefixes with different conditions.  We
	     * try them all, since we don't know which one will give the
	     * longest match.  The word is the same each time, pass the list
	     * of possible prefixes to find_word(). */
	    mip->mi_prefarridx = arridx;
	    mip->mi_prefcnt = len;
	    while (len > 0 && byts[arridx] == 0)
	    {
		++arridx;
		--len;
	    }
	    mip->mi_prefcnt -= len;

	    /* Find the word that comes after the prefix. */
	    mip->mi_prefixlen = wlen;
	    if (mode == FIND_COMPOUND)
		/* Skip over the previously found word(s). */
		mip->mi_prefixlen += mip->mi_compoff;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		/* Case-folded length may differ from original length. */
		mip->mi_cprefixlen = nofold_len(mip->mi_fword,
					     mip->mi_prefixlen, mip->mi_word);
	    }
	    else
		mip->mi_cprefixlen = mip->mi_prefixlen;
#endif
	    find_word(mip, FIND_PREFIX);


	    if (len == 0)
		break;	    /* no children, word must end here */
	}

	/* Stop looking at end of the line. */
	if (ptr[wlen] == NUL)
	    break;

	/* Perform a binary search in the list of accepted bytes. */
	c = ptr[wlen];
	lo = arridx;
	hi = arridx + len - 1;
	while (lo < hi)
	{
	    m = (lo + hi) / 2;
	    if (byts[m] > c)
		hi = m - 1;
	    else if (byts[m] < c)
		lo = m + 1;
	    else
	    {
		lo = hi = m;
		break;
	    }
	}

	/* Stop if there is no matching byte. */
	if (hi < lo || byts[lo] != c)
	    break;

	/* Continue at the child (if there is one). */
	arridx = idxs[lo];
	++wlen;
	--flen;
    }
}

/*
 * Need to fold at least one more character.  Do until next non-word character
 * for efficiency.  Include the non-word character too.
 * Return the length of the folded chars in bytes.
 */
    static int
fold_more(mip)
    matchinf_T	*mip;
{
    int		flen;
    char_u	*p;

    p = mip->mi_fend;
    do
    {
	mb_ptr_adv(mip->mi_fend);
    } while (*mip->mi_fend != NUL && spell_iswordp(mip->mi_fend, mip->mi_win));

    /* Include the non-word character so that we can check for the word end. */
    if (*mip->mi_fend != NUL)
	mb_ptr_adv(mip->mi_fend);

    (void)spell_casefold(p, (int)(mip->mi_fend - p),
			     mip->mi_fword + mip->mi_fwordlen,
			     MAXWLEN - mip->mi_fwordlen);
    flen = (int)STRLEN(mip->mi_fword + mip->mi_fwordlen);
    mip->mi_fwordlen += flen;
    return flen;
}

/*
 * Check case flags for a word.  Return TRUE if the word has the requested
 * case.
 */
    static int
spell_valid_case(wordflags, treeflags)
    int	    wordflags;	    /* flags for the checked word. */
    int	    treeflags;	    /* flags for the word in the spell tree */
{
    return ((wordflags == WF_ALLCAP && (treeflags & WF_FIXCAP) == 0)
	    || ((treeflags & (WF_ALLCAP | WF_KEEPCAP)) == 0
		&& ((treeflags & WF_ONECAP) == 0
					   || (wordflags & WF_ONECAP) != 0)));
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if spell checking is not enabled.
 */
    static int
no_spell_checking(wp)
    win_T	*wp;
{
    if (!wp->w_p_spell || *wp->w_s->b_p_spl == NUL
					 || wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len == 0)
    {
	EMSG(_("E756: Spell checking is not enabled"));
	return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * Move to next spell error.
 * "curline" is FALSE for "[s", "]s", "[S" and "]S".
 * "curline" is TRUE to find word under/after cursor in the same line.
 * For Insert mode completion "dir" is BACKWARD and "curline" is TRUE: move
 * to after badly spelled word before the cursor.
 * Return 0 if not found, length of the badly spelled word otherwise.
 */
    int
spell_move_to(wp, dir, allwords, curline, attrp)
    win_T	*wp;
    int		dir;		/* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
    int		allwords;	/* TRUE for "[s"/"]s", FALSE for "[S"/"]S" */
    int		curline;
    hlf_T	*attrp;		/* return: attributes of bad word or NULL
				   (only when "dir" is FORWARD) */
{
    linenr_T	lnum;
    pos_T	found_pos;
    int		found_len = 0;
    char_u	*line;
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*endp;
    hlf_T	attr;
    int		len;
# ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
    int		has_syntax = syntax_present(wp);
# endif
    int		col;
    int		can_spell;
    char_u	*buf = NULL;
    int		buflen = 0;
    int		skip = 0;
    int		capcol = -1;
    int		found_one = FALSE;
    int		wrapped = FALSE;

    if (no_spell_checking(wp))
	return 0;

    /*
     * Start looking for bad word at the start of the line, because we can't
     * start halfway a word, we don't know where it starts or ends.
     *
     * When searching backwards, we continue in the line to find the last
     * bad word (in the cursor line: before the cursor).
     *
     * We concatenate the start of the next line, so that wrapped words work
     * (e.g. "et<line-break>cetera").  Doesn't work when searching backwards
     * though...
     */
    lnum = wp->w_cursor.lnum;
    clearpos(&found_pos);

    while (!got_int)
    {
	line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);

	len = (int)STRLEN(line);
	if (buflen < len + MAXWLEN + 2)
	{
	    vim_free(buf);
	    buflen = len + MAXWLEN + 2;
	    buf = alloc(buflen);
	    if (buf == NULL)
		break;
	}

	/* In first line check first word for Capital. */
	if (lnum == 1)
	    capcol = 0;

	/* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
	if (capcol == 0)
	    capcol = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
	else if (curline && wp == curwin)
	{
	    /* For spellbadword(): check if first word needs a capital. */
	    col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
	    if (check_need_cap(lnum, col))
		capcol = col;

	    /* Need to get the line again, may have looked at the previous
	     * one. */
	    line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
	}

	/* Copy the line into "buf" and append the start of the next line if
	 * possible. */
	STRCPY(buf, line);
	if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
	    spell_cat_line(buf + STRLEN(buf),
			  ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE), MAXWLEN);

	p = buf + skip;
	endp = buf + len;
	while (p < endp)
	{
	    /* When searching backward don't search after the cursor.  Unless
	     * we wrapped around the end of the buffer. */
	    if (dir == BACKWARD
		    && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
		    && !wrapped
		    && (colnr_T)(p - buf) >= wp->w_cursor.col)
		break;

	    /* start of word */
	    attr = HLF_COUNT;
	    len = spell_check(wp, p, &attr, &capcol, FALSE);

	    if (attr != HLF_COUNT)
	    {
		/* We found a bad word.  Check the attribute. */
		if (allwords || attr == HLF_SPB)
		{
		    /* When searching forward only accept a bad word after
		     * the cursor. */
		    if (dir == BACKWARD
			    || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
			    || (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum
				&& (wrapped
				    || (colnr_T)(curline ? p - buf + len
						     : p - buf)
						  > wp->w_cursor.col)))
		    {
# ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
			if (has_syntax)
			{
			    col = (int)(p - buf);
			    (void)syn_get_id(wp, lnum, (colnr_T)col,
						    FALSE, &can_spell, FALSE);
			    if (!can_spell)
				attr = HLF_COUNT;
			}
			else
#endif
			    can_spell = TRUE;

			if (can_spell)
			{
			    found_one = TRUE;
			    found_pos.lnum = lnum;
			    found_pos.col = (int)(p - buf);
#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
			    found_pos.coladd = 0;
#endif
			    if (dir == FORWARD)
			    {
				/* No need to search further. */
				wp->w_cursor = found_pos;
				vim_free(buf);
				if (attrp != NULL)
				    *attrp = attr;
				return len;
			    }
			    else if (curline)
				/* Insert mode completion: put cursor after
				 * the bad word. */
				found_pos.col += len;
			    found_len = len;
			}
		    }
		    else
			found_one = TRUE;
		}
	    }

	    /* advance to character after the word */
	    p += len;
	    capcol -= len;
	}

	if (dir == BACKWARD && found_pos.lnum != 0)
	{
	    /* Use the last match in the line (before the cursor). */
	    wp->w_cursor = found_pos;
	    vim_free(buf);
	    return found_len;
	}

	if (curline)
	    break;	/* only check cursor line */

	/* Advance to next line. */
	if (dir == BACKWARD)
	{
	    /* If we are back at the starting line and searched it again there
	     * is no match, give up. */
	    if (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && wrapped)
		break;

	    if (lnum > 1)
		--lnum;
	    else if (!p_ws)
		break;	    /* at first line and 'nowrapscan' */
	    else
	    {
		/* Wrap around to the end of the buffer.  May search the
		 * starting line again and accept the last match. */
		lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
		wrapped = TRUE;
		if (!shortmess(SHM_SEARCH))
		    give_warning((char_u *)_(top_bot_msg), TRUE);
	    }
	    capcol = -1;
	}
	else
	{
	    if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
		++lnum;
	    else if (!p_ws)
		break;	    /* at first line and 'nowrapscan' */
	    else
	    {
		/* Wrap around to the start of the buffer.  May search the
		 * starting line again and accept the first match. */
		lnum = 1;
		wrapped = TRUE;
		if (!shortmess(SHM_SEARCH))
		    give_warning((char_u *)_(bot_top_msg), TRUE);
	    }

	    /* If we are back at the starting line and there is no match then
	     * give up. */
	    if (lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && (!found_one || wrapped))
		break;

	    /* Skip the characters at the start of the next line that were
	     * included in a match crossing line boundaries. */
	    if (attr == HLF_COUNT)
		skip = (int)(p - endp);
	    else
		skip = 0;

	    /* Capcol skips over the inserted space. */
	    --capcol;

	    /* But after empty line check first word in next line */
	    if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
		capcol = 0;
	}

	line_breakcheck();
    }

    vim_free(buf);
    return 0;
}

/*
 * For spell checking: concatenate the start of the following line "line" into
 * "buf", blanking-out special characters.  Copy less then "maxlen" bytes.
 * Keep the blanks at the start of the next line, this is used in win_line()
 * to skip those bytes if the word was OK.
 */
    void
spell_cat_line(buf, line, maxlen)
    char_u	*buf;
    char_u	*line;
    int		maxlen;
{
    char_u	*p;
    int		n;

    p = skipwhite(line);
    while (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*#/\"\t", *p) != NULL)
	p = skipwhite(p + 1);

    if (*p != NUL)
    {
	/* Only worth concatenating if there is something else than spaces to
	 * concatenate. */
	n = (int)(p - line) + 1;
	if (n < maxlen - 1)
	{
	    vim_memset(buf, ' ', n);
	    vim_strncpy(buf +  n, p, maxlen - 1 - n);
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Structure used for the cookie argument of do_in_runtimepath().
 */
typedef struct spelload_S
{
    char_u  sl_lang[MAXWLEN + 1];	/* language name */
    slang_T *sl_slang;			/* resulting slang_T struct */
    int	    sl_nobreak;			/* NOBREAK language found */
} spelload_T;

/*
 * Load word list(s) for "lang" from Vim spell file(s).
 * "lang" must be the language without the region: e.g., "en".
 */
    static void
spell_load_lang(lang)
    char_u	*lang;
{
    char_u	fname_enc[85];
    int		r;
    spelload_T	sl;
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
    int		round;
#endif

    /* Copy the language name to pass it to spell_load_cb() as a cookie.
     * It's truncated when an error is detected. */
    STRCPY(sl.sl_lang, lang);
    sl.sl_slang = NULL;
    sl.sl_nobreak = FALSE;

#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
    /* We may retry when no spell file is found for the language, an
     * autocommand may load it then. */
    for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
#endif
    {
	/*
	 * Find the first spell file for "lang" in 'runtimepath' and load it.
	 */
	vim_snprintf((char *)fname_enc, sizeof(fname_enc) - 5,
#ifdef VMS
					"spell/%s_%s.spl",
#else
					"spell/%s.%s.spl",
#endif
							   lang, spell_enc());
	r = do_in_runtimepath(fname_enc, FALSE, spell_load_cb, &sl);

	if (r == FAIL && *sl.sl_lang != NUL)
	{
	    /* Try loading the ASCII version. */
	    vim_snprintf((char *)fname_enc, sizeof(fname_enc) - 5,
#ifdef VMS
						  "spell/%s_ascii.spl",
#else
						  "spell/%s.ascii.spl",
#endif
									lang);
	    r = do_in_runtimepath(fname_enc, FALSE, spell_load_cb, &sl);

#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
	    if (r == FAIL && *sl.sl_lang != NUL && round == 1
		    && apply_autocmds(EVENT_SPELLFILEMISSING, lang,
					      curbuf->b_fname, FALSE, curbuf))
		continue;
	    break;
#endif
	}
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
	break;
#endif
    }

    if (r == FAIL)
    {
	smsg((char_u *)
#ifdef VMS
	_("Warning: Cannot find word list \"%s_%s.spl\" or \"%s_ascii.spl\""),
#else
	_("Warning: Cannot find word list \"%s.%s.spl\" or \"%s.ascii.spl\""),
#endif
						     lang, spell_enc(), lang);
    }
    else if (sl.sl_slang != NULL)
    {
	/* At least one file was loaded, now load ALL the additions. */
	STRCPY(fname_enc + STRLEN(fname_enc) - 3, "add.spl");
	do_in_runtimepath(fname_enc, TRUE, spell_load_cb, &sl);
    }
}

/*
 * Return the encoding used for spell checking: Use 'encoding', except that we
 * use "latin1" for "latin9".  And limit to 60 characters (just in case).
 */
    static char_u *
spell_enc()
{

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (STRLEN(p_enc) < 60 && STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-15") != 0)
	return p_enc;
#endif
    return (char_u *)"latin1";
}

/*
 * Get the name of the .spl file for the internal wordlist into
 * "fname[MAXPATHL]".
 */
    static void
int_wordlist_spl(fname)
    char_u	    *fname;
{
    vim_snprintf((char *)fname, MAXPATHL, SPL_FNAME_TMPL,
						  int_wordlist, spell_enc());
}

/*
 * Allocate a new slang_T for language "lang".  "lang" can be NULL.
 * Caller must fill "sl_next".
 */
    static slang_T *
slang_alloc(lang)
    char_u	*lang;
{
    slang_T *lp;

    lp = (slang_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(slang_T));
    if (lp != NULL)
    {
	if (lang != NULL)
	    lp->sl_name = vim_strsave(lang);
	ga_init2(&lp->sl_rep, sizeof(fromto_T), 10);
	ga_init2(&lp->sl_repsal, sizeof(fromto_T), 10);
	lp->sl_compmax = MAXWLEN;
	lp->sl_compsylmax = MAXWLEN;
	hash_init(&lp->sl_wordcount);
    }

    return lp;
}

/*
 * Free the contents of an slang_T and the structure itself.
 */
    static void
slang_free(lp)
    slang_T	*lp;
{
    vim_free(lp->sl_name);
    vim_free(lp->sl_fname);
    slang_clear(lp);
    vim_free(lp);
}

/*
 * Clear an slang_T so that the file can be reloaded.
 */
    static void
slang_clear(lp)
    slang_T	*lp;
{
    garray_T	*gap;
    fromto_T	*ftp;
    salitem_T	*smp;
    int		i;
    int		round;

    vim_free(lp->sl_fbyts);
    lp->sl_fbyts = NULL;
    vim_free(lp->sl_kbyts);
    lp->sl_kbyts = NULL;
    vim_free(lp->sl_pbyts);
    lp->sl_pbyts = NULL;

    vim_free(lp->sl_fidxs);
    lp->sl_fidxs = NULL;
    vim_free(lp->sl_kidxs);
    lp->sl_kidxs = NULL;
    vim_free(lp->sl_pidxs);
    lp->sl_pidxs = NULL;

    for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
    {
	gap = round == 1 ? &lp->sl_rep : &lp->sl_repsal;
	while (gap->ga_len > 0)
	{
	    ftp = &((fromto_T *)gap->ga_data)[--gap->ga_len];
	    vim_free(ftp->ft_from);
	    vim_free(ftp->ft_to);
	}
	ga_clear(gap);
    }

    gap = &lp->sl_sal;
    if (lp->sl_sofo)
    {
	/* "ga_len" is set to 1 without adding an item for latin1 */
	if (gap->ga_data != NULL)
	    /* SOFOFROM and SOFOTO items: free lists of wide characters. */
	    for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
		vim_free(((int **)gap->ga_data)[i]);
    }
    else
	/* SAL items: free salitem_T items */
	while (gap->ga_len > 0)
	{
	    smp = &((salitem_T *)gap->ga_data)[--gap->ga_len];
	    vim_free(smp->sm_lead);
	    /* Don't free sm_oneof and sm_rules, they point into sm_lead. */
	    vim_free(smp->sm_to);
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    vim_free(smp->sm_lead_w);
	    vim_free(smp->sm_oneof_w);
	    vim_free(smp->sm_to_w);
#endif
	}
    ga_clear(gap);

    for (i = 0; i < lp->sl_prefixcnt; ++i)
	vim_regfree(lp->sl_prefprog[i]);
    lp->sl_prefixcnt = 0;
    vim_free(lp->sl_prefprog);
    lp->sl_prefprog = NULL;

    vim_free(lp->sl_info);
    lp->sl_info = NULL;

    vim_free(lp->sl_midword);
    lp->sl_midword = NULL;

    vim_regfree(lp->sl_compprog);
    vim_free(lp->sl_comprules);
    vim_free(lp->sl_compstartflags);
    vim_free(lp->sl_compallflags);
    lp->sl_compprog = NULL;
    lp->sl_comprules = NULL;
    lp->sl_compstartflags = NULL;
    lp->sl_compallflags = NULL;

    vim_free(lp->sl_syllable);
    lp->sl_syllable = NULL;
    ga_clear(&lp->sl_syl_items);

    ga_clear_strings(&lp->sl_comppat);

    hash_clear_all(&lp->sl_wordcount, WC_KEY_OFF);
    hash_init(&lp->sl_wordcount);

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    hash_clear_all(&lp->sl_map_hash, 0);
#endif

    /* Clear info from .sug file. */
    slang_clear_sug(lp);

    lp->sl_compmax = MAXWLEN;
    lp->sl_compminlen = 0;
    lp->sl_compsylmax = MAXWLEN;
    lp->sl_regions[0] = NUL;
}

/*
 * Clear the info from the .sug file in "lp".
 */
    static void
slang_clear_sug(lp)
    slang_T	*lp;
{
    vim_free(lp->sl_sbyts);
    lp->sl_sbyts = NULL;
    vim_free(lp->sl_sidxs);
    lp->sl_sidxs = NULL;
    close_spellbuf(lp->sl_sugbuf);
    lp->sl_sugbuf = NULL;
    lp->sl_sugloaded = FALSE;
    lp->sl_sugtime = 0;
}

/*
 * Load one spell file and store the info into a slang_T.
 * Invoked through do_in_runtimepath().
 */
    static void
spell_load_cb(fname, cookie)
    char_u	*fname;
    void	*cookie;
{
    spelload_T	*slp = (spelload_T *)cookie;
    slang_T	*slang;

    slang = spell_load_file(fname, slp->sl_lang, NULL, FALSE);
    if (slang != NULL)
    {
	/* When a previously loaded file has NOBREAK also use it for the
	 * ".add" files. */
	if (slp->sl_nobreak && slang->sl_add)
	    slang->sl_nobreak = TRUE;
	else if (slang->sl_nobreak)
	    slp->sl_nobreak = TRUE;

	slp->sl_slang = slang;
    }
}

/*
 * Load one spell file and store the info into a slang_T.
 *
 * This is invoked in three ways:
 * - From spell_load_cb() to load a spell file for the first time.  "lang" is
 *   the language name, "old_lp" is NULL.  Will allocate an slang_T.
 * - To reload a spell file that was changed.  "lang" is NULL and "old_lp"
 *   points to the existing slang_T.
 * - Just after writing a .spl file; it's read back to produce the .sug file.
 *   "old_lp" is NULL and "lang" is NULL.  Will allocate an slang_T.
 *
 * Returns the slang_T the spell file was loaded into.  NULL for error.
 */
    static slang_T *
spell_load_file(fname, lang, old_lp, silent)
    char_u	*fname;
    char_u	*lang;
    slang_T	*old_lp;
    int		silent;		/* no error if file doesn't exist */
{
    FILE	*fd;
    char_u	buf[VIMSPELLMAGICL];
    char_u	*p;
    int		i;
    int		n;
    int		len;
    char_u	*save_sourcing_name = sourcing_name;
    linenr_T	save_sourcing_lnum = sourcing_lnum;
    slang_T	*lp = NULL;
    int		c = 0;
    int		res;

    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "r");
    if (fd == NULL)
    {
	if (!silent)
	    EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
	else if (p_verbose > 2)
	{
	    verbose_enter();
	    smsg((char_u *)e_notopen, fname);
	    verbose_leave();
	}
	goto endFAIL;
    }
    if (p_verbose > 2)
    {
	verbose_enter();
	smsg((char_u *)_("Reading spell file \"%s\""), fname);
	verbose_leave();
    }

    if (old_lp == NULL)
    {
	lp = slang_alloc(lang);
	if (lp == NULL)
	    goto endFAIL;

	/* Remember the file name, used to reload the file when it's updated. */
	lp->sl_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
	if (lp->sl_fname == NULL)
	    goto endFAIL;

	/* Check for .add.spl (_add.spl for VMS). */
	lp->sl_add = strstr((char *)gettail(fname), SPL_FNAME_ADD) != NULL;
    }
    else
	lp = old_lp;

    /* Set sourcing_name, so that error messages mention the file name. */
    sourcing_name = fname;
    sourcing_lnum = 0;

    /*
     * <HEADER>: <fileID>
     */
    for (i = 0; i < VIMSPELLMAGICL; ++i)
	buf[i] = getc(fd);				/* <fileID> */
    if (STRNCMP(buf, VIMSPELLMAGIC, VIMSPELLMAGICL) != 0)
    {
	EMSG(_("E757: This does not look like a spell file"));
	goto endFAIL;
    }
    c = getc(fd);					/* <versionnr> */
    if (c < VIMSPELLVERSION)
    {
	EMSG(_("E771: Old spell file, needs to be updated"));
	goto endFAIL;
    }
    else if (c > VIMSPELLVERSION)
    {
	EMSG(_("E772: Spell file is for newer version of Vim"));
	goto endFAIL;
    }


    /*
     * <SECTIONS>: <section> ... <sectionend>
     * <section>: <sectionID> <sectionflags> <sectionlen> (section contents)
     */
    for (;;)
    {
	n = getc(fd);			    /* <sectionID> or <sectionend> */
	if (n == SN_END)
	    break;
	c = getc(fd);					/* <sectionflags> */
	len = get4c(fd);				/* <sectionlen> */
	if (len < 0)
	    goto truncerr;

	res = 0;
	switch (n)
	{
	    case SN_INFO:
		lp->sl_info = read_string(fd, len);	/* <infotext> */
		if (lp->sl_info == NULL)
		    goto endFAIL;
		break;

	    case SN_REGION:
		res = read_region_section(fd, lp, len);
		break;

	    case SN_CHARFLAGS:
		res = read_charflags_section(fd);
		break;

	    case SN_MIDWORD:
		lp->sl_midword = read_string(fd, len);	/* <midword> */
		if (lp->sl_midword == NULL)
		    goto endFAIL;
		break;

	    case SN_PREFCOND:
		res = read_prefcond_section(fd, lp);
		break;

	    case SN_REP:
		res = read_rep_section(fd, &lp->sl_rep, lp->sl_rep_first);
		break;

	    case SN_REPSAL:
		res = read_rep_section(fd, &lp->sl_repsal, lp->sl_repsal_first);
		break;

	    case SN_SAL:
		res = read_sal_section(fd, lp);
		break;

	    case SN_SOFO:
		res = read_sofo_section(fd, lp);
		break;

	    case SN_MAP:
		p = read_string(fd, len);		/* <mapstr> */
		if (p == NULL)
		    goto endFAIL;
		set_map_str(lp, p);
		vim_free(p);
		break;

	    case SN_WORDS:
		res = read_words_section(fd, lp, len);
		break;

	    case SN_SUGFILE:
		lp->sl_sugtime = get8ctime(fd);		/* <timestamp> */
		break;

	    case SN_NOSPLITSUGS:
		lp->sl_nosplitsugs = TRUE;		/* <timestamp> */
		break;

	    case SN_COMPOUND:
		res = read_compound(fd, lp, len);
		break;

	    case SN_NOBREAK:
		lp->sl_nobreak = TRUE;
		break;

	    case SN_SYLLABLE:
		lp->sl_syllable = read_string(fd, len);	/* <syllable> */
		if (lp->sl_syllable == NULL)
		    goto endFAIL;
		if (init_syl_tab(lp) == FAIL)
		    goto endFAIL;
		break;

	    default:
		/* Unsupported section.  When it's required give an error
		 * message.  When it's not required skip the contents. */
		if (c & SNF_REQUIRED)
		{
		    EMSG(_("E770: Unsupported section in spell file"));
		    goto endFAIL;
		}
		while (--len >= 0)
		    if (getc(fd) < 0)
			goto truncerr;
		break;
	}
someerror:
	if (res == SP_FORMERROR)
	{
	    EMSG(_(e_format));
	    goto endFAIL;
	}
	if (res == SP_TRUNCERROR)
	{
truncerr:
	    EMSG(_(e_spell_trunc));
	    goto endFAIL;
	}
	if (res == SP_OTHERERROR)
	    goto endFAIL;
    }

    /* <LWORDTREE> */
    res = spell_read_tree(fd, &lp->sl_fbyts, &lp->sl_fidxs, FALSE, 0);
    if (res != 0)
	goto someerror;

    /* <KWORDTREE> */
    res = spell_read_tree(fd, &lp->sl_kbyts, &lp->sl_kidxs, FALSE, 0);
    if (res != 0)
	goto someerror;

    /* <PREFIXTREE> */
    res = spell_read_tree(fd, &lp->sl_pbyts, &lp->sl_pidxs, TRUE,
							    lp->sl_prefixcnt);
    if (res != 0)
	goto someerror;

    /* For a new file link it in the list of spell files. */
    if (old_lp == NULL && lang != NULL)
    {
	lp->sl_next = first_lang;
	first_lang = lp;
    }

    goto endOK;

endFAIL:
    if (lang != NULL)
	/* truncating the name signals the error to spell_load_lang() */
	*lang = NUL;
    if (lp != NULL && old_lp == NULL)
	slang_free(lp);
    lp = NULL;

endOK:
    if (fd != NULL)
	fclose(fd);
    sourcing_name = save_sourcing_name;
    sourcing_lnum = save_sourcing_lnum;

    return lp;
}

/*
 * Read a length field from "fd" in "cnt_bytes" bytes.
 * Allocate memory, read the string into it and add a NUL at the end.
 * Returns NULL when the count is zero.
 * Sets "*cntp" to SP_*ERROR when there is an error, length of the result
 * otherwise.
 */
    static char_u *
read_cnt_string(fd, cnt_bytes, cntp)
    FILE	*fd;
    int		cnt_bytes;
    int		*cntp;
{
    int		cnt = 0;
    int		i;
    char_u	*str;

    /* read the length bytes, MSB first */
    for (i = 0; i < cnt_bytes; ++i)
	cnt = (cnt << 8) + getc(fd);
    if (cnt < 0)
    {
	*cntp = SP_TRUNCERROR;
	return NULL;
    }
    *cntp = cnt;
    if (cnt == 0)
	return NULL;	    /* nothing to read, return NULL */

    str = read_string(fd, cnt);
    if (str == NULL)
	*cntp = SP_OTHERERROR;
    return str;
}

/*
 * Read SN_REGION: <regionname> ...
 * Return SP_*ERROR flags.
 */
    static int
read_region_section(fd, lp, len)
    FILE	*fd;
    slang_T	*lp;
    int		len;
{
    int		i;

    if (len > 16)
	return SP_FORMERROR;
    for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
	lp->sl_regions[i] = getc(fd);			/* <regionname> */
    lp->sl_regions[len] = NUL;
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Read SN_CHARFLAGS section: <charflagslen> <charflags>
 *				<folcharslen> <folchars>
 * Return SP_*ERROR flags.
 */
    static int
read_charflags_section(fd)
    FILE	*fd;
{
    char_u	*flags;
    char_u	*fol;
    int		flagslen, follen;

    /* <charflagslen> <charflags> */
    flags = read_cnt_string(fd, 1, &flagslen);
    if (flagslen < 0)
	return flagslen;

    /* <folcharslen> <folchars> */
    fol = read_cnt_string(fd, 2, &follen);
    if (follen < 0)
    {
	vim_free(flags);
	return follen;
    }

    /* Set the word-char flags and fill SPELL_ISUPPER() table. */
    if (flags != NULL && fol != NULL)
	set_spell_charflags(flags, flagslen, fol);

    vim_free(flags);
    vim_free(fol);

    /* When <charflagslen> is zero then <fcharlen> must also be zero. */
    if ((flags == NULL) != (fol == NULL))
	return SP_FORMERROR;
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Read SN_PREFCOND section.
 * Return SP_*ERROR flags.
 */
    static int
read_prefcond_section(fd, lp)
    FILE	*fd;
    slang_T	*lp;
{
    int		cnt;
    int		i;
    int		n;
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	buf[MAXWLEN + 1];

    /* <prefcondcnt> <prefcond> ... */
    cnt = get2c(fd);					/* <prefcondcnt> */
    if (cnt <= 0)
	return SP_FORMERROR;

    lp->sl_prefprog = (regprog_T **)alloc_clear(
					 (unsigned)sizeof(regprog_T *) * cnt);
    if (lp->sl_prefprog == NULL)
	return SP_OTHERERROR;
    lp->sl_prefixcnt = cnt;

    for (i = 0; i < cnt; ++i)
    {
	/* <prefcond> : <condlen> <condstr> */
	n = getc(fd);					/* <condlen> */
	if (n < 0 || n >= MAXWLEN)
	    return SP_FORMERROR;

	/* When <condlen> is zero we have an empty condition.  Otherwise
	 * compile the regexp program used to check for the condition. */
	if (n > 0)
	{
	    buf[0] = '^';	    /* always match at one position only */
	    p = buf + 1;
	    while (n-- > 0)
		*p++ = getc(fd);			/* <condstr> */
	    *p = NUL;
	    lp->sl_prefprog[i] = vim_regcomp(buf, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
	}
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Read REP or REPSAL items section from "fd": <repcount> <rep> ...
 * Return SP_*ERROR flags.
 */
    static int
read_rep_section(fd, gap, first)
    FILE	*fd;
    garray_T	*gap;
    short	*first;
{
    int		cnt;
    fromto_T	*ftp;
    int		i;

    cnt = get2c(fd);					/* <repcount> */
    if (cnt < 0)
	return SP_TRUNCERROR;

    if (ga_grow(gap, cnt) == FAIL)
	return SP_OTHERERROR;

    /* <rep> : <repfromlen> <repfrom> <reptolen> <repto> */
    for (; gap->ga_len < cnt; ++gap->ga_len)
    {
	ftp = &((fromto_T *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len];
	ftp->ft_from = read_cnt_string(fd, 1, &i);
	if (i < 0)
	    return i;
	if (i == 0)
	    return SP_FORMERROR;
	ftp->ft_to = read_cnt_string(fd, 1, &i);
	if (i <= 0)
	{
	    vim_free(ftp->ft_from);
	    if (i < 0)
		return i;
	    return SP_FORMERROR;
	}
    }

    /* Fill the first-index table. */
    for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
	first[i] = -1;
    for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
    {
	ftp = &((fromto_T *)gap->ga_data)[i];
	if (first[*ftp->ft_from] == -1)
	    first[*ftp->ft_from] = i;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Read SN_SAL section: <salflags> <salcount> <sal> ...
 * Return SP_*ERROR flags.
 */
    static int
read_sal_section(fd, slang)
    FILE	*fd;
    slang_T	*slang;
{
    int		i;
    int		cnt;
    garray_T	*gap;
    salitem_T	*smp;
    int		ccnt;
    char_u	*p;
    int		c = NUL;

    slang->sl_sofo = FALSE;

    i = getc(fd);				/* <salflags> */
    if (i & SAL_F0LLOWUP)
	slang->sl_followup = TRUE;
    if (i & SAL_COLLAPSE)
	slang->sl_collapse = TRUE;
    if (i & SAL_REM_ACCENTS)
	slang->sl_rem_accents = TRUE;

    cnt = get2c(fd);				/* <salcount> */
    if (cnt < 0)
	return SP_TRUNCERROR;

    gap = &slang->sl_sal;
    ga_init2(gap, sizeof(salitem_T), 10);
    if (ga_grow(gap, cnt + 1) == FAIL)
	return SP_OTHERERROR;

    /* <sal> : <salfromlen> <salfrom> <saltolen> <salto> */
    for (; gap->ga_len < cnt; ++gap->ga_len)
    {
	smp = &((salitem_T *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len];
	ccnt = getc(fd);			/* <salfromlen> */
	if (ccnt < 0)
	    return SP_TRUNCERROR;
	if ((p = alloc(ccnt + 2)) == NULL)
	    return SP_OTHERERROR;
	smp->sm_lead = p;

	/* Read up to the first special char into sm_lead. */
	for (i = 0; i < ccnt; ++i)
	{
	    c = getc(fd);			/* <salfrom> */
	    if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789(-<^$", c) != NULL)
		break;
	    *p++ = c;
	}
	smp->sm_leadlen = (int)(p - smp->sm_lead);
	*p++ = NUL;

	/* Put (abc) chars in sm_oneof, if any. */
	if (c == '(')
	{
	    smp->sm_oneof = p;
	    for (++i; i < ccnt; ++i)
	    {
		c = getc(fd);			/* <salfrom> */
		if (c == ')')
		    break;
		*p++ = c;
	    }
	    *p++ = NUL;
	    if (++i < ccnt)
		c = getc(fd);
	}
	else
	    smp->sm_oneof = NULL;

	/* Any following chars go in sm_rules. */
	smp->sm_rules = p;
	if (i < ccnt)
	    /* store the char we got while checking for end of sm_lead */
	    *p++ = c;
	for (++i; i < ccnt; ++i)
	    *p++ = getc(fd);			/* <salfrom> */
	*p++ = NUL;

	/* <saltolen> <salto> */
	smp->sm_to = read_cnt_string(fd, 1, &ccnt);
	if (ccnt < 0)
	{
	    vim_free(smp->sm_lead);
	    return ccnt;
	}

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (has_mbyte)
	{
	    /* convert the multi-byte strings to wide char strings */
	    smp->sm_lead_w = mb_str2wide(smp->sm_lead);
	    smp->sm_leadlen = mb_charlen(smp->sm_lead);
	    if (smp->sm_oneof == NULL)
		smp->sm_oneof_w = NULL;
	    else
		smp->sm_oneof_w = mb_str2wide(smp->sm_oneof);
	    if (smp->sm_to == NULL)
		smp->sm_to_w = NULL;
	    else
		smp->sm_to_w = mb_str2wide(smp->sm_to);
	    if (smp->sm_lead_w == NULL
		    || (smp->sm_oneof_w == NULL && smp->sm_oneof != NULL)
		    || (smp->sm_to_w == NULL && smp->sm_to != NULL))
	    {
		vim_free(smp->sm_lead);
		vim_free(smp->sm_to);
		vim_free(smp->sm_lead_w);
		vim_free(smp->sm_oneof_w);
		vim_free(smp->sm_to_w);
		return SP_OTHERERROR;
	    }
	}
#endif
    }

    if (gap->ga_len > 0)
    {
	/* Add one extra entry to mark the end with an empty sm_lead.  Avoids
	 * that we need to check the index every time. */
	smp = &((salitem_T *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len];
	if ((p = alloc(1)) == NULL)
	    return SP_OTHERERROR;
	p[0] = NUL;
	smp->sm_lead = p;
	smp->sm_leadlen = 0;
	smp->sm_oneof = NULL;
	smp->sm_rules = p;
	smp->sm_to = NULL;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (has_mbyte)
	{
	    smp->sm_lead_w = mb_str2wide(smp->sm_lead);
	    smp->sm_leadlen = 0;
	    smp->sm_oneof_w = NULL;
	    smp->sm_to_w = NULL;
	}
#endif
	++gap->ga_len;
    }

    /* Fill the first-index table. */
    set_sal_first(slang);

    return 0;
}

/*
 * Read SN_WORDS: <word> ...
 * Return SP_*ERROR flags.
 */
    static int
read_words_section(fd, lp, len)
    FILE	*fd;
    slang_T	*lp;
    int		len;
{
    int		done = 0;
    int		i;
    int		c;
    char_u	word[MAXWLEN];

    while (done < len)
    {
	/* Read one word at a time. */
	for (i = 0; ; ++i)
	{
	    c = getc(fd);
	    if (c == EOF)
		return SP_TRUNCERROR;
	    word[i] = c;
	    if (word[i] == NUL)
		break;
	    if (i == MAXWLEN - 1)
		return SP_FORMERROR;
	}

	/* Init the count to 10. */
	count_common_word(lp, word, -1, 10);
	done += i + 1;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Add a word to the hashtable of common words.
 * If it's already there then the counter is increased.
 */
    static void
count_common_word(lp, word, len, count)
    slang_T	*lp;
    char_u	*word;
    int		len;	    /* word length, -1 for upto NUL */
    int		count;	    /* 1 to count once, 10 to init */
{
    hash_T	hash;
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    wordcount_T	*wc;
    char_u	buf[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	*p;

    if (len == -1)
	p = word;
    else
    {
	vim_strncpy(buf, word, len);
	p = buf;
    }

    hash = hash_hash(p);
    hi = hash_lookup(&lp->sl_wordcount, p, hash);
    if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
    {
	wc = (wordcount_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(wordcount_T) + STRLEN(p)));
	if (wc == NULL)
	    return;
	STRCPY(wc->wc_word, p);
	wc->wc_count = count;
	hash_add_item(&lp->sl_wordcount, hi, wc->wc_word, hash);
    }
    else
    {
	wc = HI2WC(hi);
	if ((wc->wc_count += count) < (unsigned)count)	/* check for overflow */
	    wc->wc_count = MAXWORDCOUNT;
    }
}

/*
 * Adjust the score of common words.
 */
    static int
score_wordcount_adj(slang, score, word, split)
    slang_T	*slang;
    int		score;
    char_u	*word;
    int		split;	    /* word was split, less bonus */
{
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    wordcount_T	*wc;
    int		bonus;
    int		newscore;

    hi = hash_find(&slang->sl_wordcount, word);
    if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
    {
	wc = HI2WC(hi);
	if (wc->wc_count < SCORE_THRES2)
	    bonus = SCORE_COMMON1;
	else if (wc->wc_count < SCORE_THRES3)
	    bonus = SCORE_COMMON2;
	else
	    bonus = SCORE_COMMON3;
	if (split)
	    newscore = score - bonus / 2;
	else
	    newscore = score - bonus;
	if (newscore < 0)
	    return 0;
	return newscore;
    }
    return score;
}

/*
 * SN_SOFO: <sofofromlen> <sofofrom> <sofotolen> <sofoto>
 * Return SP_*ERROR flags.
 */
    static int
read_sofo_section(fd, slang)
    FILE	*fd;
    slang_T	*slang;
{
    int		cnt;
    char_u	*from, *to;
    int		res;

    slang->sl_sofo = TRUE;

    /* <sofofromlen> <sofofrom> */
    from = read_cnt_string(fd, 2, &cnt);
    if (cnt < 0)
	return cnt;

    /* <sofotolen> <sofoto> */
    to = read_cnt_string(fd, 2, &cnt);
    if (cnt < 0)
    {
	vim_free(from);
	return cnt;
    }

    /* Store the info in slang->sl_sal and/or slang->sl_sal_first. */
    if (from != NULL && to != NULL)
	res = set_sofo(slang, from, to);
    else if (from != NULL || to != NULL)
	res = SP_FORMERROR;    /* only one of two strings is an error */
    else
	res = 0;

    vim_free(from);
    vim_free(to);
    return res;
}

/*
 * Read the compound section from the .spl file:
 *	<compmax> <compminlen> <compsylmax> <compoptions> <compflags>
 * Returns SP_*ERROR flags.
 */
    static int
read_compound(fd, slang, len)
    FILE	*fd;
    slang_T	*slang;
    int		len;
{
    int		todo = len;
    int		c;
    int		atstart;
    char_u	*pat;
    char_u	*pp;
    char_u	*cp;
    char_u	*ap;
    char_u	*crp;
    int		cnt;
    garray_T	*gap;

    if (todo < 2)
	return SP_FORMERROR;	/* need at least two bytes */

    --todo;
    c = getc(fd);					/* <compmax> */
    if (c < 2)
	c = MAXWLEN;
    slang->sl_compmax = c;

    --todo;
    c = getc(fd);					/* <compminlen> */
    if (c < 1)
	c = 0;
    slang->sl_compminlen = c;

    --todo;
    c = getc(fd);					/* <compsylmax> */
    if (c < 1)
	c = MAXWLEN;
    slang->sl_compsylmax = c;

    c = getc(fd);					/* <compoptions> */
    if (c != 0)
	ungetc(c, fd);	    /* be backwards compatible with Vim 7.0b */
    else
    {
	--todo;
	c = getc(fd);	    /* only use the lower byte for now */
	--todo;
	slang->sl_compoptions = c;

	gap = &slang->sl_comppat;
	c = get2c(fd);					/* <comppatcount> */
	todo -= 2;
	ga_init2(gap, sizeof(char_u *), c);
	if (ga_grow(gap, c) == OK)
	    while (--c >= 0)
	    {
		((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[gap->ga_len++] =
						 read_cnt_string(fd, 1, &cnt);
					    /* <comppatlen> <comppattext> */
		if (cnt < 0)
		    return cnt;
		todo -= cnt + 1;
	    }
    }
    if (todo < 0)
	return SP_FORMERROR;

    /* Turn the COMPOUNDRULE items into a regexp pattern:
     * "a[bc]/a*b+" -> "^\(a[bc]\|a*b\+\)$".
     * Inserting backslashes may double the length, "^\(\)$<Nul>" is 7 bytes.
     * Conversion to utf-8 may double the size. */
    c = todo * 2 + 7;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (enc_utf8)
	c += todo * 2;
#endif
    pat = alloc((unsigned)c);
    if (pat == NULL)
	return SP_OTHERERROR;

    /* We also need a list of all flags that can appear at the start and one
     * for all flags. */
    cp = alloc(todo + 1);
    if (cp == NULL)
    {
	vim_free(pat);
	return SP_OTHERERROR;
    }
    slang->sl_compstartflags = cp;
    *cp = NUL;

    ap = alloc(todo + 1);
    if (ap == NULL)
    {
	vim_free(pat);
	return SP_OTHERERROR;
    }
    slang->sl_compallflags = ap;
    *ap = NUL;

    /* And a list of all patterns in their original form, for checking whether
     * compounding may work in match_compoundrule().  This is freed when we
     * encounter a wildcard, the check doesn't work then. */
    crp = alloc(todo + 1);
    slang->sl_comprules = crp;

    pp = pat;
    *pp++ = '^';
    *pp++ = '\\';
    *pp++ = '(';

    atstart = 1;
    while (todo-- > 0)
    {
	c = getc(fd);					/* <compflags> */
	if (c == EOF)
	{
	    vim_free(pat);
	    return SP_TRUNCERROR;
	}

	/* Add all flags to "sl_compallflags". */
	if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"?*+[]/", c) == NULL
		&& !byte_in_str(slang->sl_compallflags, c))
	{
	    *ap++ = c;
	    *ap = NUL;
	}

	if (atstart != 0)
	{
	    /* At start of item: copy flags to "sl_compstartflags".  For a
	     * [abc] item set "atstart" to 2 and copy up to the ']'. */
	    if (c == '[')
		atstart = 2;
	    else if (c == ']')
		atstart = 0;
	    else
	    {
		if (!byte_in_str(slang->sl_compstartflags, c))
		{
		    *cp++ = c;
		    *cp = NUL;
		}
		if (atstart == 1)
		    atstart = 0;
	    }
	}

	/* Copy flag to "sl_comprules", unless we run into a wildcard. */
	if (crp != NULL)
	{
	    if (c == '?' || c == '+' || c == '*')
	    {
		vim_free(slang->sl_comprules);
		slang->sl_comprules = NULL;
		crp = NULL;
	    }
	    else
		*crp++ = c;
	}

	if (c == '/')	    /* slash separates two items */
	{
	    *pp++ = '\\';
	    *pp++ = '|';
	    atstart = 1;
	}
	else		    /* normal char, "[abc]" and '*' are copied as-is */
	{
	    if (c == '?' || c == '+' || c == '~')
		*pp++ = '\\';	    /* "a?" becomes "a\?", "a+" becomes "a\+" */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (enc_utf8)
		pp += mb_char2bytes(c, pp);
	    else
#endif
		*pp++ = c;
	}
    }

    *pp++ = '\\';
    *pp++ = ')';
    *pp++ = '$';
    *pp = NUL;

    if (crp != NULL)
	*crp = NUL;

    slang->sl_compprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING + RE_STRICT);
    vim_free(pat);
    if (slang->sl_compprog == NULL)
	return SP_FORMERROR;

    return 0;
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if byte "n" appears in "str".
 * Like strchr() but independent of locale.
 */
    static int
byte_in_str(str, n)
    char_u	*str;
    int		n;
{
    char_u	*p;

    for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p)
	if (*p == n)
	    return TRUE;
    return FALSE;
}

#define SY_MAXLEN   30
typedef struct syl_item_S
{
    char_u	sy_chars[SY_MAXLEN];	    /* the sequence of chars */
    int		sy_len;
} syl_item_T;

/*
 * Truncate "slang->sl_syllable" at the first slash and put the following items
 * in "slang->sl_syl_items".
 */
    static int
init_syl_tab(slang)
    slang_T	*slang;
{
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*s;
    int		l;
    syl_item_T	*syl;

    ga_init2(&slang->sl_syl_items, sizeof(syl_item_T), 4);
    p = vim_strchr(slang->sl_syllable, '/');
    while (p != NULL)
    {
	*p++ = NUL;
	if (*p == NUL)	    /* trailing slash */
	    break;
	s = p;
	p = vim_strchr(p, '/');
	if (p == NULL)
	    l = (int)STRLEN(s);
	else
	    l = (int)(p - s);
	if (l >= SY_MAXLEN)
	    return SP_FORMERROR;
	if (ga_grow(&slang->sl_syl_items, 1) == FAIL)
	    return SP_OTHERERROR;
	syl = ((syl_item_T *)slang->sl_syl_items.ga_data)
					       + slang->sl_syl_items.ga_len++;
	vim_strncpy(syl->sy_chars, s, l);
	syl->sy_len = l;
    }
    return OK;
}

/*
 * Count the number of syllables in "word".
 * When "word" contains spaces the syllables after the last space are counted.
 * Returns zero if syllables are not defines.
 */
    static int
count_syllables(slang, word)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*word;
{
    int		cnt = 0;
    int		skip = FALSE;
    char_u	*p;
    int		len;
    int		i;
    syl_item_T	*syl;
    int		c;

    if (slang->sl_syllable == NULL)
	return 0;

    for (p = word; *p != NUL; p += len)
    {
	/* When running into a space reset counter. */
	if (*p == ' ')
	{
	    len = 1;
	    cnt = 0;
	    continue;
	}

	/* Find longest match of syllable items. */
	len = 0;
	for (i = 0; i < slang->sl_syl_items.ga_len; ++i)
	{
	    syl = ((syl_item_T *)slang->sl_syl_items.ga_data) + i;
	    if (syl->sy_len > len
			       && STRNCMP(p, syl->sy_chars, syl->sy_len) == 0)
		len = syl->sy_len;
	}
	if (len != 0)	/* found a match, count syllable  */
	{
	    ++cnt;
	    skip = FALSE;
	}
	else
	{
	    /* No recognized syllable item, at least a syllable char then? */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    c = mb_ptr2char(p);
	    len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
#else
	    c = *p;
	    len = 1;
#endif
	    if (vim_strchr(slang->sl_syllable, c) == NULL)
		skip = FALSE;	    /* No, search for next syllable */
	    else if (!skip)
	    {
		++cnt;		    /* Yes, count it */
		skip = TRUE;	    /* don't count following syllable chars */
	    }
	}
    }
    return cnt;
}

/*
 * Set the SOFOFROM and SOFOTO items in language "lp".
 * Returns SP_*ERROR flags when there is something wrong.
 */
    static int
set_sofo(lp, from, to)
    slang_T	*lp;
    char_u	*from;
    char_u	*to;
{
    int		i;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    garray_T	*gap;
    char_u	*s;
    char_u	*p;
    int		c;
    int		*inp;

    if (has_mbyte)
    {
	/* Use "sl_sal" as an array with 256 pointers to a list of wide
	 * characters.  The index is the low byte of the character.
	 * The list contains from-to pairs with a terminating NUL.
	 * sl_sal_first[] is used for latin1 "from" characters. */
	gap = &lp->sl_sal;
	ga_init2(gap, sizeof(int *), 1);
	if (ga_grow(gap, 256) == FAIL)
	    return SP_OTHERERROR;
	vim_memset(gap->ga_data, 0, sizeof(int *) * 256);
	gap->ga_len = 256;

	/* First count the number of items for each list.  Temporarily use
	 * sl_sal_first[] for this. */
	for (p = from, s = to; *p != NUL && *s != NUL; )
	{
	    c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
	    mb_cptr_adv(s);
	    if (c >= 256)
		++lp->sl_sal_first[c & 0xff];
	}
	if (*p != NUL || *s != NUL)	    /* lengths differ */
	    return SP_FORMERROR;

	/* Allocate the lists. */
	for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
	    if (lp->sl_sal_first[i] > 0)
	    {
		p = alloc(sizeof(int) * (lp->sl_sal_first[i] * 2 + 1));
		if (p == NULL)
		    return SP_OTHERERROR;
		((int **)gap->ga_data)[i] = (int *)p;
		*(int *)p = 0;
	    }

	/* Put the characters up to 255 in sl_sal_first[] the rest in a sl_sal
	 * list. */
	vim_memset(lp->sl_sal_first, 0, sizeof(salfirst_T) * 256);
	for (p = from, s = to; *p != NUL && *s != NUL; )
	{
	    c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
	    i = mb_cptr2char_adv(&s);
	    if (c >= 256)
	    {
		/* Append the from-to chars at the end of the list with
		 * the low byte. */
		inp = ((int **)gap->ga_data)[c & 0xff];
		while (*inp != 0)
		    ++inp;
		*inp++ = c;		/* from char */
		*inp++ = i;		/* to char */
		*inp++ = NUL;		/* NUL at the end */
	    }
	    else
		/* mapping byte to char is done in sl_sal_first[] */
		lp->sl_sal_first[c] = i;
	}
    }
    else
#endif
    {
	/* mapping bytes to bytes is done in sl_sal_first[] */
	if (STRLEN(from) != STRLEN(to))
	    return SP_FORMERROR;

	for (i = 0; to[i] != NUL; ++i)
	    lp->sl_sal_first[from[i]] = to[i];
	lp->sl_sal.ga_len = 1;		/* indicates we have soundfolding */
    }

    return 0;
}

/*
 * Fill the first-index table for "lp".
 */
    static void
set_sal_first(lp)
    slang_T	*lp;
{
    salfirst_T	*sfirst;
    int		i;
    salitem_T	*smp;
    int		c;
    garray_T	*gap = &lp->sl_sal;

    sfirst = lp->sl_sal_first;
    for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
	sfirst[i] = -1;
    smp = (salitem_T *)gap->ga_data;
    for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
    {
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (has_mbyte)
	    /* Use the lowest byte of the first character.  For latin1 it's
	     * the character, for other encodings it should differ for most
	     * characters. */
	    c = *smp[i].sm_lead_w & 0xff;
	else
#endif
	    c = *smp[i].sm_lead;
	if (sfirst[c] == -1)
	{
	    sfirst[c] = i;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		int		n;

		/* Make sure all entries with this byte are following each
		 * other.  Move the ones that are in the wrong position.  Do
		 * keep the same ordering! */
		while (i + 1 < gap->ga_len
				       && (*smp[i + 1].sm_lead_w & 0xff) == c)
		    /* Skip over entry with same index byte. */
		    ++i;

		for (n = 1; i + n < gap->ga_len; ++n)
		    if ((*smp[i + n].sm_lead_w & 0xff) == c)
		    {
			salitem_T  tsal;

			/* Move entry with same index byte after the entries
			 * we already found. */
			++i;
			--n;
			tsal = smp[i + n];
			mch_memmove(smp + i + 1, smp + i,
						       sizeof(salitem_T) * n);
			smp[i] = tsal;
		    }
	    }
#endif
	}
    }
}

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
/*
 * Turn a multi-byte string into a wide character string.
 * Return it in allocated memory (NULL for out-of-memory)
 */
    static int *
mb_str2wide(s)
    char_u	*s;
{
    int		*res;
    char_u	*p;
    int		i = 0;

    res = (int *)alloc(sizeof(int) * (mb_charlen(s) + 1));
    if (res != NULL)
    {
	for (p = s; *p != NUL; )
	    res[i++] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
	res[i] = NUL;
    }
    return res;
}
#endif

/*
 * Read a tree from the .spl or .sug file.
 * Allocates the memory and stores pointers in "bytsp" and "idxsp".
 * This is skipped when the tree has zero length.
 * Returns zero when OK, SP_ value for an error.
 */
    static int
spell_read_tree(fd, bytsp, idxsp, prefixtree, prefixcnt)
    FILE	*fd;
    char_u	**bytsp;
    idx_T	**idxsp;
    int		prefixtree;	/* TRUE for the prefix tree */
    int		prefixcnt;	/* when "prefixtree" is TRUE: prefix count */
{
    int		len;
    int		idx;
    char_u	*bp;
    idx_T	*ip;

    /* The tree size was computed when writing the file, so that we can
     * allocate it as one long block. <nodecount> */
    len = get4c(fd);
    if (len < 0)
	return SP_TRUNCERROR;
    if (len > 0)
    {
	/* Allocate the byte array. */
	bp = lalloc((long_u)len, TRUE);
	if (bp == NULL)
	    return SP_OTHERERROR;
	*bytsp = bp;

	/* Allocate the index array. */
	ip = (idx_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)(len * sizeof(int)), TRUE);
	if (ip == NULL)
	    return SP_OTHERERROR;
	*idxsp = ip;

	/* Recursively read the tree and store it in the array. */
	idx = read_tree_node(fd, bp, ip, len, 0, prefixtree, prefixcnt);
	if (idx < 0)
	    return idx;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Read one row of siblings from the spell file and store it in the byte array
 * "byts" and index array "idxs".  Recursively read the children.
 *
 * NOTE: The code here must match put_node()!
 *
 * Returns the index (>= 0) following the siblings.
 * Returns SP_TRUNCERROR if the file is shorter than expected.
 * Returns SP_FORMERROR if there is a format error.
 */
    static idx_T
read_tree_node(fd, byts, idxs, maxidx, startidx, prefixtree, maxprefcondnr)
    FILE	*fd;
    char_u	*byts;
    idx_T	*idxs;
    int		maxidx;		    /* size of arrays */
    idx_T	startidx;	    /* current index in "byts" and "idxs" */
    int		prefixtree;	    /* TRUE for reading PREFIXTREE */
    int		maxprefcondnr;	    /* maximum for <prefcondnr> */
{
    int		len;
    int		i;
    int		n;
    idx_T	idx = startidx;
    int		c;
    int		c2;
#define SHARED_MASK	0x8000000

    len = getc(fd);					/* <siblingcount> */
    if (len <= 0)
	return SP_TRUNCERROR;

    if (startidx + len >= maxidx)
	return SP_FORMERROR;
    byts[idx++] = len;

    /* Read the byte values, flag/region bytes and shared indexes. */
    for (i = 1; i <= len; ++i)
    {
	c = getc(fd);					/* <byte> */
	if (c < 0)
	    return SP_TRUNCERROR;
	if (c <= BY_SPECIAL)
	{
	    if (c == BY_NOFLAGS && !prefixtree)
	    {
		/* No flags, all regions. */
		idxs[idx] = 0;
		c = 0;
	    }
	    else if (c != BY_INDEX)
	    {
		if (prefixtree)
		{
		    /* Read the optional pflags byte, the prefix ID and the
		     * condition nr.  In idxs[] store the prefix ID in the low
		     * byte, the condition index shifted up 8 bits, the flags
		     * shifted up 24 bits. */
		    if (c == BY_FLAGS)
			c = getc(fd) << 24;		/* <pflags> */
		    else
			c = 0;

		    c |= getc(fd);			/* <affixID> */

		    n = get2c(fd);			/* <prefcondnr> */
		    if (n >= maxprefcondnr)
			return SP_FORMERROR;
		    c |= (n << 8);
		}
		else /* c must be BY_FLAGS or BY_FLAGS2 */
		{
		    /* Read flags and optional region and prefix ID.  In
		     * idxs[] the flags go in the low two bytes, region above
		     * that and prefix ID above the region. */
		    c2 = c;
		    c = getc(fd);			/* <flags> */
		    if (c2 == BY_FLAGS2)
			c = (getc(fd) << 8) + c;	/* <flags2> */
		    if (c & WF_REGION)
			c = (getc(fd) << 16) + c;	/* <region> */
		    if (c & WF_AFX)
			c = (getc(fd) << 24) + c;	/* <affixID> */
		}

		idxs[idx] = c;
		c = 0;
	    }
	    else /* c == BY_INDEX */
	    {
							/* <nodeidx> */
		n = get3c(fd);
		if (n < 0 || n >= maxidx)
		    return SP_FORMERROR;
		idxs[idx] = n + SHARED_MASK;
		c = getc(fd);				/* <xbyte> */
	    }
	}
	byts[idx++] = c;
    }

    /* Recursively read the children for non-shared siblings.
     * Skip the end-of-word ones (zero byte value) and the shared ones (and
     * remove SHARED_MASK) */
    for (i = 1; i <= len; ++i)
	if (byts[startidx + i] != 0)
	{
	    if (idxs[startidx + i] & SHARED_MASK)
		idxs[startidx + i] &= ~SHARED_MASK;
	    else
	    {
		idxs[startidx + i] = idx;
		idx = read_tree_node(fd, byts, idxs, maxidx, idx,
						     prefixtree, maxprefcondnr);
		if (idx < 0)
		    break;
	    }
	}

    return idx;
}

/*
 * Parse 'spelllang' and set w_s->b_langp accordingly.
 * Returns NULL if it's OK, an error message otherwise.
 */
    char_u *
did_set_spelllang(wp)
    win_T	*wp;
{
    garray_T	ga;
    char_u	*splp;
    char_u	*region;
    char_u	region_cp[3];
    int		filename;
    int		region_mask;
    slang_T	*slang;
    int		c;
    char_u	lang[MAXWLEN + 1];
    char_u	spf_name[MAXPATHL];
    int		len;
    char_u	*p;
    int		round;
    char_u	*spf;
    char_u	*use_region = NULL;
    int		dont_use_region = FALSE;
    int		nobreak = FALSE;
    int		i, j;
    langp_T	*lp, *lp2;
    static int	recursive = FALSE;
    char_u	*ret_msg = NULL;
    char_u	*spl_copy;

    /* We don't want to do this recursively.  May happen when a language is
     * not available and the SpellFileMissing autocommand opens a new buffer
     * in which 'spell' is set. */
    if (recursive)
	return NULL;
    recursive = TRUE;

    ga_init2(&ga, sizeof(langp_T), 2);
    clear_midword(wp);

    /* Make a copy of 'spelllang', the SpellFileMissing autocommands may change
     * it under our fingers. */
    spl_copy = vim_strsave(wp->w_s->b_p_spl);
    if (spl_copy == NULL)
	goto theend;

    /* loop over comma separated language names. */
    for (splp = spl_copy; *splp != NUL; )
    {
	/* Get one language name. */
	copy_option_part(&splp, lang, MAXWLEN, ",");
	region = NULL;
	len = (int)STRLEN(lang);

	/* If the name ends in ".spl" use it as the name of the spell file.
	 * If there is a region name let "region" point to it and remove it
	 * from the name. */
	if (len > 4 && fnamecmp(lang + len - 4, ".spl") == 0)
	{
	    filename = TRUE;

	    /* Locate a region and remove it from the file name. */
	    p = vim_strchr(gettail(lang), '_');
	    if (p != NULL && ASCII_ISALPHA(p[1]) && ASCII_ISALPHA(p[2])
						      && !ASCII_ISALPHA(p[3]))
	    {
		vim_strncpy(region_cp, p + 1, 2);
		mch_memmove(p, p + 3, len - (p - lang) - 2);
		len -= 3;
		region = region_cp;
	    }
	    else
		dont_use_region = TRUE;

	    /* Check if we loaded this language before. */
	    for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
		if (fullpathcmp(lang, slang->sl_fname, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
		    break;
	}
	else
	{
	    filename = FALSE;
	    if (len > 3 && lang[len - 3] == '_')
	    {
		region = lang + len - 2;
		len -= 3;
		lang[len] = NUL;
	    }
	    else
		dont_use_region = TRUE;

	    /* Check if we loaded this language before. */
	    for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
		if (STRICMP(lang, slang->sl_name) == 0)
		    break;
	}

	if (region != NULL)
	{
	    /* If the region differs from what was used before then don't
	     * use it for 'spellfile'. */
	    if (use_region != NULL && STRCMP(region, use_region) != 0)
		dont_use_region = TRUE;
	    use_region = region;
	}

	/* If not found try loading the language now. */
	if (slang == NULL)
	{
	    if (filename)
		(void)spell_load_file(lang, lang, NULL, FALSE);
	    else
	    {
		spell_load_lang(lang);
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
		/* SpellFileMissing autocommands may do anything, including
		 * destroying the buffer we are using... */
		if (!buf_valid(wp->w_buffer))
		{
		    ret_msg = (char_u *)"E797: SpellFileMissing autocommand deleted buffer";
		    goto theend;
		}
#endif
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Loop over the languages, there can be several files for "lang".
	 */
	for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
	    if (filename ? fullpathcmp(lang, slang->sl_fname, FALSE) == FPC_SAME
			 : STRICMP(lang, slang->sl_name) == 0)
	    {
		region_mask = REGION_ALL;
		if (!filename && region != NULL)
		{
		    /* find region in sl_regions */
		    c = find_region(slang->sl_regions, region);
		    if (c == REGION_ALL)
		    {
			if (slang->sl_add)
			{
			    if (*slang->sl_regions != NUL)
				/* This addition file is for other regions. */
				region_mask = 0;
			}
			else
			    /* This is probably an error.  Give a warning and
			     * accept the words anyway. */
			    smsg((char_u *)
				    _("Warning: region %s not supported"),
								      region);
		    }
		    else
			region_mask = 1 << c;
		}

		if (region_mask != 0)
		{
		    if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
		    {
			ga_clear(&ga);
			ret_msg = e_outofmem;
			goto theend;
		    }
		    LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_slang = slang;
		    LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_region = region_mask;
		    ++ga.ga_len;
		    use_midword(slang, wp);
		    if (slang->sl_nobreak)
			nobreak = TRUE;
		}
	    }
    }

    /* round 0: load int_wordlist, if possible.
     * round 1: load first name in 'spellfile'.
     * round 2: load second name in 'spellfile.
     * etc. */
    spf = curwin->w_s->b_p_spf;
    for (round = 0; round == 0 || *spf != NUL; ++round)
    {
	if (round == 0)
	{
	    /* Internal wordlist, if there is one. */
	    if (int_wordlist == NULL)
		continue;
	    int_wordlist_spl(spf_name);
	}
	else
	{
	    /* One entry in 'spellfile'. */
	    copy_option_part(&spf, spf_name, MAXPATHL - 5, ",");
	    STRCAT(spf_name, ".spl");

	    /* If it was already found above then skip it. */
	    for (c = 0; c < ga.ga_len; ++c)
	    {
		p = LANGP_ENTRY(ga, c)->lp_slang->sl_fname;
		if (p != NULL && fullpathcmp(spf_name, p, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
		    break;
	    }
	    if (c < ga.ga_len)
		continue;
	}

	/* Check if it was loaded already. */
	for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
	    if (fullpathcmp(spf_name, slang->sl_fname, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
		break;
	if (slang == NULL)
	{
	    /* Not loaded, try loading it now.  The language name includes the
	     * region name, the region is ignored otherwise.  for int_wordlist
	     * use an arbitrary name. */
	    if (round == 0)
		STRCPY(lang, "internal wordlist");
	    else
	    {
		vim_strncpy(lang, gettail(spf_name), MAXWLEN);
		p = vim_strchr(lang, '.');
		if (p != NULL)
		    *p = NUL;	/* truncate at ".encoding.add" */
	    }
	    slang = spell_load_file(spf_name, lang, NULL, TRUE);

	    /* If one of the languages has NOBREAK we assume the addition
	     * files also have this. */
	    if (slang != NULL && nobreak)
		slang->sl_nobreak = TRUE;
	}
	if (slang != NULL && ga_grow(&ga, 1) == OK)
	{
	    region_mask = REGION_ALL;
	    if (use_region != NULL && !dont_use_region)
	    {
		/* find region in sl_regions */
		c = find_region(slang->sl_regions, use_region);
		if (c != REGION_ALL)
		    region_mask = 1 << c;
		else if (*slang->sl_regions != NUL)
		    /* This spell file is for other regions. */
		    region_mask = 0;
	    }

	    if (region_mask != 0)
	    {
		LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_slang = slang;
		LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_sallang = NULL;
		LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_replang = NULL;
		LANGP_ENTRY(ga, ga.ga_len)->lp_region = region_mask;
		++ga.ga_len;
		use_midword(slang, wp);
	    }
	}
    }

    /* Everything is fine, store the new b_langp value. */
    ga_clear(&wp->w_s->b_langp);
    wp->w_s->b_langp = ga;

    /* For each language figure out what language to use for sound folding and
     * REP items.  If the language doesn't support it itself use another one
     * with the same name.  E.g. for "en-math" use "en". */
    for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(ga, i);

	/* sound folding */
	if (lp->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0)
	    /* language does sound folding itself */
	    lp->lp_sallang = lp->lp_slang;
	else
	    /* find first similar language that does sound folding */
	    for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; ++j)
	    {
		lp2 = LANGP_ENTRY(ga, j);
		if (lp2->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0
			&& STRNCMP(lp->lp_slang->sl_name,
					      lp2->lp_slang->sl_name, 2) == 0)
		{
		    lp->lp_sallang = lp2->lp_slang;
		    break;
		}
	    }

	/* REP items */
	if (lp->lp_slang->sl_rep.ga_len > 0)
	    /* language has REP items itself */
	    lp->lp_replang = lp->lp_slang;
	else
	    /* find first similar language that has REP items */
	    for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; ++j)
	    {
		lp2 = LANGP_ENTRY(ga, j);
		if (lp2->lp_slang->sl_rep.ga_len > 0
			&& STRNCMP(lp->lp_slang->sl_name,
					      lp2->lp_slang->sl_name, 2) == 0)
		{
		    lp->lp_replang = lp2->lp_slang;
		    break;
		}
	    }
    }

theend:
    vim_free(spl_copy);
    recursive = FALSE;
    return ret_msg;
}

/*
 * Clear the midword characters for buffer "buf".
 */
    static void
clear_midword(wp)
    win_T	*wp;
{
    vim_memset(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw, 0, 256);
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    vim_free(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb);
    wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb = NULL;
#endif
}

/*
 * Use the "sl_midword" field of language "lp" for buffer "buf".
 * They add up to any currently used midword characters.
 */
    static void
use_midword(lp, wp)
    slang_T	*lp;
    win_T	*wp;
{
    char_u	*p;

    if (lp->sl_midword == NULL)	    /* there aren't any */
	return;

    for (p = lp->sl_midword; *p != NUL; )
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (has_mbyte)
	{
	    int	    c, l, n;
	    char_u  *bp;

	    c = mb_ptr2char(p);
	    l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
	    if (c < 256 && l <= 2)
		wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[c] = TRUE;
	    else if (wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb == NULL)
		/* First multi-byte char in "b_spell_ismw_mb". */
		wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb = vim_strnsave(p, l);
	    else
	    {
		/* Append multi-byte chars to "b_spell_ismw_mb". */
		n = (int)STRLEN(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb);
		bp = vim_strnsave(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb, n + l);
		if (bp != NULL)
		{
		    vim_free(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb);
		    wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb = bp;
		    vim_strncpy(bp + n, p, l);
		}
	    }
	    p += l;
	}
	else
#endif
	    wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[*p++] = TRUE;
}

/*
 * Find the region "region[2]" in "rp" (points to "sl_regions").
 * Each region is simply stored as the two characters of it's name.
 * Returns the index if found (first is 0), REGION_ALL if not found.
 */
    static int
find_region(rp, region)
    char_u	*rp;
    char_u	*region;
{
    int		i;

    for (i = 0; ; i += 2)
    {
	if (rp[i] == NUL)
	    return REGION_ALL;
	if (rp[i] == region[0] && rp[i + 1] == region[1])
	    break;
    }
    return i / 2;
}

/*
 * Return case type of word:
 * w word	0
 * Word		WF_ONECAP
 * W WORD	WF_ALLCAP
 * WoRd	wOrd	WF_KEEPCAP
 */
    static int
captype(word, end)
    char_u	*word;
    char_u	*end;	    /* When NULL use up to NUL byte. */
{
    char_u	*p;
    int		c;
    int		firstcap;
    int		allcap;
    int		past_second = FALSE;	/* past second word char */

    /* find first letter */
    for (p = word; !spell_iswordp_nmw(p); mb_ptr_adv(p))
	if (end == NULL ? *p == NUL : p >= end)
	    return 0;	    /* only non-word characters, illegal word */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (has_mbyte)
	c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
    else
#endif
	c = *p++;
    firstcap = allcap = SPELL_ISUPPER(c);

    /*
     * Need to check all letters to find a word with mixed upper/lower.
     * But a word with an upper char only at start is a ONECAP.
     */
    for ( ; end == NULL ? *p != NUL : p < end; mb_ptr_adv(p))
	if (spell_iswordp_nmw(p))
	{
	    c = PTR2CHAR(p);
	    if (!SPELL_ISUPPER(c))
	    {
		/* UUl -> KEEPCAP */
		if (past_second && allcap)
		    return WF_KEEPCAP;
		allcap = FALSE;
	    }
	    else if (!allcap)
		/* UlU -> KEEPCAP */
		return WF_KEEPCAP;
	    past_second = TRUE;
	}

    if (allcap)
	return WF_ALLCAP;
    if (firstcap)
	return WF_ONECAP;
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Like captype() but for a KEEPCAP word add ONECAP if the word starts with a
 * capital.  So that make_case_word() can turn WOrd into Word.
 * Add ALLCAP for "WOrD".
 */
    static int
badword_captype(word, end)
    char_u	*word;
    char_u	*end;
{
    int		flags = captype(word, end);
    int		c;
    int		l, u;
    int		first;
    char_u	*p;

    if (flags & WF_KEEPCAP)
    {
	/* Count the number of UPPER and lower case letters. */
	l = u = 0;
	first = FALSE;
	for (p = word; p < end; mb_ptr_adv(p))
	{
	    c = PTR2CHAR(p);
	    if (SPELL_ISUPPER(c))
	    {
		++u;
		if (p == word)
		    first = TRUE;
	    }
	    else
		++l;
	}

	/* If there are more UPPER than lower case letters suggest an
	 * ALLCAP word.  Otherwise, if the first letter is UPPER then
	 * suggest ONECAP.  Exception: "ALl" most likely should be "All",
	 * require three upper case letters. */
	if (u > l && u > 2)
	    flags |= WF_ALLCAP;
	else if (first)
	    flags |= WF_ONECAP;

	if (u >= 2 && l >= 2)	/* maCARONI maCAroni */
	    flags |= WF_MIXCAP;
    }
    return flags;
}

# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Free all languages.
 */
    void
spell_free_all()
{
    slang_T	*slang;
    buf_T	*buf;
    char_u	fname[MAXPATHL];

    /* Go through all buffers and handle 'spelllang'. <VN> */
    for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
	ga_clear(&buf->b_s.b_langp);

    while (first_lang != NULL)
    {
	slang = first_lang;
	first_lang = slang->sl_next;
	slang_free(slang);
    }

    if (int_wordlist != NULL)
    {
	/* Delete the internal wordlist and its .spl file */
	mch_remove(int_wordlist);
	int_wordlist_spl(fname);
	mch_remove(fname);
	vim_free(int_wordlist);
	int_wordlist = NULL;
    }

    vim_free(repl_to);
    repl_to = NULL;
    vim_free(repl_from);
    repl_from = NULL;
}
# endif

# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Clear all spelling tables and reload them.
 * Used after 'encoding' is set and when ":mkspell" was used.
 */
    void
spell_reload()
{
    win_T	*wp;

    /* Initialize the table for spell_iswordp(). */
    init_spell_chartab();

    /* Unload all allocated memory. */
    spell_free_all();

    /* Go through all buffers and handle 'spelllang'. */
    for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
    {
	/* Only load the wordlists when 'spelllang' is set and there is a
	 * window for this buffer in which 'spell' is set. */
	if (*wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL)
	{
		if (wp->w_p_spell)
		{
		    (void)did_set_spelllang(wp);
# ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
		    break;
# endif
		}
	}
    }
}
# endif

/*
 * Reload the spell file "fname" if it's loaded.
 */
    static void
spell_reload_one(fname, added_word)
    char_u	*fname;
    int		added_word;	/* invoked through "zg" */
{
    slang_T	*slang;
    int		didit = FALSE;

    for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
    {
	if (fullpathcmp(fname, slang->sl_fname, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
	{
	    slang_clear(slang);
	    if (spell_load_file(fname, NULL, slang, FALSE) == NULL)
		/* reloading failed, clear the language */
		slang_clear(slang);
	    redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
	    didit = TRUE;
	}
    }

    /* When "zg" was used and the file wasn't loaded yet, should redo
     * 'spelllang' to load it now. */
    if (added_word && !didit)
	did_set_spelllang(curwin);
}


/*
 * Functions for ":mkspell".
 */

#define MAXLINELEN  500		/* Maximum length in bytes of a line in a .aff
				   and .dic file. */
/*
 * Main structure to store the contents of a ".aff" file.
 */
typedef struct afffile_S
{
    char_u	*af_enc;	/* "SET", normalized, alloc'ed string or NULL */
    int		af_flagtype;	/* AFT_CHAR, AFT_LONG, AFT_NUM or AFT_CAPLONG */
    unsigned	af_rare;	/* RARE ID for rare word */
    unsigned	af_keepcase;	/* KEEPCASE ID for keep-case word */
    unsigned	af_bad;		/* BAD ID for banned word */
    unsigned	af_needaffix;	/* NEEDAFFIX ID */
    unsigned	af_circumfix;	/* CIRCUMFIX ID */
    unsigned	af_needcomp;	/* NEEDCOMPOUND ID */
    unsigned	af_comproot;	/* COMPOUNDROOT ID */
    unsigned	af_compforbid;	/* COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG ID */
    unsigned	af_comppermit;	/* COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG ID */
    unsigned	af_nosuggest;	/* NOSUGGEST ID */
    int		af_pfxpostpone;	/* postpone prefixes without chop string and
				   without flags */
    hashtab_T	af_pref;	/* hashtable for prefixes, affheader_T */
    hashtab_T	af_suff;	/* hashtable for suffixes, affheader_T */
    hashtab_T	af_comp;	/* hashtable for compound flags, compitem_T */
} afffile_T;

#define AFT_CHAR	0	/* flags are one character */
#define AFT_LONG	1	/* flags are two characters */
#define AFT_CAPLONG	2	/* flags are one or two characters */
#define AFT_NUM		3	/* flags are numbers, comma separated */

typedef struct affentry_S affentry_T;
/* Affix entry from ".aff" file.  Used for prefixes and suffixes. */
struct affentry_S
{
    affentry_T	*ae_next;	/* next affix with same name/number */
    char_u	*ae_chop;	/* text to chop off basic word (can be NULL) */
    char_u	*ae_add;	/* text to add to basic word (can be NULL) */
    char_u	*ae_flags;	/* flags on the affix (can be NULL) */
    char_u	*ae_cond;	/* condition (NULL for ".") */
    regprog_T	*ae_prog;	/* regexp program for ae_cond or NULL */
    char	ae_compforbid;	/* COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG found */
    char	ae_comppermit;	/* COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG found */
};

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
# define AH_KEY_LEN 17		/* 2 x 8 bytes + NUL */
#else
# define AH_KEY_LEN 7		/* 6 digits + NUL */
#endif

/* Affix header from ".aff" file.  Used for af_pref and af_suff. */
typedef struct affheader_S
{
    char_u	ah_key[AH_KEY_LEN]; /* key for hashtab == name of affix */
    unsigned	ah_flag;	/* affix name as number, uses "af_flagtype" */
    int		ah_newID;	/* prefix ID after renumbering; 0 if not used */
    int		ah_combine;	/* suffix may combine with prefix */
    int		ah_follows;	/* another affix block should be following */
    affentry_T	*ah_first;	/* first affix entry */
} affheader_T;

#define HI2AH(hi)   ((affheader_T *)(hi)->hi_key)

/* Flag used in compound items. */
typedef struct compitem_S
{
    char_u	ci_key[AH_KEY_LEN]; /* key for hashtab == name of compound */
    unsigned	ci_flag;	/* affix name as number, uses "af_flagtype" */
    int		ci_newID;	/* affix ID after renumbering. */
} compitem_T;

#define HI2CI(hi)   ((compitem_T *)(hi)->hi_key)

/*
 * Structure that is used to store the items in the word tree.  This avoids
 * the need to keep track of each allocated thing, everything is freed all at
 * once after ":mkspell" is done.
 * Note: "sb_next" must be just before "sb_data" to make sure the alignment of
 * "sb_data" is correct for systems where pointers must be aligned on
 * pointer-size boundaries and sizeof(pointer) > sizeof(int) (e.g., Sparc).
 */
#define  SBLOCKSIZE 16000	/* size of sb_data */
typedef struct sblock_S sblock_T;
struct sblock_S
{
    int		sb_used;	/* nr of bytes already in use */
    sblock_T	*sb_next;	/* next block in list */
    char_u	sb_data[1];	/* data, actually longer */
};

/*
 * A node in the tree.
 */
typedef struct wordnode_S wordnode_T;
struct wordnode_S
{
    union   /* shared to save space */
    {
	char_u	hashkey[6];	/* the hash key, only used while compressing */
	int	index;		/* index in written nodes (valid after first
				   round) */
    } wn_u1;
    union   /* shared to save space */
    {
	wordnode_T *next;	/* next node with same hash key */
	wordnode_T *wnode;	/* parent node that will write this node */
    } wn_u2;
    wordnode_T	*wn_child;	/* child (next byte in word) */
    wordnode_T  *wn_sibling;	/* next sibling (alternate byte in word,
				   always sorted) */
    int		wn_refs;	/* Nr. of references to this node.  Only
				   relevant for first node in a list of
				   siblings, in following siblings it is
				   always one. */
    char_u	wn_byte;	/* Byte for this node. NUL for word end */

    /* Info for when "wn_byte" is NUL.
     * In PREFIXTREE "wn_region" is used for the prefcondnr.
     * In the soundfolded word tree "wn_flags" has the MSW of the wordnr and
     * "wn_region" the LSW of the wordnr. */
    char_u	wn_affixID;	/* supported/required prefix ID or 0 */
    short_u	wn_flags;	/* WF_ flags */
    short	wn_region;	/* region mask */

#ifdef SPELL_PRINTTREE
    int		wn_nr;		/* sequence nr for printing */
#endif
};

#define WN_MASK	 0xffff		/* mask relevant bits of "wn_flags" */

#define HI2WN(hi)    (wordnode_T *)((hi)->hi_key)

/*
 * Info used while reading the spell files.
 */
typedef struct spellinfo_S
{
    wordnode_T	*si_foldroot;	/* tree with case-folded words */
    long	si_foldwcount;	/* nr of words in si_foldroot */

    wordnode_T	*si_keeproot;	/* tree with keep-case words */
    long	si_keepwcount;	/* nr of words in si_keeproot */

    wordnode_T	*si_prefroot;	/* tree with postponed prefixes */

    long	si_sugtree;	/* creating the soundfolding trie */

    sblock_T	*si_blocks;	/* memory blocks used */
    long	si_blocks_cnt;	/* memory blocks allocated */
    int		si_did_emsg;	/* TRUE when ran out of memory */

    long	si_compress_cnt;    /* words to add before lowering
				       compression limit */
    wordnode_T	*si_first_free; /* List of nodes that have been freed during
				   compression, linked by "wn_child" field. */
    long	si_free_count;	/* number of nodes in si_first_free */
#ifdef SPELL_PRINTTREE
    int		si_wordnode_nr;	/* sequence nr for nodes */
#endif
    buf_T	*si_spellbuf;	/* buffer used to store soundfold word table */

    int		si_ascii;	/* handling only ASCII words */
    int		si_add;		/* addition file */
    int		si_clear_chartab;   /* when TRUE clear char tables */
    int		si_region;	/* region mask */
    vimconv_T	si_conv;	/* for conversion to 'encoding' */
    int		si_memtot;	/* runtime memory used */
    int		si_verbose;	/* verbose messages */
    int		si_msg_count;	/* number of words added since last message */
    char_u	*si_info;	/* info text chars or NULL  */
    int		si_region_count; /* number of regions supported (1 when there
				    are no regions) */
    char_u	si_region_name[17]; /* region names; used only if
				     * si_region_count > 1) */

    garray_T	si_rep;		/* list of fromto_T entries from REP lines */
    garray_T	si_repsal;	/* list of fromto_T entries from REPSAL lines */
    garray_T	si_sal;		/* list of fromto_T entries from SAL lines */
    char_u	*si_sofofr;	/* SOFOFROM text */
    char_u	*si_sofoto;	/* SOFOTO text */
    int		si_nosugfile;	/* NOSUGFILE item found */
    int		si_nosplitsugs;	/* NOSPLITSUGS item found */
    int		si_followup;	/* soundsalike: ? */
    int		si_collapse;	/* soundsalike: ? */
    hashtab_T	si_commonwords;	/* hashtable for common words */
    time_t	si_sugtime;	/* timestamp for .sug file */
    int		si_rem_accents;	/* soundsalike: remove accents */
    garray_T	si_map;		/* MAP info concatenated */
    char_u	*si_midword;	/* MIDWORD chars or NULL  */
    int		si_compmax;	/* max nr of words for compounding */
    int		si_compminlen;	/* minimal length for compounding */
    int		si_compsylmax;	/* max nr of syllables for compounding */
    int		si_compoptions;	/* COMP_ flags */
    garray_T	si_comppat;	/* CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN items, each stored as
				   a string */
    char_u	*si_compflags;	/* flags used for compounding */
    char_u	si_nobreak;	/* NOBREAK */
    char_u	*si_syllable;	/* syllable string */
    garray_T	si_prefcond;	/* table with conditions for postponed
				 * prefixes, each stored as a string */
    int		si_newprefID;	/* current value for ah_newID */
    int		si_newcompID;	/* current value for compound ID */
} spellinfo_T;

static afffile_T *spell_read_aff __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *fname));
static int is_aff_rule __ARGS((char_u **items, int itemcnt, char *rulename, int	 mincount));
static void aff_process_flags __ARGS((afffile_T *affile, affentry_T *entry));
static int spell_info_item __ARGS((char_u *s));
static unsigned affitem2flag __ARGS((int flagtype, char_u *item, char_u	*fname, int lnum));
static unsigned get_affitem __ARGS((int flagtype, char_u **pp));
static void process_compflags __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, afffile_T *aff, char_u *compflags));
static void check_renumber __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin));
static int flag_in_afflist __ARGS((int flagtype, char_u *afflist, unsigned flag));
static void aff_check_number __ARGS((int spinval, int affval, char *name));
static void aff_check_string __ARGS((char_u *spinval, char_u *affval, char *name));
static int str_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u	*s2));
static void add_fromto __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, garray_T *gap, char_u	*from, char_u *to));
static int sal_to_bool __ARGS((char_u *s));
static void spell_free_aff __ARGS((afffile_T *aff));
static int spell_read_dic __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *fname, afffile_T *affile));
static int get_affix_flags __ARGS((afffile_T *affile, char_u *afflist));
static int get_pfxlist __ARGS((afffile_T *affile, char_u *afflist, char_u *store_afflist));
static void get_compflags __ARGS((afffile_T *affile, char_u *afflist, char_u *store_afflist));
static int store_aff_word __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *word, char_u *afflist, afffile_T *affile, hashtab_T *ht, hashtab_T *xht, int condit, int flags, char_u *pfxlist, int pfxlen));
static int spell_read_wordfile __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *fname));
static void *getroom __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, size_t len, int align));
static char_u *getroom_save __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *s));
static void free_blocks __ARGS((sblock_T *bl));
static wordnode_T *wordtree_alloc __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin));
static int store_word __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *word, int flags, int region, char_u *pfxlist, int need_affix));
static int tree_add_word __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *word, wordnode_T *tree, int flags, int region, int affixID));
static wordnode_T *get_wordnode __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin));
static int deref_wordnode __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, wordnode_T *node));
static void free_wordnode __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, wordnode_T *n));
static void wordtree_compress __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, wordnode_T *root));
static int node_compress __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, wordnode_T *node, hashtab_T *ht, int *tot));
static int node_equal __ARGS((wordnode_T *n1, wordnode_T *n2));
static int write_vim_spell __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *fname));
static void clear_node __ARGS((wordnode_T *node));
static int put_node __ARGS((FILE *fd, wordnode_T *node, int idx, int regionmask, int prefixtree));
static void spell_make_sugfile __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *wfname));
static int sug_filltree __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, slang_T *slang));
static int sug_maketable __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin));
static int sug_filltable __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, wordnode_T *node, int startwordnr, garray_T *gap));
static int offset2bytes __ARGS((int nr, char_u *buf));
static int bytes2offset __ARGS((char_u **pp));
static void sug_write __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *fname));
static void mkspell __ARGS((int fcount, char_u **fnames, int ascii, int over_write, int added_word));
static void spell_message __ARGS((spellinfo_T *spin, char_u *str));
static void init_spellfile __ARGS((void));

/* In the postponed prefixes tree wn_flags is used to store the WFP_ flags,
 * but it must be negative to indicate the prefix tree to tree_add_word().
 * Use a negative number with the lower 8 bits zero. */
#define PFX_FLAGS	-256

/* flags for "condit" argument of store_aff_word() */
#define CONDIT_COMB	1	/* affix must combine */
#define CONDIT_CFIX	2	/* affix must have CIRCUMFIX flag */
#define CONDIT_SUF	4	/* add a suffix for matching flags */
#define CONDIT_AFF	8	/* word already has an affix */

/*
 * Tunable parameters for when the tree is compressed.  See 'mkspellmem'.
 */
static long compress_start = 30000;	/* memory / SBLOCKSIZE */
static long compress_inc = 100;		/* memory / SBLOCKSIZE */
static long compress_added = 500000;	/* word count */

#ifdef SPELL_PRINTTREE
/*
 * For debugging the tree code: print the current tree in a (more or less)
 * readable format, so that we can see what happens when adding a word and/or
 * compressing the tree.
 * Based on code from Olaf Seibert.
 */
#define PRINTLINESIZE	1000
#define PRINTWIDTH	6

#define PRINTSOME(l, depth, fmt, a1, a2) vim_snprintf(l + depth * PRINTWIDTH, \
	    PRINTLINESIZE - PRINTWIDTH * depth, fmt, a1, a2)

static char line1[PRINTLINESIZE];
static char line2[PRINTLINESIZE];
static char line3[PRINTLINESIZE];

    static void
spell_clear_flags(wordnode_T *node)
{
    wordnode_T	*np;

    for (np = node; np != NULL; np = np->wn_sibling)
    {
	np->wn_u1.index = FALSE;
	spell_clear_flags(np->wn_child);
    }
}

    static void
spell_print_node(wordnode_T *node, int depth)
{
    if (node->wn_u1.index)
    {
	/* Done this node before, print the reference. */
	PRINTSOME(line1, depth, "(%d)", node->wn_nr, 0);
	PRINTSOME(line2, depth, "    ", 0, 0);
	PRINTSOME(line3, depth, "    ", 0, 0);
	msg(line1);
	msg(line2);
	msg(line3);
    }
    else
    {
	node->wn_u1.index = TRUE;

	if (node->wn_byte != NUL)
	{
	    if (node->wn_child != NULL)
		PRINTSOME(line1, depth, " %c -> ", node->wn_byte, 0);
	    else
		/* Cannot happen? */
		PRINTSOME(line1, depth, " %c ???", node->wn_byte, 0);
	}
	else
	    PRINTSOME(line1, depth, " $    ", 0, 0);

	PRINTSOME(line2, depth, "%d/%d    ", node->wn_nr, node->wn_refs);

	if (node->wn_sibling != NULL)
	    PRINTSOME(line3, depth, " |    ", 0, 0);
	else
	    PRINTSOME(line3, depth, "      ", 0, 0);

	if (node->wn_byte == NUL)
	{
	    msg(line1);
	    msg(line2);
	    msg(line3);
	}

	/* do the children */
	if (node->wn_byte != NUL && node->wn_child != NULL)
	    spell_print_node(node->wn_child, depth + 1);

	/* do the siblings */
	if (node->wn_sibling != NULL)
	{
	    /* get rid of all parent details except | */
	    STRCPY(line1, line3);
	    STRCPY(line2, line3);
	    spell_print_node(node->wn_sibling, depth);
	}
    }
}

    static void
spell_print_tree(wordnode_T *root)
{
    if (root != NULL)
    {
	/* Clear the "wn_u1.index" fields, used to remember what has been
	 * done. */
	spell_clear_flags(root);

	/* Recursively print the tree. */
	spell_print_node(root, 0);
    }
}
#endif /* SPELL_PRINTTREE */

/*
 * Read the affix file "fname".
 * Returns an afffile_T, NULL for complete failure.
 */
    static afffile_T *
spell_read_aff(spin, fname)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    char_u	*fname;
{
    FILE	*fd;
    afffile_T	*aff;
    char_u	rline[MAXLINELEN];
    char_u	*line;
    char_u	*pc = NULL;
#define MAXITEMCNT  30
    char_u	*(items[MAXITEMCNT]);
    int		itemcnt;
    char_u	*p;
    int		lnum = 0;
    affheader_T	*cur_aff = NULL;
    int		did_postpone_prefix = FALSE;
    int		aff_todo = 0;
    hashtab_T	*tp;
    char_u	*low = NULL;
    char_u	*fol = NULL;
    char_u	*upp = NULL;
    int		do_rep;
    int		do_repsal;
    int		do_sal;
    int		do_mapline;
    int		found_map = FALSE;
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    int		l;
    int		compminlen = 0;		/* COMPOUNDMIN value */
    int		compsylmax = 0;		/* COMPOUNDSYLMAX value */
    int		compoptions = 0;	/* COMP_ flags */
    int		compmax = 0;		/* COMPOUNDWORDMAX value */
    char_u	*compflags = NULL;	/* COMPOUNDFLAG and COMPOUNDRULE
					   concatenated */
    char_u	*midword = NULL;	/* MIDWORD value */
    char_u	*syllable = NULL;	/* SYLLABLE value */
    char_u	*sofofrom = NULL;	/* SOFOFROM value */
    char_u	*sofoto = NULL;		/* SOFOTO value */

    /*
     * Open the file.
     */
    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "r");
    if (fd == NULL)
    {
	EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
	return NULL;
    }

    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Reading affix file %s ..."), fname);
    spell_message(spin, IObuff);

    /* Only do REP lines when not done in another .aff file already. */
    do_rep = spin->si_rep.ga_len == 0;

    /* Only do REPSAL lines when not done in another .aff file already. */
    do_repsal = spin->si_repsal.ga_len == 0;

    /* Only do SAL lines when not done in another .aff file already. */
    do_sal = spin->si_sal.ga_len == 0;

    /* Only do MAP lines when not done in another .aff file already. */
    do_mapline = spin->si_map.ga_len == 0;

    /*
     * Allocate and init the afffile_T structure.
     */
    aff = (afffile_T *)getroom(spin, sizeof(afffile_T), TRUE);
    if (aff == NULL)
    {
	fclose(fd);
	return NULL;
    }
    hash_init(&aff->af_pref);
    hash_init(&aff->af_suff);
    hash_init(&aff->af_comp);

    /*
     * Read all the lines in the file one by one.
     */
    while (!vim_fgets(rline, MAXLINELEN, fd) && !got_int)
    {
	line_breakcheck();
	++lnum;

	/* Skip comment lines. */
	if (*rline == '#')
	    continue;

	/* Convert from "SET" to 'encoding' when needed. */
	vim_free(pc);
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (spin->si_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
	{
	    pc = string_convert(&spin->si_conv, rline, NULL);
	    if (pc == NULL)
	    {
		smsg((char_u *)_("Conversion failure for word in %s line %d: %s"),
							   fname, lnum, rline);
		continue;
	    }
	    line = pc;
	}
	else
#endif
	{
	    pc = NULL;
	    line = rline;
	}

	/* Split the line up in white separated items.  Put a NUL after each
	 * item. */
	itemcnt = 0;
	for (p = line; ; )
	{
	    while (*p != NUL && *p <= ' ')  /* skip white space and CR/NL */
		++p;
	    if (*p == NUL)
		break;
	    if (itemcnt == MAXITEMCNT)	    /* too many items */
		break;
	    items[itemcnt++] = p;
	    /* A few items have arbitrary text argument, don't split them. */
	    if (itemcnt == 2 && spell_info_item(items[0]))
		while (*p >= ' ' || *p == TAB)    /* skip until CR/NL */
		    ++p;
	    else
		while (*p > ' ')    /* skip until white space or CR/NL */
		    ++p;
	    if (*p == NUL)
		break;
	    *p++ = NUL;
	}

	/* Handle non-empty lines. */
	if (itemcnt > 0)
	{
	    if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "SET", 2) && aff->af_enc == NULL)
	    {
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		/* Setup for conversion from "ENC" to 'encoding'. */
		aff->af_enc = enc_canonize(items[1]);
		if (aff->af_enc != NULL && !spin->si_ascii
			&& convert_setup(&spin->si_conv, aff->af_enc,
							       p_enc) == FAIL)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Conversion in %s not supported: from %s to %s"),
					       fname, aff->af_enc, p_enc);
		spin->si_conv.vc_fail = TRUE;
#else
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Conversion in %s not supported"), fname);
#endif
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "FLAG", 2)
					      && aff->af_flagtype == AFT_CHAR)
	    {
		if (STRCMP(items[1], "long") == 0)
		    aff->af_flagtype = AFT_LONG;
		else if (STRCMP(items[1], "num") == 0)
		    aff->af_flagtype = AFT_NUM;
		else if (STRCMP(items[1], "caplong") == 0)
		    aff->af_flagtype = AFT_CAPLONG;
		else
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Invalid value for FLAG in %s line %d: %s"),
			    fname, lnum, items[1]);
		if (aff->af_rare != 0
			|| aff->af_keepcase != 0
			|| aff->af_bad != 0
			|| aff->af_needaffix != 0
			|| aff->af_circumfix != 0
			|| aff->af_needcomp != 0
			|| aff->af_comproot != 0
			|| aff->af_nosuggest != 0
			|| compflags != NULL
			|| aff->af_suff.ht_used > 0
			|| aff->af_pref.ht_used > 0)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("FLAG after using flags in %s line %d: %s"),
			    fname, lnum, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (spell_info_item(items[0]))
	    {
		    p = (char_u *)getroom(spin,
			    (spin->si_info == NULL ? 0 : STRLEN(spin->si_info))
			    + STRLEN(items[0])
			    + STRLEN(items[1]) + 3, FALSE);
		    if (p != NULL)
		    {
			if (spin->si_info != NULL)
			{
			    STRCPY(p, spin->si_info);
			    STRCAT(p, "\n");
			}
			STRCAT(p, items[0]);
			STRCAT(p, " ");
			STRCAT(p, items[1]);
			spin->si_info = p;
		    }
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "MIDWORD", 2)
							   && midword == NULL)
	    {
		midword = getroom_save(spin, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "TRY", 2))
	    {
		/* ignored, we look in the tree for what chars may appear */
	    }
	    /* TODO: remove "RAR" later */
	    else if ((is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "RAR", 2)
			|| is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "RARE", 2))
							 && aff->af_rare == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_rare = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
	    }
	    /* TODO: remove "KEP" later */
	    else if ((is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "KEP", 2)
			|| is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "KEEPCASE", 2))
						     && aff->af_keepcase == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_keepcase = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if ((is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "BAD", 2)
			|| is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "FORBIDDENWORD", 2))
							  && aff->af_bad == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_bad = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "NEEDAFFIX", 2)
						    && aff->af_needaffix == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_needaffix = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "CIRCUMFIX", 2)
						    && aff->af_circumfix == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_circumfix = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "NOSUGGEST", 2)
						    && aff->af_nosuggest == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_nosuggest = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if ((is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "NEEDCOMPOUND", 2)
			|| is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "ONLYINCOMPOUND", 2))
						     && aff->af_needcomp == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_needcomp = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "COMPOUNDROOT", 2)
						     && aff->af_comproot == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_comproot = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG", 2)
						   && aff->af_compforbid == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_compforbid = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
		if (aff->af_pref.ht_used > 0)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Defining COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG after PFX item may give wrong results in %s line %d"),
			    fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG", 2)
						   && aff->af_comppermit == 0)
	    {
		aff->af_comppermit = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
		if (aff->af_pref.ht_used > 0)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Defining COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG after PFX item may give wrong results in %s line %d"),
			    fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "COMPOUNDFLAG", 2)
							 && compflags == NULL)
	    {
		/* Turn flag "c" into COMPOUNDRULE compatible string "c+",
		 * "Na" into "Na+", "1234" into "1234+". */
		p = getroom(spin, STRLEN(items[1]) + 2, FALSE);
		if (p != NULL)
		{
		    STRCPY(p, items[1]);
		    STRCAT(p, "+");
		    compflags = p;
		}
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "COMPOUNDRULES", 2))
	    {
		/* We don't use the count, but do check that it's a number and
		 * not COMPOUNDRULE mistyped. */
		if (atoi((char *)items[1]) == 0)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Wrong COMPOUNDRULES value in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "COMPOUNDRULE", 2))
	    {
		/* Don't use the first rule if it is a number. */
		if (compflags != NULL || *skipdigits(items[1]) != NUL)
		{
		    /* Concatenate this string to previously defined ones,
		     * using a slash to separate them. */
		    l = (int)STRLEN(items[1]) + 1;
		    if (compflags != NULL)
			l += (int)STRLEN(compflags) + 1;
		    p = getroom(spin, l, FALSE);
		    if (p != NULL)
		    {
			if (compflags != NULL)
			{
			    STRCPY(p, compflags);
			    STRCAT(p, "/");
			}
			STRCAT(p, items[1]);
			compflags = p;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "COMPOUNDWORDMAX", 2)
							      && compmax == 0)
	    {
		compmax = atoi((char *)items[1]);
		if (compmax == 0)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Wrong COMPOUNDWORDMAX value in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "COMPOUNDMIN", 2)
							   && compminlen == 0)
	    {
		compminlen = atoi((char *)items[1]);
		if (compminlen == 0)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Wrong COMPOUNDMIN value in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "COMPOUNDSYLMAX", 2)
							   && compsylmax == 0)
	    {
		compsylmax = atoi((char *)items[1]);
		if (compsylmax == 0)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Wrong COMPOUNDSYLMAX value in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP", 1))
	    {
		compoptions |= COMP_CHECKDUP;
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "CHECKCOMPOUNDREP", 1))
	    {
		compoptions |= COMP_CHECKREP;
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "CHECKCOMPOUNDCASE", 1))
	    {
		compoptions |= COMP_CHECKCASE;
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE", 1))
	    {
		compoptions |= COMP_CHECKTRIPLE;
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN", 2))
	    {
		if (atoi((char *)items[1]) == 0)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Wrong CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN value in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN", 3))
	    {
		garray_T    *gap = &spin->si_comppat;
		int	    i;

		/* Only add the couple if it isn't already there. */
		for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len - 1; i += 2)
		    if (STRCMP(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i], items[1]) == 0
			    && STRCMP(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i + 1],
							       items[2]) == 0)
			break;
		if (i >= gap->ga_len && ga_grow(gap, 2) == OK)
		{
		    ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[gap->ga_len++]
					       = getroom_save(spin, items[1]);
		    ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[gap->ga_len++]
					       = getroom_save(spin, items[2]);
		}
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "SYLLABLE", 2)
							  && syllable == NULL)
	    {
		syllable = getroom_save(spin, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "NOBREAK", 1))
	    {
		spin->si_nobreak = TRUE;
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "NOSPLITSUGS", 1))
	    {
		spin->si_nosplitsugs = TRUE;
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "NOSUGFILE", 1))
	    {
		spin->si_nosugfile = TRUE;
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "PFXPOSTPONE", 1))
	    {
		aff->af_pfxpostpone = TRUE;
	    }
	    else if ((STRCMP(items[0], "PFX") == 0
					      || STRCMP(items[0], "SFX") == 0)
		    && aff_todo == 0
		    && itemcnt >= 4)
	    {
		int	lasti = 4;
		char_u	key[AH_KEY_LEN];

		if (*items[0] == 'P')
		    tp = &aff->af_pref;
		else
		    tp = &aff->af_suff;

		/* Myspell allows the same affix name to be used multiple
		 * times.  The affix files that do this have an undocumented
		 * "S" flag on all but the last block, thus we check for that
		 * and store it in ah_follows. */
		vim_strncpy(key, items[1], AH_KEY_LEN - 1);
		hi = hash_find(tp, key);
		if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
		{
		    cur_aff = HI2AH(hi);
		    if (cur_aff->ah_combine != (*items[2] == 'Y'))
			smsg((char_u *)_("Different combining flag in continued affix block in %s line %d: %s"),
						   fname, lnum, items[1]);
		    if (!cur_aff->ah_follows)
			smsg((char_u *)_("Duplicate affix in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[1]);
		}
		else
		{
		    /* New affix letter. */
		    cur_aff = (affheader_T *)getroom(spin,
						   sizeof(affheader_T), TRUE);
		    if (cur_aff == NULL)
			break;
		    cur_aff->ah_flag = affitem2flag(aff->af_flagtype, items[1],
								 fname, lnum);
		    if (cur_aff->ah_flag == 0 || STRLEN(items[1]) >= AH_KEY_LEN)
			break;
		    if (cur_aff->ah_flag == aff->af_bad
			    || cur_aff->ah_flag == aff->af_rare
			    || cur_aff->ah_flag == aff->af_keepcase
			    || cur_aff->ah_flag == aff->af_needaffix
			    || cur_aff->ah_flag == aff->af_circumfix
			    || cur_aff->ah_flag == aff->af_nosuggest
			    || cur_aff->ah_flag == aff->af_needcomp
			    || cur_aff->ah_flag == aff->af_comproot)
			smsg((char_u *)_("Affix also used for BAD/RARE/KEEPCASE/NEEDAFFIX/NEEDCOMPOUND/NOSUGGEST in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[1]);
		    STRCPY(cur_aff->ah_key, items[1]);
		    hash_add(tp, cur_aff->ah_key);

		    cur_aff->ah_combine = (*items[2] == 'Y');
		}

		/* Check for the "S" flag, which apparently means that another
		 * block with the same affix name is following. */
		if (itemcnt > lasti && STRCMP(items[lasti], "S") == 0)
		{
		    ++lasti;
		    cur_aff->ah_follows = TRUE;
		}
		else
		    cur_aff->ah_follows = FALSE;

		/* Myspell allows extra text after the item, but that might
		 * mean mistakes go unnoticed.  Require a comment-starter. */
		if (itemcnt > lasti && *items[lasti] != '#')
		    smsg((char_u *)_(e_afftrailing), fname, lnum, items[lasti]);

		if (STRCMP(items[2], "Y") != 0 && STRCMP(items[2], "N") != 0)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Expected Y or N in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[2]);

		if (*items[0] == 'P' && aff->af_pfxpostpone)
		{
		    if (cur_aff->ah_newID == 0)
		    {
			/* Use a new number in the .spl file later, to be able
			 * to handle multiple .aff files. */
			check_renumber(spin);
			cur_aff->ah_newID = ++spin->si_newprefID;

			/* We only really use ah_newID if the prefix is
			 * postponed.  We know that only after handling all
			 * the items. */
			did_postpone_prefix = FALSE;
		    }
		    else
			/* Did use the ID in a previous block. */
			did_postpone_prefix = TRUE;
		}

		aff_todo = atoi((char *)items[3]);
	    }
	    else if ((STRCMP(items[0], "PFX") == 0
					      || STRCMP(items[0], "SFX") == 0)
		    && aff_todo > 0
		    && STRCMP(cur_aff->ah_key, items[1]) == 0
		    && itemcnt >= 5)
	    {
		affentry_T	*aff_entry;
		int		upper = FALSE;
		int		lasti = 5;

		/* Myspell allows extra text after the item, but that might
		 * mean mistakes go unnoticed.  Require a comment-starter.
		 * Hunspell uses a "-" item. */
		if (itemcnt > lasti && *items[lasti] != '#'
			&& (STRCMP(items[lasti], "-") != 0
						     || itemcnt != lasti + 1))
		    smsg((char_u *)_(e_afftrailing), fname, lnum, items[lasti]);

		/* New item for an affix letter. */
		--aff_todo;
		aff_entry = (affentry_T *)getroom(spin,
						    sizeof(affentry_T), TRUE);
		if (aff_entry == NULL)
		    break;

		if (STRCMP(items[2], "0") != 0)
		    aff_entry->ae_chop = getroom_save(spin, items[2]);
		if (STRCMP(items[3], "0") != 0)
		{
		    aff_entry->ae_add = getroom_save(spin, items[3]);

		    /* Recognize flags on the affix: abcd/XYZ */
		    aff_entry->ae_flags = vim_strchr(aff_entry->ae_add, '/');
		    if (aff_entry->ae_flags != NULL)
		    {
			*aff_entry->ae_flags++ = NUL;
			aff_process_flags(aff, aff_entry);
		    }
		}

		/* Don't use an affix entry with non-ASCII characters when
		 * "spin->si_ascii" is TRUE. */
		if (!spin->si_ascii || !(has_non_ascii(aff_entry->ae_chop)
					  || has_non_ascii(aff_entry->ae_add)))
		{
		    aff_entry->ae_next = cur_aff->ah_first;
		    cur_aff->ah_first = aff_entry;

		    if (STRCMP(items[4], ".") != 0)
		    {
			char_u	buf[MAXLINELEN];

			aff_entry->ae_cond = getroom_save(spin, items[4]);
			if (*items[0] == 'P')
			    sprintf((char *)buf, "^%s", items[4]);
			else
			    sprintf((char *)buf, "%s$", items[4]);
			aff_entry->ae_prog = vim_regcomp(buf,
					    RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING + RE_STRICT);
			if (aff_entry->ae_prog == NULL)
			    smsg((char_u *)_("Broken condition in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[4]);
		    }

		    /* For postponed prefixes we need an entry in si_prefcond
		     * for the condition.  Use an existing one if possible.
		     * Can't be done for an affix with flags, ignoring
		     * COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG and COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG. */
		    if (*items[0] == 'P' && aff->af_pfxpostpone
					       && aff_entry->ae_flags == NULL)
		    {
			/* When the chop string is one lower-case letter and
			 * the add string ends in the upper-case letter we set
			 * the "upper" flag, clear "ae_chop" and remove the
			 * letters from "ae_add".  The condition must either
			 * be empty or start with the same letter. */
			if (aff_entry->ae_chop != NULL
				&& aff_entry->ae_add != NULL
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
				&& aff_entry->ae_chop[(*mb_ptr2len)(
						   aff_entry->ae_chop)] == NUL
#else
				&& aff_entry->ae_chop[1] == NUL
#endif
				)
			{
			    int		c, c_up;

			    c = PTR2CHAR(aff_entry->ae_chop);
			    c_up = SPELL_TOUPPER(c);
			    if (c_up != c
				    && (aff_entry->ae_cond == NULL
					|| PTR2CHAR(aff_entry->ae_cond) == c))
			    {
				p = aff_entry->ae_add
						  + STRLEN(aff_entry->ae_add);
				mb_ptr_back(aff_entry->ae_add, p);
				if (PTR2CHAR(p) == c_up)
				{
				    upper = TRUE;
				    aff_entry->ae_chop = NULL;
				    *p = NUL;

				    /* The condition is matched with the
				     * actual word, thus must check for the
				     * upper-case letter. */
				    if (aff_entry->ae_cond != NULL)
				    {
					char_u	buf[MAXLINELEN];
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
					if (has_mbyte)
					{
					    onecap_copy(items[4], buf, TRUE);
					    aff_entry->ae_cond = getroom_save(
								   spin, buf);
					}
					else
#endif
					    *aff_entry->ae_cond = c_up;
					if (aff_entry->ae_cond != NULL)
					{
					    sprintf((char *)buf, "^%s",
							  aff_entry->ae_cond);
					    vim_regfree(aff_entry->ae_prog);
					    aff_entry->ae_prog = vim_regcomp(
						    buf, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
					}
				    }
				}
			    }
			}

			if (aff_entry->ae_chop == NULL
					       && aff_entry->ae_flags == NULL)
			{
			    int		idx;
			    char_u	**pp;
			    int		n;

			    /* Find a previously used condition. */
			    for (idx = spin->si_prefcond.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0;
									--idx)
			    {
				p = ((char_u **)spin->si_prefcond.ga_data)[idx];
				if (str_equal(p, aff_entry->ae_cond))
				    break;
			    }
			    if (idx < 0 && ga_grow(&spin->si_prefcond, 1) == OK)
			    {
				/* Not found, add a new condition. */
				idx = spin->si_prefcond.ga_len++;
				pp = ((char_u **)spin->si_prefcond.ga_data)
									+ idx;
				if (aff_entry->ae_cond == NULL)
				    *pp = NULL;
				else
				    *pp = getroom_save(spin,
							  aff_entry->ae_cond);
			    }

			    /* Add the prefix to the prefix tree. */
			    if (aff_entry->ae_add == NULL)
				p = (char_u *)"";
			    else
				p = aff_entry->ae_add;

			    /* PFX_FLAGS is a negative number, so that
			     * tree_add_word() knows this is the prefix tree. */
			    n = PFX_FLAGS;
			    if (!cur_aff->ah_combine)
				n |= WFP_NC;
			    if (upper)
				n |= WFP_UP;
			    if (aff_entry->ae_comppermit)
				n |= WFP_COMPPERMIT;
			    if (aff_entry->ae_compforbid)
				n |= WFP_COMPFORBID;
			    tree_add_word(spin, p, spin->si_prefroot, n,
						      idx, cur_aff->ah_newID);
			    did_postpone_prefix = TRUE;
			}

			/* Didn't actually use ah_newID, backup si_newprefID. */
			if (aff_todo == 0 && !did_postpone_prefix)
			{
			    --spin->si_newprefID;
			    cur_aff->ah_newID = 0;
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "FOL", 2) && fol == NULL)
	    {
		fol = vim_strsave(items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "LOW", 2) && low == NULL)
	    {
		low = vim_strsave(items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "UPP", 2) && upp == NULL)
	    {
		upp = vim_strsave(items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "REP", 2)
		     || is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "REPSAL", 2))
	    {
		/* Ignore REP/REPSAL count */;
		if (!isdigit(*items[1]))
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Expected REP(SAL) count in %s line %d"),
								 fname, lnum);
	    }
	    else if ((STRCMP(items[0], "REP") == 0
			|| STRCMP(items[0], "REPSAL") == 0)
		    && itemcnt >= 3)
	    {
		/* REP/REPSAL item */
		/* Myspell ignores extra arguments, we require it starts with
		 * # to detect mistakes. */
		if (itemcnt > 3 && items[3][0] != '#')
		    smsg((char_u *)_(e_afftrailing), fname, lnum, items[3]);
		if (items[0][3] == 'S' ? do_repsal : do_rep)
		{
		    /* Replace underscore with space (can't include a space
		     * directly). */
		    for (p = items[1]; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
			if (*p == '_')
			    *p = ' ';
		    for (p = items[2]; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
			if (*p == '_')
			    *p = ' ';
		    add_fromto(spin, items[0][3] == 'S'
					 ? &spin->si_repsal
					 : &spin->si_rep, items[1], items[2]);
		}
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "MAP", 2))
	    {
		/* MAP item or count */
		if (!found_map)
		{
		    /* First line contains the count. */
		    found_map = TRUE;
		    if (!isdigit(*items[1]))
			smsg((char_u *)_("Expected MAP count in %s line %d"),
								 fname, lnum);
		}
		else if (do_mapline)
		{
		    int		c;

		    /* Check that every character appears only once. */
		    for (p = items[1]; *p != NUL; )
		    {
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
			c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
#else
			c = *p++;
#endif
			if ((spin->si_map.ga_len > 0
				    && vim_strchr(spin->si_map.ga_data, c)
								      != NULL)
				|| vim_strchr(p, c) != NULL)
			    smsg((char_u *)_("Duplicate character in MAP in %s line %d"),
								 fname, lnum);
		    }

		    /* We simply concatenate all the MAP strings, separated by
		     * slashes. */
		    ga_concat(&spin->si_map, items[1]);
		    ga_append(&spin->si_map, '/');
		}
	    }
	    /* Accept "SAL from to" and "SAL from to  #comment". */
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "SAL", 3))
	    {
		if (do_sal)
		{
		    /* SAL item (sounds-a-like)
		     * Either one of the known keys or a from-to pair. */
		    if (STRCMP(items[1], "followup") == 0)
			spin->si_followup = sal_to_bool(items[2]);
		    else if (STRCMP(items[1], "collapse_result") == 0)
			spin->si_collapse = sal_to_bool(items[2]);
		    else if (STRCMP(items[1], "remove_accents") == 0)
			spin->si_rem_accents = sal_to_bool(items[2]);
		    else
			/* when "to" is "_" it means empty */
			add_fromto(spin, &spin->si_sal, items[1],
				     STRCMP(items[2], "_") == 0 ? (char_u *)""
								: items[2]);
		}
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "SOFOFROM", 2)
							  && sofofrom == NULL)
	    {
		sofofrom = getroom_save(spin, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, "SOFOTO", 2)
							    && sofoto == NULL)
	    {
		sofoto = getroom_save(spin, items[1]);
	    }
	    else if (STRCMP(items[0], "COMMON") == 0)
	    {
		int	i;

		for (i = 1; i < itemcnt; ++i)
		{
		    if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hash_find(&spin->si_commonwords,
								   items[i])))
		    {
			p = vim_strsave(items[i]);
			if (p == NULL)
			    break;
			hash_add(&spin->si_commonwords, p);
		    }
		}
	    }
	    else
		smsg((char_u *)_("Unrecognized or duplicate item in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, items[0]);
	}
    }

    if (fol != NULL || low != NULL || upp != NULL)
    {
	if (spin->si_clear_chartab)
	{
	    /* Clear the char type tables, don't want to use any of the
	     * currently used spell properties. */
	    init_spell_chartab();
	    spin->si_clear_chartab = FALSE;
	}

	/*
	 * Don't write a word table for an ASCII file, so that we don't check
	 * for conflicts with a word table that matches 'encoding'.
	 * Don't write one for utf-8 either, we use utf_*() and
	 * mb_get_class(), the list of chars in the file will be incomplete.
	 */
	if (!spin->si_ascii
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		&& !enc_utf8
#endif
		)
	{
	    if (fol == NULL || low == NULL || upp == NULL)
		smsg((char_u *)_("Missing FOL/LOW/UPP line in %s"), fname);
	    else
		(void)set_spell_chartab(fol, low, upp);
	}

	vim_free(fol);
	vim_free(low);
	vim_free(upp);
    }

    /* Use compound specifications of the .aff file for the spell info. */
    if (compmax != 0)
    {
	aff_check_number(spin->si_compmax, compmax, "COMPOUNDWORDMAX");
	spin->si_compmax = compmax;
    }

    if (compminlen != 0)
    {
	aff_check_number(spin->si_compminlen, compminlen, "COMPOUNDMIN");
	spin->si_compminlen = compminlen;
    }

    if (compsylmax != 0)
    {
	if (syllable == NULL)
	    smsg((char_u *)_("COMPOUNDSYLMAX used without SYLLABLE"));
	aff_check_number(spin->si_compsylmax, compsylmax, "COMPOUNDSYLMAX");
	spin->si_compsylmax = compsylmax;
    }

    if (compoptions != 0)
    {
	aff_check_number(spin->si_compoptions, compoptions, "COMPOUND options");
	spin->si_compoptions |= compoptions;
    }

    if (compflags != NULL)
	process_compflags(spin, aff, compflags);

    /* Check that we didn't use too many renumbered flags. */
    if (spin->si_newcompID < spin->si_newprefID)
    {
	if (spin->si_newcompID == 127 || spin->si_newcompID == 255)
	    MSG(_("Too many postponed prefixes"));
	else if (spin->si_newprefID == 0 || spin->si_newprefID == 127)
	    MSG(_("Too many compound flags"));
	else
	    MSG(_("Too many postponed prefixes and/or compound flags"));
    }

    if (syllable != NULL)
    {
	aff_check_string(spin->si_syllable, syllable, "SYLLABLE");
	spin->si_syllable = syllable;
    }

    if (sofofrom != NULL || sofoto != NULL)
    {
	if (sofofrom == NULL || sofoto == NULL)
	    smsg((char_u *)_("Missing SOFO%s line in %s"),
				     sofofrom == NULL ? "FROM" : "TO", fname);
	else if (spin->si_sal.ga_len > 0)
	    smsg((char_u *)_("Both SAL and SOFO lines in %s"), fname);
	else
	{
	    aff_check_string(spin->si_sofofr, sofofrom, "SOFOFROM");
	    aff_check_string(spin->si_sofoto, sofoto, "SOFOTO");
	    spin->si_sofofr = sofofrom;
	    spin->si_sofoto = sofoto;
	}
    }

    if (midword != NULL)
    {
	aff_check_string(spin->si_midword, midword, "MIDWORD");
	spin->si_midword = midword;
    }

    vim_free(pc);
    fclose(fd);
    return aff;
}

/*
 * Return TRUE when items[0] equals "rulename", there are "mincount" items or
 * a comment is following after item "mincount".
 */
    static int
is_aff_rule(items, itemcnt, rulename, mincount)
    char_u	**items;
    int		itemcnt;
    char	*rulename;
    int		mincount;
{
    return (STRCMP(items[0], rulename) == 0
	    && (itemcnt == mincount
		|| (itemcnt > mincount && items[mincount][0] == '#')));
}

/*
 * For affix "entry" move COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG and COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG from
 * ae_flags to ae_comppermit and ae_compforbid.
 */
    static void
aff_process_flags(affile, entry)
    afffile_T	*affile;
    affentry_T	*entry;
{
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*prevp;
    unsigned	flag;

    if (entry->ae_flags != NULL
		&& (affile->af_compforbid != 0 || affile->af_comppermit != 0))
    {
	for (p = entry->ae_flags; *p != NUL; )
	{
	    prevp = p;
	    flag = get_affitem(affile->af_flagtype, &p);
	    if (flag == affile->af_comppermit || flag == affile->af_compforbid)
	    {
		STRMOVE(prevp, p);
		p = prevp;
		if (flag == affile->af_comppermit)
		    entry->ae_comppermit = TRUE;
		else
		    entry->ae_compforbid = TRUE;
	    }
	    if (affile->af_flagtype == AFT_NUM && *p == ',')
		++p;
	}
	if (*entry->ae_flags == NUL)
	    entry->ae_flags = NULL;	/* nothing left */
    }
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if "s" is the name of an info item in the affix file.
 */
    static int
spell_info_item(s)
    char_u	*s;
{
    return STRCMP(s, "NAME") == 0
	|| STRCMP(s, "HOME") == 0
	|| STRCMP(s, "VERSION") == 0
	|| STRCMP(s, "AUTHOR") == 0
	|| STRCMP(s, "EMAIL") == 0
	|| STRCMP(s, "COPYRIGHT") == 0;
}

/*
 * Turn an affix flag name into a number, according to the FLAG type.
 * returns zero for failure.
 */
    static unsigned
affitem2flag(flagtype, item, fname, lnum)
    int		flagtype;
    char_u	*item;
    char_u	*fname;
    int		lnum;
{
    unsigned	res;
    char_u	*p = item;

    res = get_affitem(flagtype, &p);
    if (res == 0)
    {
	if (flagtype == AFT_NUM)
	    smsg((char_u *)_("Flag is not a number in %s line %d: %s"),
							   fname, lnum, item);
	else
	    smsg((char_u *)_("Illegal flag in %s line %d: %s"),
							   fname, lnum, item);
    }
    if (*p != NUL)
    {
	smsg((char_u *)_(e_affname), fname, lnum, item);
	return 0;
    }

    return res;
}

/*
 * Get one affix name from "*pp" and advance the pointer.
 * Returns zero for an error, still advances the pointer then.
 */
    static unsigned
get_affitem(flagtype, pp)
    int		flagtype;
    char_u	**pp;
{
    int		res;

    if (flagtype == AFT_NUM)
    {
	if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(**pp))
	{
	    ++*pp;	/* always advance, avoid getting stuck */
	    return 0;
	}
	res = getdigits(pp);
    }
    else
    {
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	res = mb_ptr2char_adv(pp);
#else
	res = *(*pp)++;
#endif
	if (flagtype == AFT_LONG || (flagtype == AFT_CAPLONG
						 && res >= 'A' && res <= 'Z'))
	{
	    if (**pp == NUL)
		return 0;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    res = mb_ptr2char_adv(pp) + (res << 16);
#else
	    res = *(*pp)++ + (res << 16);
#endif
	}
    }
    return res;
}

/*
 * Process the "compflags" string used in an affix file and append it to
 * spin->si_compflags.
 * The processing involves changing the affix names to ID numbers, so that
 * they fit in one byte.
 */
    static void
process_compflags(spin, aff, compflags)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    afffile_T	*aff;
    char_u	*compflags;
{
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*prevp;
    unsigned	flag;
    compitem_T	*ci;
    int		id;
    int		len;
    char_u	*tp;
    char_u	key[AH_KEY_LEN];
    hashitem_T	*hi;

    /* Make room for the old and the new compflags, concatenated with a / in
     * between.  Processing it makes it shorter, but we don't know by how
     * much, thus allocate the maximum. */
    len = (int)STRLEN(compflags) + 1;
    if (spin->si_compflags != NULL)
	len += (int)STRLEN(spin->si_compflags) + 1;
    p = getroom(spin, len, FALSE);
    if (p == NULL)
	return;
    if (spin->si_compflags != NULL)
    {
	STRCPY(p, spin->si_compflags);
	STRCAT(p, "/");
    }
    spin->si_compflags = p;
    tp = p + STRLEN(p);

    for (p = compflags; *p != NUL; )
    {
	if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?*+[]", *p) != NULL)
	    /* Copy non-flag characters directly. */
	    *tp++ = *p++;
	else
	{
	    /* First get the flag number, also checks validity. */
	    prevp = p;
	    flag = get_affitem(aff->af_flagtype, &p);
	    if (flag != 0)
	    {
		/* Find the flag in the hashtable.  If it was used before, use
		 * the existing ID.  Otherwise add a new entry. */
		vim_strncpy(key, prevp, p - prevp);
		hi = hash_find(&aff->af_comp, key);
		if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
		    id = HI2CI(hi)->ci_newID;
		else
		{
		    ci = (compitem_T *)getroom(spin, sizeof(compitem_T), TRUE);
		    if (ci == NULL)
			break;
		    STRCPY(ci->ci_key, key);
		    ci->ci_flag = flag;
		    /* Avoid using a flag ID that has a special meaning in a
		     * regexp (also inside []). */
		    do
		    {
			check_renumber(spin);
			id = spin->si_newcompID--;
		    } while (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?*+[]\\-^", id) != NULL);
		    ci->ci_newID = id;
		    hash_add(&aff->af_comp, ci->ci_key);
		}
		*tp++ = id;
	    }
	    if (aff->af_flagtype == AFT_NUM && *p == ',')
		++p;
	}
    }

    *tp = NUL;
}

/*
 * Check that the new IDs for postponed affixes and compounding don't overrun
 * each other.  We have almost 255 available, but start at 0-127 to avoid
 * using two bytes for utf-8.  When the 0-127 range is used up go to 128-255.
 * When that is used up an error message is given.
 */
    static void
check_renumber(spin)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
{
    if (spin->si_newprefID == spin->si_newcompID && spin->si_newcompID < 128)
    {
	spin->si_newprefID = 127;
	spin->si_newcompID = 255;
    }
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if flag "flag" appears in affix list "afflist".
 */
    static int
flag_in_afflist(flagtype, afflist, flag)
    int		flagtype;
    char_u	*afflist;
    unsigned	flag;
{
    char_u	*p;
    unsigned	n;

    switch (flagtype)
    {
	case AFT_CHAR:
	    return vim_strchr(afflist, flag) != NULL;

	case AFT_CAPLONG:
	case AFT_LONG:
	    for (p = afflist; *p != NUL; )
	    {
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		n = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
#else
		n = *p++;
#endif
		if ((flagtype == AFT_LONG || (n >= 'A' && n <= 'Z'))
								 && *p != NUL)
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    n = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p) + (n << 16);
#else
		    n = *p++ + (n << 16);
#endif
		if (n == flag)
		    return TRUE;
	    }
	    break;

	case AFT_NUM:
	    for (p = afflist; *p != NUL; )
	    {
		n = getdigits(&p);
		if (n == flag)
		    return TRUE;
		if (*p != NUL)	/* skip over comma */
		    ++p;
	    }
	    break;
    }
    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * Give a warning when "spinval" and "affval" numbers are set and not the same.
 */
    static void
aff_check_number(spinval, affval, name)
    int	    spinval;
    int	    affval;
    char    *name;
{
    if (spinval != 0 && spinval != affval)
	smsg((char_u *)_("%s value differs from what is used in another .aff file"), name);
}

/*
 * Give a warning when "spinval" and "affval" strings are set and not the same.
 */
    static void
aff_check_string(spinval, affval, name)
    char_u	*spinval;
    char_u	*affval;
    char	*name;
{
    if (spinval != NULL && STRCMP(spinval, affval) != 0)
	smsg((char_u *)_("%s value differs from what is used in another .aff file"), name);
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if strings "s1" and "s2" are equal.  Also consider both being
 * NULL as equal.
 */
    static int
str_equal(s1, s2)
    char_u	*s1;
    char_u	*s2;
{
    if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL)
	return s1 == s2;
    return STRCMP(s1, s2) == 0;
}

/*
 * Add a from-to item to "gap".  Used for REP and SAL items.
 * They are stored case-folded.
 */
    static void
add_fromto(spin, gap, from, to)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    garray_T	*gap;
    char_u	*from;
    char_u	*to;
{
    fromto_T	*ftp;
    char_u	word[MAXWLEN];

    if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
    {
	ftp = ((fromto_T *)gap->ga_data) + gap->ga_len;
	(void)spell_casefold(from, (int)STRLEN(from), word, MAXWLEN);
	ftp->ft_from = getroom_save(spin, word);
	(void)spell_casefold(to, (int)STRLEN(to), word, MAXWLEN);
	ftp->ft_to = getroom_save(spin, word);
	++gap->ga_len;
    }
}

/*
 * Convert a boolean argument in a SAL line to TRUE or FALSE;
 */
    static int
sal_to_bool(s)
    char_u	*s;
{
    return STRCMP(s, "1") == 0 || STRCMP(s, "true") == 0;
}

/*
 * Free the structure filled by spell_read_aff().
 */
    static void
spell_free_aff(aff)
    afffile_T	*aff;
{
    hashtab_T	*ht;
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    int		todo;
    affheader_T	*ah;
    affentry_T	*ae;

    vim_free(aff->af_enc);

    /* All this trouble to free the "ae_prog" items... */
    for (ht = &aff->af_pref; ; ht = &aff->af_suff)
    {
	todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
	for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
	{
	    if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	    {
		--todo;
		ah = HI2AH(hi);
		for (ae = ah->ah_first; ae != NULL; ae = ae->ae_next)
		    vim_regfree(ae->ae_prog);
	    }
	}
	if (ht == &aff->af_suff)
	    break;
    }

    hash_clear(&aff->af_pref);
    hash_clear(&aff->af_suff);
    hash_clear(&aff->af_comp);
}

/*
 * Read dictionary file "fname".
 * Returns OK or FAIL;
 */
    static int
spell_read_dic(spin, fname, affile)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    char_u	*fname;
    afffile_T	*affile;
{
    hashtab_T	ht;
    char_u	line[MAXLINELEN];
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*afflist;
    char_u	store_afflist[MAXWLEN];
    int		pfxlen;
    int		need_affix;
    char_u	*dw;
    char_u	*pc;
    char_u	*w;
    int		l;
    hash_T	hash;
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    FILE	*fd;
    int		lnum = 1;
    int		non_ascii = 0;
    int		retval = OK;
    char_u	message[MAXLINELEN + MAXWLEN];
    int		flags;
    int		duplicate = 0;

    /*
     * Open the file.
     */
    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "r");
    if (fd == NULL)
    {
	EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
	return FAIL;
    }

    /* The hashtable is only used to detect duplicated words. */
    hash_init(&ht);

    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
				  _("Reading dictionary file %s ..."), fname);
    spell_message(spin, IObuff);

    /* start with a message for the first line */
    spin->si_msg_count = 999999;

    /* Read and ignore the first line: word count. */
    (void)vim_fgets(line, MAXLINELEN, fd);
    if (!vim_isdigit(*skipwhite(line)))
	EMSG2(_("E760: No word count in %s"), fname);

    /*
     * Read all the lines in the file one by one.
     * The words are converted to 'encoding' here, before being added to
     * the hashtable.
     */
    while (!vim_fgets(line, MAXLINELEN, fd) && !got_int)
    {
	line_breakcheck();
	++lnum;
	if (line[0] == '#' || line[0] == '/')
	    continue;	/* comment line */

	/* Remove CR, LF and white space from the end.  White space halfway
	 * the word is kept to allow e.g., "et al.". */
	l = (int)STRLEN(line);
	while (l > 0 && line[l - 1] <= ' ')
	    --l;
	if (l == 0)
	    continue;	/* empty line */
	line[l] = NUL;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	/* Convert from "SET" to 'encoding' when needed. */
	if (spin->si_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
	{
	    pc = string_convert(&spin->si_conv, line, NULL);
	    if (pc == NULL)
	    {
		smsg((char_u *)_("Conversion failure for word in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, line);
		continue;
	    }
	    w = pc;
	}
	else
#endif
	{
	    pc = NULL;
	    w = line;
	}

	/* Truncate the word at the "/", set "afflist" to what follows.
	 * Replace "\/" by "/" and "\\" by "\". */
	afflist = NULL;
	for (p = w; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
	{
	    if (*p == '\\' && (p[1] == '\\' || p[1] == '/'))
		STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
	    else if (*p == '/')
	    {
		*p = NUL;
		afflist = p + 1;
		break;
	    }
	}

	/* Skip non-ASCII words when "spin->si_ascii" is TRUE. */
	if (spin->si_ascii && has_non_ascii(w))
	{
	    ++non_ascii;
	    vim_free(pc);
	    continue;
	}

	/* This takes time, print a message every 10000 words. */
	if (spin->si_verbose && spin->si_msg_count > 10000)
	{
	    spin->si_msg_count = 0;
	    vim_snprintf((char *)message, sizeof(message),
		    _("line %6d, word %6d - %s"),
		       lnum, spin->si_foldwcount + spin->si_keepwcount, w);
	    msg_start();
	    msg_puts_long_attr(message, 0);
	    msg_clr_eos();
	    msg_didout = FALSE;
	    msg_col = 0;
	    out_flush();
	}

	/* Store the word in the hashtable to be able to find duplicates. */
	dw = (char_u *)getroom_save(spin, w);
	if (dw == NULL)
	{
	    retval = FAIL;
	    vim_free(pc);
	    break;
	}

	hash = hash_hash(dw);
	hi = hash_lookup(&ht, dw, hash);
	if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	{
	    if (p_verbose > 0)
		smsg((char_u *)_("Duplicate word in %s line %d: %s"),
							     fname, lnum, dw);
	    else if (duplicate == 0)
		smsg((char_u *)_("First duplicate word in %s line %d: %s"),
							     fname, lnum, dw);
	    ++duplicate;
	}
	else
	    hash_add_item(&ht, hi, dw, hash);

	flags = 0;
	store_afflist[0] = NUL;
	pfxlen = 0;
	need_affix = FALSE;
	if (afflist != NULL)
	{
	    /* Extract flags from the affix list. */
	    flags |= get_affix_flags(affile, afflist);

	    if (affile->af_needaffix != 0 && flag_in_afflist(
			  affile->af_flagtype, afflist, affile->af_needaffix))
		need_affix = TRUE;

	    if (affile->af_pfxpostpone)
		/* Need to store the list of prefix IDs with the word. */
		pfxlen = get_pfxlist(affile, afflist, store_afflist);

	    if (spin->si_compflags != NULL)
		/* Need to store the list of compound flags with the word.
		 * Concatenate them to the list of prefix IDs. */
		get_compflags(affile, afflist, store_afflist + pfxlen);
	}

	/* Add the word to the word tree(s). */
	if (store_word(spin, dw, flags, spin->si_region,
					   store_afflist, need_affix) == FAIL)
	    retval = FAIL;

	if (afflist != NULL)
	{
	    /* Find all matching suffixes and add the resulting words.
	     * Additionally do matching prefixes that combine. */
	    if (store_aff_word(spin, dw, afflist, affile,
			   &affile->af_suff, &affile->af_pref,
			    CONDIT_SUF, flags, store_afflist, pfxlen) == FAIL)
		retval = FAIL;

	    /* Find all matching prefixes and add the resulting words. */
	    if (store_aff_word(spin, dw, afflist, affile,
			  &affile->af_pref, NULL,
			    CONDIT_SUF, flags, store_afflist, pfxlen) == FAIL)
		retval = FAIL;
	}

	vim_free(pc);
    }

    if (duplicate > 0)
	smsg((char_u *)_("%d duplicate word(s) in %s"), duplicate, fname);
    if (spin->si_ascii && non_ascii > 0)
	smsg((char_u *)_("Ignored %d word(s) with non-ASCII characters in %s"),
							    non_ascii, fname);
    hash_clear(&ht);

    fclose(fd);
    return retval;
}

/*
 * Check for affix flags in "afflist" that are turned into word flags.
 * Return WF_ flags.
 */
    static int
get_affix_flags(affile, afflist)
    afffile_T	*affile;
    char_u	*afflist;
{
    int		flags = 0;

    if (affile->af_keepcase != 0 && flag_in_afflist(
			   affile->af_flagtype, afflist, affile->af_keepcase))
	flags |= WF_KEEPCAP | WF_FIXCAP;
    if (affile->af_rare != 0 && flag_in_afflist(
			       affile->af_flagtype, afflist, affile->af_rare))
	flags |= WF_RARE;
    if (affile->af_bad != 0 && flag_in_afflist(
				affile->af_flagtype, afflist, affile->af_bad))
	flags |= WF_BANNED;
    if (affile->af_needcomp != 0 && flag_in_afflist(
			   affile->af_flagtype, afflist, affile->af_needcomp))
	flags |= WF_NEEDCOMP;
    if (affile->af_comproot != 0 && flag_in_afflist(
			   affile->af_flagtype, afflist, affile->af_comproot))
	flags |= WF_COMPROOT;
    if (affile->af_nosuggest != 0 && flag_in_afflist(
			  affile->af_flagtype, afflist, affile->af_nosuggest))
	flags |= WF_NOSUGGEST;
    return flags;
}

/*
 * Get the list of prefix IDs from the affix list "afflist".
 * Used for PFXPOSTPONE.
 * Put the resulting flags in "store_afflist[MAXWLEN]" with a terminating NUL
 * and return the number of affixes.
 */
    static int
get_pfxlist(affile, afflist, store_afflist)
    afffile_T	*affile;
    char_u	*afflist;
    char_u	*store_afflist;
{
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*prevp;
    int		cnt = 0;
    int		id;
    char_u	key[AH_KEY_LEN];
    hashitem_T	*hi;

    for (p = afflist; *p != NUL; )
    {
	prevp = p;
	if (get_affitem(affile->af_flagtype, &p) != 0)
	{
	    /* A flag is a postponed prefix flag if it appears in "af_pref"
	     * and it's ID is not zero. */
	    vim_strncpy(key, prevp, p - prevp);
	    hi = hash_find(&affile->af_pref, key);
	    if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	    {
		id = HI2AH(hi)->ah_newID;
		if (id != 0)
		    store_afflist[cnt++] = id;
	    }
	}
	if (affile->af_flagtype == AFT_NUM && *p == ',')
	    ++p;
    }

    store_afflist[cnt] = NUL;
    return cnt;
}

/*
 * Get the list of compound IDs from the affix list "afflist" that are used
 * for compound words.
 * Puts the flags in "store_afflist[]".
 */
    static void
get_compflags(affile, afflist, store_afflist)
    afffile_T	*affile;
    char_u	*afflist;
    char_u	*store_afflist;
{
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*prevp;
    int		cnt = 0;
    char_u	key[AH_KEY_LEN];
    hashitem_T	*hi;

    for (p = afflist; *p != NUL; )
    {
	prevp = p;
	if (get_affitem(affile->af_flagtype, &p) != 0)
	{
	    /* A flag is a compound flag if it appears in "af_comp". */
	    vim_strncpy(key, prevp, p - prevp);
	    hi = hash_find(&affile->af_comp, key);
	    if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
		store_afflist[cnt++] = HI2CI(hi)->ci_newID;
	}
	if (affile->af_flagtype == AFT_NUM && *p == ',')
	    ++p;
    }

    store_afflist[cnt] = NUL;
}

/*
 * Apply affixes to a word and store the resulting words.
 * "ht" is the hashtable with affentry_T that need to be applied, either
 * prefixes or suffixes.
 * "xht", when not NULL, is the prefix hashtable, to be used additionally on
 * the resulting words for combining affixes.
 *
 * Returns FAIL when out of memory.
 */
    static int
store_aff_word(spin, word, afflist, affile, ht, xht, condit, flags,
							      pfxlist, pfxlen)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;		/* spell info */
    char_u	*word;		/* basic word start */
    char_u	*afflist;	/* list of names of supported affixes */
    afffile_T	*affile;
    hashtab_T	*ht;
    hashtab_T	*xht;
    int		condit;		/* CONDIT_SUF et al. */
    int		flags;		/* flags for the word */
    char_u	*pfxlist;	/* list of prefix IDs */
    int		pfxlen;		/* nr of flags in "pfxlist" for prefixes, rest
				 * is compound flags */
{
    int		todo;
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    affheader_T	*ah;
    affentry_T	*ae;
    regmatch_T	regmatch;
    char_u	newword[MAXWLEN];
    int		retval = OK;
    int		i, j;
    char_u	*p;
    int		use_flags;
    char_u	*use_pfxlist;
    int		use_pfxlen;
    int		need_affix;
    char_u	store_afflist[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	pfx_pfxlist[MAXWLEN];
    size_t	wordlen = STRLEN(word);
    int		use_condit;

    todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
    for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && retval == OK; ++hi)
    {
	if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	{
	    --todo;
	    ah = HI2AH(hi);

	    /* Check that the affix combines, if required, and that the word
	     * supports this affix. */
	    if (((condit & CONDIT_COMB) == 0 || ah->ah_combine)
		    && flag_in_afflist(affile->af_flagtype, afflist,
								 ah->ah_flag))
	    {
		/* Loop over all affix entries with this name. */
		for (ae = ah->ah_first; ae != NULL; ae = ae->ae_next)
		{
		    /* Check the condition.  It's not logical to match case
		     * here, but it is required for compatibility with
		     * Myspell.
		     * Another requirement from Myspell is that the chop
		     * string is shorter than the word itself.
		     * For prefixes, when "PFXPOSTPONE" was used, only do
		     * prefixes with a chop string and/or flags.
		     * When a previously added affix had CIRCUMFIX this one
		     * must have it too, if it had not then this one must not
		     * have one either. */
		    regmatch.regprog = ae->ae_prog;
		    regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
		    if ((xht != NULL || !affile->af_pfxpostpone
				|| ae->ae_chop != NULL
				|| ae->ae_flags != NULL)
			    && (ae->ae_chop == NULL
				|| STRLEN(ae->ae_chop) < wordlen)
			    && (ae->ae_prog == NULL
				|| vim_regexec(&regmatch, word, (colnr_T)0))
			    && (((condit & CONDIT_CFIX) == 0)
				== ((condit & CONDIT_AFF) == 0
				    || ae->ae_flags == NULL
				    || !flag_in_afflist(affile->af_flagtype,
					ae->ae_flags, affile->af_circumfix))))
		    {
			/* Match.  Remove the chop and add the affix. */
			if (xht == NULL)
			{
			    /* prefix: chop/add at the start of the word */
			    if (ae->ae_add == NULL)
				*newword = NUL;
			    else
				vim_strncpy(newword, ae->ae_add, MAXWLEN - 1);
			    p = word;
			    if (ae->ae_chop != NULL)
			    {
				/* Skip chop string. */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
				if (has_mbyte)
				{
				    i = mb_charlen(ae->ae_chop);
				    for ( ; i > 0; --i)
					mb_ptr_adv(p);
				}
				else
#endif
				    p += STRLEN(ae->ae_chop);
			    }
			    STRCAT(newword, p);
			}
			else
			{
			    /* suffix: chop/add at the end of the word */
			    vim_strncpy(newword, word, MAXWLEN - 1);
			    if (ae->ae_chop != NULL)
			    {
				/* Remove chop string. */
				p = newword + STRLEN(newword);
				i = (int)MB_CHARLEN(ae->ae_chop);
				for ( ; i > 0; --i)
				    mb_ptr_back(newword, p);
				*p = NUL;
			    }
			    if (ae->ae_add != NULL)
				STRCAT(newword, ae->ae_add);
			}

			use_flags = flags;
			use_pfxlist = pfxlist;
			use_pfxlen = pfxlen;
			need_affix = FALSE;
			use_condit = condit | CONDIT_COMB | CONDIT_AFF;
			if (ae->ae_flags != NULL)
			{
			    /* Extract flags from the affix list. */
			    use_flags |= get_affix_flags(affile, ae->ae_flags);

			    if (affile->af_needaffix != 0 && flag_in_afflist(
					affile->af_flagtype, ae->ae_flags,
							affile->af_needaffix))
				need_affix = TRUE;

			    /* When there is a CIRCUMFIX flag the other affix
			     * must also have it and we don't add the word
			     * with one affix. */
			    if (affile->af_circumfix != 0 && flag_in_afflist(
					affile->af_flagtype, ae->ae_flags,
							affile->af_circumfix))
			    {
				use_condit |= CONDIT_CFIX;
				if ((condit & CONDIT_CFIX) == 0)
				    need_affix = TRUE;
			    }

			    if (affile->af_pfxpostpone
						|| spin->si_compflags != NULL)
			    {
				if (affile->af_pfxpostpone)
				    /* Get prefix IDS from the affix list. */
				    use_pfxlen = get_pfxlist(affile,
						 ae->ae_flags, store_afflist);
				else
				    use_pfxlen = 0;
				use_pfxlist = store_afflist;

				/* Combine the prefix IDs. Avoid adding the
				 * same ID twice. */
				for (i = 0; i < pfxlen; ++i)
				{
				    for (j = 0; j < use_pfxlen; ++j)
					if (pfxlist[i] == use_pfxlist[j])
					    break;
				    if (j == use_pfxlen)
					use_pfxlist[use_pfxlen++] = pfxlist[i];
				}

				if (spin->si_compflags != NULL)
				    /* Get compound IDS from the affix list. */
				    get_compflags(affile, ae->ae_flags,
						  use_pfxlist + use_pfxlen);

				/* Combine the list of compound flags.
				 * Concatenate them to the prefix IDs list.
				 * Avoid adding the same ID twice. */
				for (i = pfxlen; pfxlist[i] != NUL; ++i)
				{
				    for (j = use_pfxlen;
						   use_pfxlist[j] != NUL; ++j)
					if (pfxlist[i] == use_pfxlist[j])
					    break;
				    if (use_pfxlist[j] == NUL)
				    {
					use_pfxlist[j++] = pfxlist[i];
					use_pfxlist[j] = NUL;
				    }
				}
			    }
			}

			/* Obey a "COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG" of the affix: don't
			 * use the compound flags. */
			if (use_pfxlist != NULL && ae->ae_compforbid)
			{
			    vim_strncpy(pfx_pfxlist, use_pfxlist, use_pfxlen);
			    use_pfxlist = pfx_pfxlist;
			}

			/* When there are postponed prefixes... */
			if (spin->si_prefroot != NULL
				&& spin->si_prefroot->wn_sibling != NULL)
			{
			    /* ... add a flag to indicate an affix was used. */
			    use_flags |= WF_HAS_AFF;

			    /* ... don't use a prefix list if combining
			     * affixes is not allowed.  But do use the
			     * compound flags after them. */
			    if (!ah->ah_combine && use_pfxlist != NULL)
				use_pfxlist += use_pfxlen;
			}

			/* When compounding is supported and there is no
			 * "COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG" then forbid compounding on the
			 * side where the affix is applied. */
			if (spin->si_compflags != NULL && !ae->ae_comppermit)
			{
			    if (xht != NULL)
				use_flags |= WF_NOCOMPAFT;
			    else
				use_flags |= WF_NOCOMPBEF;
			}

			/* Store the modified word. */
			if (store_word(spin, newword, use_flags,
						 spin->si_region, use_pfxlist,
							  need_affix) == FAIL)
			    retval = FAIL;

			/* When added a prefix or a first suffix and the affix
			 * has flags may add a(nother) suffix.  RECURSIVE! */
			if ((condit & CONDIT_SUF) && ae->ae_flags != NULL)
			    if (store_aff_word(spin, newword, ae->ae_flags,
					affile, &affile->af_suff, xht,
					   use_condit & (xht == NULL
							? ~0 :  ~CONDIT_SUF),
				      use_flags, use_pfxlist, pfxlen) == FAIL)
				retval = FAIL;

			/* When added a suffix and combining is allowed also
			 * try adding a prefix additionally.  Both for the
			 * word flags and for the affix flags.  RECURSIVE! */
			if (xht != NULL && ah->ah_combine)
			{
			    if (store_aff_word(spin, newword,
					afflist, affile,
					xht, NULL, use_condit,
					use_flags, use_pfxlist,
					pfxlen) == FAIL
				    || (ae->ae_flags != NULL
					&& store_aff_word(spin, newword,
					    ae->ae_flags, affile,
					    xht, NULL, use_condit,
					    use_flags, use_pfxlist,
					    pfxlen) == FAIL))
				retval = FAIL;
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
    }

    return retval;
}

/*
 * Read a file with a list of words.
 */
    static int
spell_read_wordfile(spin, fname)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    char_u	*fname;
{
    FILE	*fd;
    long	lnum = 0;
    char_u	rline[MAXLINELEN];
    char_u	*line;
    char_u	*pc = NULL;
    char_u	*p;
    int		l;
    int		retval = OK;
    int		did_word = FALSE;
    int		non_ascii = 0;
    int		flags;
    int		regionmask;

    /*
     * Open the file.
     */
    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "r");
    if (fd == NULL)
    {
	EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
	return FAIL;
    }

    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Reading word file %s ..."), fname);
    spell_message(spin, IObuff);

    /*
     * Read all the lines in the file one by one.
     */
    while (!vim_fgets(rline, MAXLINELEN, fd) && !got_int)
    {
	line_breakcheck();
	++lnum;

	/* Skip comment lines. */
	if (*rline == '#')
	    continue;

	/* Remove CR, LF and white space from the end. */
	l = (int)STRLEN(rline);
	while (l > 0 && rline[l - 1] <= ' ')
	    --l;
	if (l == 0)
	    continue;	/* empty or blank line */
	rline[l] = NUL;

	/* Convert from "/encoding={encoding}" to 'encoding' when needed. */
	vim_free(pc);
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (spin->si_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
	{
	    pc = string_convert(&spin->si_conv, rline, NULL);
	    if (pc == NULL)
	    {
		smsg((char_u *)_("Conversion failure for word in %s line %d: %s"),
							   fname, lnum, rline);
		continue;
	    }
	    line = pc;
	}
	else
#endif
	{
	    pc = NULL;
	    line = rline;
	}

	if (*line == '/')
	{
	    ++line;
	    if (STRNCMP(line, "encoding=", 9) == 0)
	    {
		if (spin->si_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Duplicate /encoding= line ignored in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, line - 1);
		else if (did_word)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("/encoding= line after word ignored in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, line - 1);
		else
		{
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    char_u	*enc;

		    /* Setup for conversion to 'encoding'. */
		    line += 9;
		    enc = enc_canonize(line);
		    if (enc != NULL && !spin->si_ascii
			    && convert_setup(&spin->si_conv, enc,
							       p_enc) == FAIL)
			smsg((char_u *)_("Conversion in %s not supported: from %s to %s"),
							  fname, line, p_enc);
		    vim_free(enc);
		    spin->si_conv.vc_fail = TRUE;
#else
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Conversion in %s not supported"), fname);
#endif
		}
		continue;
	    }

	    if (STRNCMP(line, "regions=", 8) == 0)
	    {
		if (spin->si_region_count > 1)
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Duplicate /regions= line ignored in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, line);
		else
		{
		    line += 8;
		    if (STRLEN(line) > 16)
			smsg((char_u *)_("Too many regions in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, line);
		    else
		    {
			spin->si_region_count = (int)STRLEN(line) / 2;
			STRCPY(spin->si_region_name, line);

			/* Adjust the mask for a word valid in all regions. */
			spin->si_region = (1 << spin->si_region_count) - 1;
		    }
		}
		continue;
	    }

	    smsg((char_u *)_("/ line ignored in %s line %d: %s"),
						       fname, lnum, line - 1);
	    continue;
	}

	flags = 0;
	regionmask = spin->si_region;

	/* Check for flags and region after a slash. */
	p = vim_strchr(line, '/');
	if (p != NULL)
	{
	    *p++ = NUL;
	    while (*p != NUL)
	    {
		if (*p == '=')		/* keep-case word */
		    flags |= WF_KEEPCAP | WF_FIXCAP;
		else if (*p == '!')	/* Bad, bad, wicked word. */
		    flags |= WF_BANNED;
		else if (*p == '?')	/* Rare word. */
		    flags |= WF_RARE;
		else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) /* region number(s) */
		{
		    if ((flags & WF_REGION) == 0)   /* first one */
			regionmask = 0;
		    flags |= WF_REGION;

		    l = *p - '0';
		    if (l > spin->si_region_count)
		    {
			smsg((char_u *)_("Invalid region nr in %s line %d: %s"),
							  fname, lnum, p);
			break;
		    }
		    regionmask |= 1 << (l - 1);
		}
		else
		{
		    smsg((char_u *)_("Unrecognized flags in %s line %d: %s"),
							      fname, lnum, p);
		    break;
		}
		++p;
	    }
	}

	/* Skip non-ASCII words when "spin->si_ascii" is TRUE. */
	if (spin->si_ascii && has_non_ascii(line))
	{
	    ++non_ascii;
	    continue;
	}

	/* Normal word: store it. */
	if (store_word(spin, line, flags, regionmask, NULL, FALSE) == FAIL)
	{
	    retval = FAIL;
	    break;
	}
	did_word = TRUE;
    }

    vim_free(pc);
    fclose(fd);

    if (spin->si_ascii && non_ascii > 0)
    {
	vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
		  _("Ignored %d words with non-ASCII characters"), non_ascii);
	spell_message(spin, IObuff);
    }

    return retval;
}

/*
 * Get part of an sblock_T, "len" bytes long.
 * This avoids calling free() for every little struct we use (and keeping
 * track of them).
 * The memory is cleared to all zeros.
 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
 */
    static void *
getroom(spin, len, align)
    spellinfo_T *spin;
    size_t	len;		/* length needed */
    int		align;		/* align for pointer */
{
    char_u	*p;
    sblock_T	*bl = spin->si_blocks;

    if (align && bl != NULL)
	/* Round size up for alignment.  On some systems structures need to be
	 * aligned to the size of a pointer (e.g., SPARC). */
	bl->sb_used = (bl->sb_used + sizeof(char *) - 1)
						      & ~(sizeof(char *) - 1);

    if (bl == NULL || bl->sb_used + len > SBLOCKSIZE)
    {
	if (len >= SBLOCKSIZE)
	    bl = NULL;
	else
	    /* Allocate a block of memory. It is not freed until much later. */
	    bl = (sblock_T *)alloc_clear(
				   (unsigned)(sizeof(sblock_T) + SBLOCKSIZE));
	if (bl == NULL)
	{
	    if (!spin->si_did_emsg)
	    {
		EMSG(_("E845: Insufficient memory, word list will be incomplete"));
		spin->si_did_emsg = TRUE;
	    }
	    return NULL;
	}
	bl->sb_next = spin->si_blocks;
	spin->si_blocks = bl;
	bl->sb_used = 0;
	++spin->si_blocks_cnt;
    }

    p = bl->sb_data + bl->sb_used;
    bl->sb_used += (int)len;

    return p;
}

/*
 * Make a copy of a string into memory allocated with getroom().
 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
 */
    static char_u *
getroom_save(spin, s)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    char_u	*s;
{
    char_u	*sc;

    sc = (char_u *)getroom(spin, STRLEN(s) + 1, FALSE);
    if (sc != NULL)
	STRCPY(sc, s);
    return sc;
}


/*
 * Free the list of allocated sblock_T.
 */
    static void
free_blocks(bl)
    sblock_T	*bl;
{
    sblock_T	*next;

    while (bl != NULL)
    {
	next = bl->sb_next;
	vim_free(bl);
	bl = next;
    }
}

/*
 * Allocate the root of a word tree.
 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
 */
    static wordnode_T *
wordtree_alloc(spin)
    spellinfo_T *spin;
{
    return (wordnode_T *)getroom(spin, sizeof(wordnode_T), TRUE);
}

/*
 * Store a word in the tree(s).
 * Always store it in the case-folded tree.  For a keep-case word this is
 * useful when the word can also be used with all caps (no WF_FIXCAP flag) and
 * used to find suggestions.
 * For a keep-case word also store it in the keep-case tree.
 * When "pfxlist" is not NULL store the word for each postponed prefix ID and
 * compound flag.
 */
    static int
store_word(spin, word, flags, region, pfxlist, need_affix)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    char_u	*word;
    int		flags;		/* extra flags, WF_BANNED */
    int		region;		/* supported region(s) */
    char_u	*pfxlist;	/* list of prefix IDs or NULL */
    int		need_affix;	/* only store word with affix ID */
{
    int		len = (int)STRLEN(word);
    int		ct = captype(word, word + len);
    char_u	foldword[MAXWLEN];
    int		res = OK;
    char_u	*p;

    (void)spell_casefold(word, len, foldword, MAXWLEN);
    for (p = pfxlist; res == OK; ++p)
    {
	if (!need_affix || (p != NULL && *p != NUL))
	    res = tree_add_word(spin, foldword, spin->si_foldroot, ct | flags,
						  region, p == NULL ? 0 : *p);
	if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
	    break;
    }
    ++spin->si_foldwcount;

    if (res == OK && (ct == WF_KEEPCAP || (flags & WF_KEEPCAP)))
    {
	for (p = pfxlist; res == OK; ++p)
	{
	    if (!need_affix || (p != NULL && *p != NUL))
		res = tree_add_word(spin, word, spin->si_keeproot, flags,
						  region, p == NULL ? 0 : *p);
	    if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
		break;
	}
	++spin->si_keepwcount;
    }
    return res;
}

/*
 * Add word "word" to a word tree at "root".
 * When "flags" < 0 we are adding to the prefix tree where "flags" is used for
 * "rare" and "region" is the condition nr.
 * Returns FAIL when out of memory.
 */
    static int
tree_add_word(spin, word, root, flags, region, affixID)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    char_u	*word;
    wordnode_T	*root;
    int		flags;
    int		region;
    int		affixID;
{
    wordnode_T	*node = root;
    wordnode_T	*np;
    wordnode_T	*copyp, **copyprev;
    wordnode_T	**prev = NULL;
    int		i;

    /* Add each byte of the word to the tree, including the NUL at the end. */
    for (i = 0; ; ++i)
    {
	/* When there is more than one reference to this node we need to make
	 * a copy, so that we can modify it.  Copy the whole list of siblings
	 * (we don't optimize for a partly shared list of siblings). */
	if (node != NULL && node->wn_refs > 1)
	{
	    --node->wn_refs;
	    copyprev = prev;
	    for (copyp = node; copyp != NULL; copyp = copyp->wn_sibling)
	    {
		/* Allocate a new node and copy the info. */
		np = get_wordnode(spin);
		if (np == NULL)
		    return FAIL;
		np->wn_child = copyp->wn_child;
		if (np->wn_child != NULL)
		    ++np->wn_child->wn_refs;	/* child gets extra ref */
		np->wn_byte = copyp->wn_byte;
		if (np->wn_byte == NUL)
		{
		    np->wn_flags = copyp->wn_flags;
		    np->wn_region = copyp->wn_region;
		    np->wn_affixID = copyp->wn_affixID;
		}

		/* Link the new node in the list, there will be one ref. */
		np->wn_refs = 1;
		if (copyprev != NULL)
		    *copyprev = np;
		copyprev = &np->wn_sibling;

		/* Let "node" point to the head of the copied list. */
		if (copyp == node)
		    node = np;
	    }
	}

	/* Look for the sibling that has the same character.  They are sorted
	 * on byte value, thus stop searching when a sibling is found with a
	 * higher byte value.  For zero bytes (end of word) the sorting is
	 * done on flags and then on affixID. */
	while (node != NULL
		&& (node->wn_byte < word[i]
		    || (node->wn_byte == NUL
			&& (flags < 0
			    ? node->wn_affixID < (unsigned)affixID
			    : (node->wn_flags < (unsigned)(flags & WN_MASK)
				|| (node->wn_flags == (flags & WN_MASK)
				    && (spin->si_sugtree
					? (node->wn_region & 0xffff) < region
					: node->wn_affixID
						    < (unsigned)affixID)))))))
	{
	    prev = &node->wn_sibling;
	    node = *prev;
	}
	if (node == NULL
		|| node->wn_byte != word[i]
		|| (word[i] == NUL
		    && (flags < 0
			|| spin->si_sugtree
			|| node->wn_flags != (flags & WN_MASK)
			|| node->wn_affixID != affixID)))
	{
	    /* Allocate a new node. */
	    np = get_wordnode(spin);
	    if (np == NULL)
		return FAIL;
	    np->wn_byte = word[i];

	    /* If "node" is NULL this is a new child or the end of the sibling
	     * list: ref count is one.  Otherwise use ref count of sibling and
	     * make ref count of sibling one (matters when inserting in front
	     * of the list of siblings). */
	    if (node == NULL)
		np->wn_refs = 1;
	    else
	    {
		np->wn_refs = node->wn_refs;
		node->wn_refs = 1;
	    }
	    if (prev != NULL)
		*prev = np;
	    np->wn_sibling = node;
	    node = np;
	}

	if (word[i] == NUL)
	{
	    node->wn_flags = flags;
	    node->wn_region |= region;
	    node->wn_affixID = affixID;
	    break;
	}
	prev = &node->wn_child;
	node = *prev;
    }
#ifdef SPELL_PRINTTREE
    smsg("Added \"%s\"", word);
    spell_print_tree(root->wn_sibling);
#endif

    /* count nr of words added since last message */
    ++spin->si_msg_count;

    if (spin->si_compress_cnt > 1)
    {
	if (--spin->si_compress_cnt == 1)
	    /* Did enough words to lower the block count limit. */
	    spin->si_blocks_cnt += compress_inc;
    }

    /*
     * When we have allocated lots of memory we need to compress the word tree
     * to free up some room.  But compression is slow, and we might actually
     * need that room, thus only compress in the following situations:
     * 1. When not compressed before (si_compress_cnt == 0): when using
     *    "compress_start" blocks.
     * 2. When compressed before and used "compress_inc" blocks before
     *    adding "compress_added" words (si_compress_cnt > 1).
     * 3. When compressed before, added "compress_added" words
     *    (si_compress_cnt == 1) and the number of free nodes drops below the
     *    maximum word length.
     */
#ifndef SPELL_PRINTTREE
    if (spin->si_compress_cnt == 1
	    ? spin->si_free_count < MAXWLEN
	    : spin->si_blocks_cnt >= compress_start)
#endif
    {
	/* Decrement the block counter.  The effect is that we compress again
	 * when the freed up room has been used and another "compress_inc"
	 * blocks have been allocated.  Unless "compress_added" words have
	 * been added, then the limit is put back again. */
	spin->si_blocks_cnt -= compress_inc;
	spin->si_compress_cnt = compress_added;

	if (spin->si_verbose)
	{
	    msg_start();
	    msg_puts((char_u *)_(msg_compressing));
	    msg_clr_eos();
	    msg_didout = FALSE;
	    msg_col = 0;
	    out_flush();
	}

	/* Compress both trees.  Either they both have many nodes, which makes
	 * compression useful, or one of them is small, which means
	 * compression goes fast.  But when filling the soundfold word tree
	 * there is no keep-case tree. */
	wordtree_compress(spin, spin->si_foldroot);
	if (affixID >= 0)
	    wordtree_compress(spin, spin->si_keeproot);
    }

    return OK;
}

/*
 * Check the 'mkspellmem' option.  Return FAIL if it's wrong.
 * Sets "sps_flags".
 */
    int
spell_check_msm()
{
    char_u	*p = p_msm;
    long	start = 0;
    long	incr = 0;
    long	added = 0;

    if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
	return FAIL;
    /* block count = (value * 1024) / SBLOCKSIZE (but avoid overflow)*/
    start = (getdigits(&p) * 10) / (SBLOCKSIZE / 102);
    if (*p != ',')
	return FAIL;
    ++p;
    if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
	return FAIL;
    incr = (getdigits(&p) * 102) / (SBLOCKSIZE / 10);
    if (*p != ',')
	return FAIL;
    ++p;
    if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
	return FAIL;
    added = getdigits(&p) * 1024;
    if (*p != NUL)
	return FAIL;

    if (start == 0 || incr == 0 || added == 0 || incr > start)
	return FAIL;

    compress_start = start;
    compress_inc = incr;
    compress_added = added;
    return OK;
}


/*
 * Get a wordnode_T, either from the list of previously freed nodes or
 * allocate a new one.
 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
 */
    static wordnode_T *
get_wordnode(spin)
    spellinfo_T	    *spin;
{
    wordnode_T *n;

    if (spin->si_first_free == NULL)
	n = (wordnode_T *)getroom(spin, sizeof(wordnode_T), TRUE);
    else
    {
	n = spin->si_first_free;
	spin->si_first_free = n->wn_child;
	vim_memset(n, 0, sizeof(wordnode_T));
	--spin->si_free_count;
    }
#ifdef SPELL_PRINTTREE
    if (n != NULL)
	n->wn_nr = ++spin->si_wordnode_nr;
#endif
    return n;
}

/*
 * Decrement the reference count on a node (which is the head of a list of
 * siblings).  If the reference count becomes zero free the node and its
 * siblings.
 * Returns the number of nodes actually freed.
 */
    static int
deref_wordnode(spin, node)
    spellinfo_T *spin;
    wordnode_T  *node;
{
    wordnode_T	*np;
    int		cnt = 0;

    if (--node->wn_refs == 0)
    {
	for (np = node; np != NULL; np = np->wn_sibling)
	{
	    if (np->wn_child != NULL)
		cnt += deref_wordnode(spin, np->wn_child);
	    free_wordnode(spin, np);
	    ++cnt;
	}
	++cnt;	    /* length field */
    }
    return cnt;
}

/*
 * Free a wordnode_T for re-use later.
 * Only the "wn_child" field becomes invalid.
 */
    static void
free_wordnode(spin, n)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    wordnode_T  *n;
{
    n->wn_child = spin->si_first_free;
    spin->si_first_free = n;
    ++spin->si_free_count;
}

/*
 * Compress a tree: find tails that are identical and can be shared.
 */
    static void
wordtree_compress(spin, root)
    spellinfo_T	    *spin;
    wordnode_T	    *root;
{
    hashtab_T	    ht;
    int		    n;
    int		    tot = 0;
    int		    perc;

    /* Skip the root itself, it's not actually used.  The first sibling is the
     * start of the tree. */
    if (root->wn_sibling != NULL)
    {
	hash_init(&ht);
	n = node_compress(spin, root->wn_sibling, &ht, &tot);

#ifndef SPELL_PRINTTREE
	if (spin->si_verbose || p_verbose > 2)
#endif
	{
	    if (tot > 1000000)
		perc = (tot - n) / (tot / 100);
	    else if (tot == 0)
		perc = 0;
	    else
		perc = (tot - n) * 100 / tot;
	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
			  _("Compressed %d of %d nodes; %d (%d%%) remaining"),
						       n, tot, tot - n, perc);
	    spell_message(spin, IObuff);
	}
#ifdef SPELL_PRINTTREE
	spell_print_tree(root->wn_sibling);
#endif
	hash_clear(&ht);
    }
}

/*
 * Compress a node, its siblings and its children, depth first.
 * Returns the number of compressed nodes.
 */
    static int
node_compress(spin, node, ht, tot)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    wordnode_T	*node;
    hashtab_T	*ht;
    int		*tot;	    /* total count of nodes before compressing,
			       incremented while going through the tree */
{
    wordnode_T	*np;
    wordnode_T	*tp;
    wordnode_T	*child;
    hash_T	hash;
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    int		len = 0;
    unsigned	nr, n;
    int		compressed = 0;

    /*
     * Go through the list of siblings.  Compress each child and then try
     * finding an identical child to replace it.
     * Note that with "child" we mean not just the node that is pointed to,
     * but the whole list of siblings of which the child node is the first.
     */
    for (np = node; np != NULL && !got_int; np = np->wn_sibling)
    {
	++len;
	if ((child = np->wn_child) != NULL)
	{
	    /* Compress the child first.  This fills hashkey. */
	    compressed += node_compress(spin, child, ht, tot);

	    /* Try to find an identical child. */
	    hash = hash_hash(child->wn_u1.hashkey);
	    hi = hash_lookup(ht, child->wn_u1.hashkey, hash);
	    if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	    {
		/* There are children we encountered before with a hash value
		 * identical to the current child.  Now check if there is one
		 * that is really identical. */
		for (tp = HI2WN(hi); tp != NULL; tp = tp->wn_u2.next)
		    if (node_equal(child, tp))
		    {
			/* Found one!  Now use that child in place of the
			 * current one.  This means the current child and all
			 * its siblings is unlinked from the tree. */
			++tp->wn_refs;
			compressed += deref_wordnode(spin, child);
			np->wn_child = tp;
			break;
		    }
		if (tp == NULL)
		{
		    /* No other child with this hash value equals the child of
		     * the node, add it to the linked list after the first
		     * item. */
		    tp = HI2WN(hi);
		    child->wn_u2.next = tp->wn_u2.next;
		    tp->wn_u2.next = child;
		}
	    }
	    else
		/* No other child has this hash value, add it to the
		 * hashtable. */
		hash_add_item(ht, hi, child->wn_u1.hashkey, hash);
	}
    }
    *tot += len + 1;	/* add one for the node that stores the length */

    /*
     * Make a hash key for the node and its siblings, so that we can quickly
     * find a lookalike node.  This must be done after compressing the sibling
     * list, otherwise the hash key would become invalid by the compression.
     */
    node->wn_u1.hashkey[0] = len;
    nr = 0;
    for (np = node; np != NULL; np = np->wn_sibling)
    {
	if (np->wn_byte == NUL)
	    /* end node: use wn_flags, wn_region and wn_affixID */
	    n = np->wn_flags + (np->wn_region << 8) + (np->wn_affixID << 16);
	else
	    /* byte node: use the byte value and the child pointer */
	    n = (unsigned)(np->wn_byte + ((long_u)np->wn_child << 8));
	nr = nr * 101 + n;
    }

    /* Avoid NUL bytes, it terminates the hash key. */
    n = nr & 0xff;
    node->wn_u1.hashkey[1] = n == 0 ? 1 : n;
    n = (nr >> 8) & 0xff;
    node->wn_u1.hashkey[2] = n == 0 ? 1 : n;
    n = (nr >> 16) & 0xff;
    node->wn_u1.hashkey[3] = n == 0 ? 1 : n;
    n = (nr >> 24) & 0xff;
    node->wn_u1.hashkey[4] = n == 0 ? 1 : n;
    node->wn_u1.hashkey[5] = NUL;

    /* Check for CTRL-C pressed now and then. */
    fast_breakcheck();

    return compressed;
}

/*
 * Return TRUE when two nodes have identical siblings and children.
 */
    static int
node_equal(n1, n2)
    wordnode_T	*n1;
    wordnode_T	*n2;
{
    wordnode_T	*p1;
    wordnode_T	*p2;

    for (p1 = n1, p2 = n2; p1 != NULL && p2 != NULL;
				     p1 = p1->wn_sibling, p2 = p2->wn_sibling)
	if (p1->wn_byte != p2->wn_byte
		|| (p1->wn_byte == NUL
		    ? (p1->wn_flags != p2->wn_flags
			|| p1->wn_region != p2->wn_region
			|| p1->wn_affixID != p2->wn_affixID)
		    : (p1->wn_child != p2->wn_child)))
	    break;

    return p1 == NULL && p2 == NULL;
}

static int
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
_RTLENTRYF
#endif
rep_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2));

/*
 * Function given to qsort() to sort the REP items on "from" string.
 */
    static int
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
_RTLENTRYF
#endif
rep_compare(s1, s2)
    const void	*s1;
    const void	*s2;
{
    fromto_T	*p1 = (fromto_T *)s1;
    fromto_T	*p2 = (fromto_T *)s2;

    return STRCMP(p1->ft_from, p2->ft_from);
}

/*
 * Write the Vim .spl file "fname".
 * Return FAIL or OK;
 */
    static int
write_vim_spell(spin, fname)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    char_u	*fname;
{
    FILE	*fd;
    int		regionmask;
    int		round;
    wordnode_T	*tree;
    int		nodecount;
    int		i;
    int		l;
    garray_T	*gap;
    fromto_T	*ftp;
    char_u	*p;
    int		rr;
    int		retval = OK;
    size_t	fwv = 1;  /* collect return value of fwrite() to avoid
			     warnings from picky compiler */

    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "w");
    if (fd == NULL)
    {
	EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
	return FAIL;
    }

    /* <HEADER>: <fileID> <versionnr> */
							    /* <fileID> */
    fwv &= fwrite(VIMSPELLMAGIC, VIMSPELLMAGICL, (size_t)1, fd);
    if (fwv != (size_t)1)
	/* Catch first write error, don't try writing more. */
	goto theend;

    putc(VIMSPELLVERSION, fd);				    /* <versionnr> */

    /*
     * <SECTIONS>: <section> ... <sectionend>
     */

    /* SN_INFO: <infotext> */
    if (spin->si_info != NULL)
    {
	putc(SN_INFO, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */

	i = (int)STRLEN(spin->si_info);
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)i, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */
	fwv &= fwrite(spin->si_info, (size_t)i, (size_t)1, fd); /* <infotext> */
    }

    /* SN_REGION: <regionname> ...
     * Write the region names only if there is more than one. */
    if (spin->si_region_count > 1)
    {
	putc(SN_REGION, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(SNF_REQUIRED, fd);				/* <sectionflags> */
	l = spin->si_region_count * 2;
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)l, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */
	fwv &= fwrite(spin->si_region_name, (size_t)l, (size_t)1, fd);
							/* <regionname> ... */
	regionmask = (1 << spin->si_region_count) - 1;
    }
    else
	regionmask = 0;

    /* SN_CHARFLAGS: <charflagslen> <charflags> <folcharslen> <folchars>
     *
     * The table with character flags and the table for case folding.
     * This makes sure the same characters are recognized as word characters
     * when generating an when using a spell file.
     * Skip this for ASCII, the table may conflict with the one used for
     * 'encoding'.
     * Also skip this for an .add.spl file, the main spell file must contain
     * the table (avoids that it conflicts).  File is shorter too.
     */
    if (!spin->si_ascii && !spin->si_add)
    {
	char_u	folchars[128 * 8];
	int	flags;

	putc(SN_CHARFLAGS, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(SNF_REQUIRED, fd);				/* <sectionflags> */

	/* Form the <folchars> string first, we need to know its length. */
	l = 0;
	for (i = 128; i < 256; ++i)
	{
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
		l += mb_char2bytes(spelltab.st_fold[i], folchars + l);
	    else
#endif
		folchars[l++] = spelltab.st_fold[i];
	}
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)(1 + 128 + 2 + l), 4);	/* <sectionlen> */

	fputc(128, fd);					/* <charflagslen> */
	for (i = 128; i < 256; ++i)
	{
	    flags = 0;
	    if (spelltab.st_isw[i])
		flags |= CF_WORD;
	    if (spelltab.st_isu[i])
		flags |= CF_UPPER;
	    fputc(flags, fd);				/* <charflags> */
	}

	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)l, 2);			/* <folcharslen> */
	fwv &= fwrite(folchars, (size_t)l, (size_t)1, fd); /* <folchars> */
    }

    /* SN_MIDWORD: <midword> */
    if (spin->si_midword != NULL)
    {
	putc(SN_MIDWORD, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(SNF_REQUIRED, fd);				/* <sectionflags> */

	i = (int)STRLEN(spin->si_midword);
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)i, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */
	fwv &= fwrite(spin->si_midword, (size_t)i, (size_t)1, fd);
							/* <midword> */
    }

    /* SN_PREFCOND: <prefcondcnt> <prefcond> ... */
    if (spin->si_prefcond.ga_len > 0)
    {
	putc(SN_PREFCOND, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(SNF_REQUIRED, fd);				/* <sectionflags> */

	l = write_spell_prefcond(NULL, &spin->si_prefcond);
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)l, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */

	write_spell_prefcond(fd, &spin->si_prefcond);
    }

    /* SN_REP: <repcount> <rep> ...
     * SN_SAL: <salflags> <salcount> <sal> ...
     * SN_REPSAL: <repcount> <rep> ... */

    /* round 1: SN_REP section
     * round 2: SN_SAL section (unless SN_SOFO is used)
     * round 3: SN_REPSAL section */
    for (round = 1; round <= 3; ++round)
    {
	if (round == 1)
	    gap = &spin->si_rep;
	else if (round == 2)
	{
	    /* Don't write SN_SAL when using a SN_SOFO section */
	    if (spin->si_sofofr != NULL && spin->si_sofoto != NULL)
		continue;
	    gap = &spin->si_sal;
	}
	else
	    gap = &spin->si_repsal;

	/* Don't write the section if there are no items. */
	if (gap->ga_len == 0)
	    continue;

	/* Sort the REP/REPSAL items. */
	if (round != 2)
	    qsort(gap->ga_data, (size_t)gap->ga_len,
					       sizeof(fromto_T), rep_compare);

	i = round == 1 ? SN_REP : (round == 2 ? SN_SAL : SN_REPSAL);
	putc(i, fd);					/* <sectionID> */

	/* This is for making suggestions, section is not required. */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */

	/* Compute the length of what follows. */
	l = 2;	    /* count <repcount> or <salcount> */
	for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
	{
	    ftp = &((fromto_T *)gap->ga_data)[i];
	    l += 1 + (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_from);  /* count <*fromlen> and <*from> */
	    l += 1 + (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_to);    /* count <*tolen> and <*to> */
	}
	if (round == 2)
	    ++l;	/* count <salflags> */
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)l, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */

	if (round == 2)
	{
	    i = 0;
	    if (spin->si_followup)
		i |= SAL_F0LLOWUP;
	    if (spin->si_collapse)
		i |= SAL_COLLAPSE;
	    if (spin->si_rem_accents)
		i |= SAL_REM_ACCENTS;
	    putc(i, fd);			/* <salflags> */
	}

	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)gap->ga_len, 2);	/* <repcount> or <salcount> */
	for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
	{
	    /* <rep> : <repfromlen> <repfrom> <reptolen> <repto> */
	    /* <sal> : <salfromlen> <salfrom> <saltolen> <salto> */
	    ftp = &((fromto_T *)gap->ga_data)[i];
	    for (rr = 1; rr <= 2; ++rr)
	    {
		p = rr == 1 ? ftp->ft_from : ftp->ft_to;
		l = (int)STRLEN(p);
		putc(l, fd);
		if (l > 0)
		    fwv &= fwrite(p, l, (size_t)1, fd);
	    }
	}

    }

    /* SN_SOFO: <sofofromlen> <sofofrom> <sofotolen> <sofoto>
     * This is for making suggestions, section is not required. */
    if (spin->si_sofofr != NULL && spin->si_sofoto != NULL)
    {
	putc(SN_SOFO, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */

	l = (int)STRLEN(spin->si_sofofr);
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)(l + STRLEN(spin->si_sofoto) + 4), 4);
							/* <sectionlen> */

	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)l, 2);			/* <sofofromlen> */
	fwv &= fwrite(spin->si_sofofr, l, (size_t)1, fd); /* <sofofrom> */

	l = (int)STRLEN(spin->si_sofoto);
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)l, 2);			/* <sofotolen> */
	fwv &= fwrite(spin->si_sofoto, l, (size_t)1, fd); /* <sofoto> */
    }

    /* SN_WORDS: <word> ...
     * This is for making suggestions, section is not required. */
    if (spin->si_commonwords.ht_used > 0)
    {
	putc(SN_WORDS, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */

	/* round 1: count the bytes
	 * round 2: write the bytes */
	for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
	{
	    int		todo;
	    int		len = 0;
	    hashitem_T	*hi;

	    todo = (int)spin->si_commonwords.ht_used;
	    for (hi = spin->si_commonwords.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
		if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
		{
		    l = (int)STRLEN(hi->hi_key) + 1;
		    len += l;
		    if (round == 2)			/* <word> */
			fwv &= fwrite(hi->hi_key, (size_t)l, (size_t)1, fd);
		    --todo;
		}
	    if (round == 1)
		put_bytes(fd, (long_u)len, 4);		/* <sectionlen> */
	}
    }

    /* SN_MAP: <mapstr>
     * This is for making suggestions, section is not required. */
    if (spin->si_map.ga_len > 0)
    {
	putc(SN_MAP, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */
	l = spin->si_map.ga_len;
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)l, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */
	fwv &= fwrite(spin->si_map.ga_data, (size_t)l, (size_t)1, fd);
							/* <mapstr> */
    }

    /* SN_SUGFILE: <timestamp>
     * This is used to notify that a .sug file may be available and at the
     * same time allows for checking that a .sug file that is found matches
     * with this .spl file.  That's because the word numbers must be exactly
     * right. */
    if (!spin->si_nosugfile
	    && (spin->si_sal.ga_len > 0
		     || (spin->si_sofofr != NULL && spin->si_sofoto != NULL)))
    {
	putc(SN_SUGFILE, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)8, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */

	/* Set si_sugtime and write it to the file. */
	spin->si_sugtime = time(NULL);
	put_time(fd, spin->si_sugtime);			/* <timestamp> */
    }

    /* SN_NOSPLITSUGS: nothing
     * This is used to notify that no suggestions with word splits are to be
     * made. */
    if (spin->si_nosplitsugs)
    {
	putc(SN_NOSPLITSUGS, fd);			/* <sectionID> */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)0, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */
    }

    /* SN_COMPOUND: compound info.
     * We don't mark it required, when not supported all compound words will
     * be bad words. */
    if (spin->si_compflags != NULL)
    {
	putc(SN_COMPOUND, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */

	l = (int)STRLEN(spin->si_compflags);
	for (i = 0; i < spin->si_comppat.ga_len; ++i)
	    l += (int)STRLEN(((char_u **)(spin->si_comppat.ga_data))[i]) + 1;
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)(l + 7), 4);		/* <sectionlen> */

	putc(spin->si_compmax, fd);			/* <compmax> */
	putc(spin->si_compminlen, fd);			/* <compminlen> */
	putc(spin->si_compsylmax, fd);			/* <compsylmax> */
	putc(0, fd);		/* for Vim 7.0b compatibility */
	putc(spin->si_compoptions, fd);			/* <compoptions> */
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)spin->si_comppat.ga_len, 2);
							/* <comppatcount> */
	for (i = 0; i < spin->si_comppat.ga_len; ++i)
	{
	    p = ((char_u **)(spin->si_comppat.ga_data))[i];
	    putc((int)STRLEN(p), fd);			/* <comppatlen> */
	    fwv &= fwrite(p, (size_t)STRLEN(p), (size_t)1, fd);
							/* <comppattext> */
	}
							/* <compflags> */
	fwv &= fwrite(spin->si_compflags, (size_t)STRLEN(spin->si_compflags),
							       (size_t)1, fd);
    }

    /* SN_NOBREAK: NOBREAK flag */
    if (spin->si_nobreak)
    {
	putc(SN_NOBREAK, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */

	/* It's empty, the presence of the section flags the feature. */
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)0, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */
    }

    /* SN_SYLLABLE: syllable info.
     * We don't mark it required, when not supported syllables will not be
     * counted. */
    if (spin->si_syllable != NULL)
    {
	putc(SN_SYLLABLE, fd);				/* <sectionID> */
	putc(0, fd);					/* <sectionflags> */

	l = (int)STRLEN(spin->si_syllable);
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)l, 4);			/* <sectionlen> */
	fwv &= fwrite(spin->si_syllable, (size_t)l, (size_t)1, fd);
							/* <syllable> */
    }

    /* end of <SECTIONS> */
    putc(SN_END, fd);					/* <sectionend> */


    /*
     * <LWORDTREE>  <KWORDTREE>  <PREFIXTREE>
     */
    spin->si_memtot = 0;
    for (round = 1; round <= 3; ++round)
    {
	if (round == 1)
	    tree = spin->si_foldroot->wn_sibling;
	else if (round == 2)
	    tree = spin->si_keeproot->wn_sibling;
	else
	    tree = spin->si_prefroot->wn_sibling;

	/* Clear the index and wnode fields in the tree. */
	clear_node(tree);

	/* Count the number of nodes.  Needed to be able to allocate the
	 * memory when reading the nodes.  Also fills in index for shared
	 * nodes. */
	nodecount = put_node(NULL, tree, 0, regionmask, round == 3);

	/* number of nodes in 4 bytes */
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)nodecount, 4);	/* <nodecount> */
	spin->si_memtot += nodecount + nodecount * sizeof(int);

	/* Write the nodes. */
	(void)put_node(fd, tree, 0, regionmask, round == 3);
    }

    /* Write another byte to check for errors (file system full). */
    if (putc(0, fd) == EOF)
	retval = FAIL;
theend:
    if (fclose(fd) == EOF)
	retval = FAIL;

    if (fwv != (size_t)1)
	retval = FAIL;
    if (retval == FAIL)
	EMSG(_(e_write));

    return retval;
}

/*
 * Clear the index and wnode fields of "node", it siblings and its
 * children.  This is needed because they are a union with other items to save
 * space.
 */
    static void
clear_node(node)
    wordnode_T	*node;
{
    wordnode_T	*np;

    if (node != NULL)
	for (np = node; np != NULL; np = np->wn_sibling)
	{
	    np->wn_u1.index = 0;
	    np->wn_u2.wnode = NULL;

	    if (np->wn_byte != NUL)
		clear_node(np->wn_child);
	}
}


/*
 * Dump a word tree at node "node".
 *
 * This first writes the list of possible bytes (siblings).  Then for each
 * byte recursively write the children.
 *
 * NOTE: The code here must match the code in read_tree_node(), since
 * assumptions are made about the indexes (so that we don't have to write them
 * in the file).
 *
 * Returns the number of nodes used.
 */
    static int
put_node(fd, node, idx, regionmask, prefixtree)
    FILE	*fd;		/* NULL when only counting */
    wordnode_T	*node;
    int		idx;
    int		regionmask;
    int		prefixtree;	/* TRUE for PREFIXTREE */
{
    int		newindex = idx;
    int		siblingcount = 0;
    wordnode_T	*np;
    int		flags;

    /* If "node" is zero the tree is empty. */
    if (node == NULL)
	return 0;

    /* Store the index where this node is written. */
    node->wn_u1.index = idx;

    /* Count the number of siblings. */
    for (np = node; np != NULL; np = np->wn_sibling)
	++siblingcount;

    /* Write the sibling count. */
    if (fd != NULL)
	putc(siblingcount, fd);				/* <siblingcount> */

    /* Write each sibling byte and optionally extra info. */
    for (np = node; np != NULL; np = np->wn_sibling)
    {
	if (np->wn_byte == 0)
	{
	    if (fd != NULL)
	    {
		/* For a NUL byte (end of word) write the flags etc. */
		if (prefixtree)
		{
		    /* In PREFIXTREE write the required affixID and the
		     * associated condition nr (stored in wn_region).  The
		     * byte value is misused to store the "rare" and "not
		     * combining" flags */
		    if (np->wn_flags == (short_u)PFX_FLAGS)
			putc(BY_NOFLAGS, fd);		/* <byte> */
		    else
		    {
			putc(BY_FLAGS, fd);		/* <byte> */
			putc(np->wn_flags, fd);		/* <pflags> */
		    }
		    putc(np->wn_affixID, fd);		/* <affixID> */
		    put_bytes(fd, (long_u)np->wn_region, 2); /* <prefcondnr> */
		}
		else
		{
		    /* For word trees we write the flag/region items. */
		    flags = np->wn_flags;
		    if (regionmask != 0 && np->wn_region != regionmask)
			flags |= WF_REGION;
		    if (np->wn_affixID != 0)
			flags |= WF_AFX;
		    if (flags == 0)
		    {
			/* word without flags or region */
			putc(BY_NOFLAGS, fd);			/* <byte> */
		    }
		    else
		    {
			if (np->wn_flags >= 0x100)
			{
			    putc(BY_FLAGS2, fd);		/* <byte> */
			    putc(flags, fd);			/* <flags> */
			    putc((unsigned)flags >> 8, fd);	/* <flags2> */
			}
			else
			{
			    putc(BY_FLAGS, fd);			/* <byte> */
			    putc(flags, fd);			/* <flags> */
			}
			if (flags & WF_REGION)
			    putc(np->wn_region, fd);		/* <region> */
			if (flags & WF_AFX)
			    putc(np->wn_affixID, fd);		/* <affixID> */
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
	else
	{
	    if (np->wn_child->wn_u1.index != 0
					 && np->wn_child->wn_u2.wnode != node)
	    {
		/* The child is written elsewhere, write the reference. */
		if (fd != NULL)
		{
		    putc(BY_INDEX, fd);			/* <byte> */
							/* <nodeidx> */
		    put_bytes(fd, (long_u)np->wn_child->wn_u1.index, 3);
		}
	    }
	    else if (np->wn_child->wn_u2.wnode == NULL)
		/* We will write the child below and give it an index. */
		np->wn_child->wn_u2.wnode = node;

	    if (fd != NULL)
		if (putc(np->wn_byte, fd) == EOF) /* <byte> or <xbyte> */
		{
		    EMSG(_(e_write));
		    return 0;
		}
	}
    }

    /* Space used in the array when reading: one for each sibling and one for
     * the count. */
    newindex += siblingcount + 1;

    /* Recursively dump the children of each sibling. */
    for (np = node; np != NULL; np = np->wn_sibling)
	if (np->wn_byte != 0 && np->wn_child->wn_u2.wnode == node)
	    newindex = put_node(fd, np->wn_child, newindex, regionmask,
								  prefixtree);

    return newindex;
}


/*
 * ":mkspell [-ascii] outfile  infile ..."
 * ":mkspell [-ascii] addfile"
 */
    void
ex_mkspell(eap)
    exarg_T *eap;
{
    int		fcount;
    char_u	**fnames;
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    int		ascii = FALSE;

    if (STRNCMP(arg, "-ascii", 6) == 0)
    {
	ascii = TRUE;
	arg = skipwhite(arg + 6);
    }

    /* Expand all the remaining arguments (e.g., $VIMRUNTIME). */
    if (get_arglist_exp(arg, &fcount, &fnames, FALSE) == OK)
    {
	mkspell(fcount, fnames, ascii, eap->forceit, FALSE);
	FreeWild(fcount, fnames);
    }
}

/*
 * Create the .sug file.
 * Uses the soundfold info in "spin".
 * Writes the file with the name "wfname", with ".spl" changed to ".sug".
 */
    static void
spell_make_sugfile(spin, wfname)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    char_u	*wfname;
{
    char_u	*fname = NULL;
    int		len;
    slang_T	*slang;
    int		free_slang = FALSE;

    /*
     * Read back the .spl file that was written.  This fills the required
     * info for soundfolding.  This also uses less memory than the
     * pointer-linked version of the trie.  And it avoids having two versions
     * of the code for the soundfolding stuff.
     * It might have been done already by spell_reload_one().
     */
    for (slang = first_lang; slang != NULL; slang = slang->sl_next)
	if (fullpathcmp(wfname, slang->sl_fname, FALSE) == FPC_SAME)
	    break;
    if (slang == NULL)
    {
	spell_message(spin, (char_u *)_("Reading back spell file..."));
	slang = spell_load_file(wfname, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
	if (slang == NULL)
	    return;
	free_slang = TRUE;
    }

    /*
     * Clear the info in "spin" that is used.
     */
    spin->si_blocks = NULL;
    spin->si_blocks_cnt = 0;
    spin->si_compress_cnt = 0;	    /* will stay at 0 all the time*/
    spin->si_free_count = 0;
    spin->si_first_free = NULL;
    spin->si_foldwcount = 0;

    /*
     * Go through the trie of good words, soundfold each word and add it to
     * the soundfold trie.
     */
    spell_message(spin, (char_u *)_("Performing soundfolding..."));
    if (sug_filltree(spin, slang) == FAIL)
	goto theend;

    /*
     * Create the table which links each soundfold word with a list of the
     * good words it may come from.  Creates buffer "spin->si_spellbuf".
     * This also removes the wordnr from the NUL byte entries to make
     * compression possible.
     */
    if (sug_maketable(spin) == FAIL)
	goto theend;

    smsg((char_u *)_("Number of words after soundfolding: %ld"),
				 (long)spin->si_spellbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count);

    /*
     * Compress the soundfold trie.
     */
    spell_message(spin, (char_u *)_(msg_compressing));
    wordtree_compress(spin, spin->si_foldroot);

    /*
     * Write the .sug file.
     * Make the file name by changing ".spl" to ".sug".
     */
    fname = alloc(MAXPATHL);
    if (fname == NULL)
	goto theend;
    vim_strncpy(fname, wfname, MAXPATHL - 1);
    len = (int)STRLEN(fname);
    fname[len - 2] = 'u';
    fname[len - 1] = 'g';
    sug_write(spin, fname);

theend:
    vim_free(fname);
    if (free_slang)
	slang_free(slang);
    free_blocks(spin->si_blocks);
    close_spellbuf(spin->si_spellbuf);
}

/*
 * Build the soundfold trie for language "slang".
 */
    static int
sug_filltree(spin, slang)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    slang_T	*slang;
{
    char_u	*byts;
    idx_T	*idxs;
    int		depth;
    idx_T	arridx[MAXWLEN];
    int		curi[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	tword[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	tsalword[MAXWLEN];
    int		c;
    idx_T	n;
    unsigned	words_done = 0;
    int		wordcount[MAXWLEN];

    /* We use si_foldroot for the soundfolded trie. */
    spin->si_foldroot = wordtree_alloc(spin);
    if (spin->si_foldroot == NULL)
	return FAIL;

    /* let tree_add_word() know we're adding to the soundfolded tree */
    spin->si_sugtree = TRUE;

    /*
     * Go through the whole case-folded tree, soundfold each word and put it
     * in the trie.
     */
    byts = slang->sl_fbyts;
    idxs = slang->sl_fidxs;

    arridx[0] = 0;
    curi[0] = 1;
    wordcount[0] = 0;

    depth = 0;
    while (depth >= 0 && !got_int)
    {
	if (curi[depth] > byts[arridx[depth]])
	{
	    /* Done all bytes at this node, go up one level. */
	    idxs[arridx[depth]] = wordcount[depth];
	    if (depth > 0)
		wordcount[depth - 1] += wordcount[depth];

	    --depth;
	    line_breakcheck();
	}
	else
	{

	    /* Do one more byte at this node. */
	    n = arridx[depth] + curi[depth];
	    ++curi[depth];

	    c = byts[n];
	    if (c == 0)
	    {
		/* Sound-fold the word. */
		tword[depth] = NUL;
		spell_soundfold(slang, tword, TRUE, tsalword);

		/* We use the "flags" field for the MSB of the wordnr,
		 * "region" for the LSB of the wordnr.  */
		if (tree_add_word(spin, tsalword, spin->si_foldroot,
				words_done >> 16, words_done & 0xffff,
							   0) == FAIL)
		    return FAIL;

		++words_done;
		++wordcount[depth];

		/* Reset the block count each time to avoid compression
		 * kicking in. */
		spin->si_blocks_cnt = 0;

		/* Skip over any other NUL bytes (same word with different
		 * flags). */
		while (byts[n + 1] == 0)
		{
		    ++n;
		    ++curi[depth];
		}
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/* Normal char, go one level deeper. */
		tword[depth++] = c;
		arridx[depth] = idxs[n];
		curi[depth] = 1;
		wordcount[depth] = 0;
	    }
	}
    }

    smsg((char_u *)_("Total number of words: %d"), words_done);

    return OK;
}

/*
 * Make the table that links each word in the soundfold trie to the words it
 * can be produced from.
 * This is not unlike lines in a file, thus use a memfile to be able to access
 * the table efficiently.
 * Returns FAIL when out of memory.
 */
    static int
sug_maketable(spin)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
{
    garray_T	ga;
    int		res = OK;

    /* Allocate a buffer, open a memline for it and create the swap file
     * (uses a temp file, not a .swp file). */
    spin->si_spellbuf = open_spellbuf();
    if (spin->si_spellbuf == NULL)
	return FAIL;

    /* Use a buffer to store the line info, avoids allocating many small
     * pieces of memory. */
    ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100);

    /* recursively go through the tree */
    if (sug_filltable(spin, spin->si_foldroot->wn_sibling, 0, &ga) == -1)
	res = FAIL;

    ga_clear(&ga);
    return res;
}

/*
 * Fill the table for one node and its children.
 * Returns the wordnr at the start of the node.
 * Returns -1 when out of memory.
 */
    static int
sug_filltable(spin, node, startwordnr, gap)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    wordnode_T	*node;
    int		startwordnr;
    garray_T	*gap;	    /* place to store line of numbers */
{
    wordnode_T	*p, *np;
    int		wordnr = startwordnr;
    int		nr;
    int		prev_nr;

    for (p = node; p != NULL; p = p->wn_sibling)
    {
	if (p->wn_byte == NUL)
	{
	    gap->ga_len = 0;
	    prev_nr = 0;
	    for (np = p; np != NULL && np->wn_byte == NUL; np = np->wn_sibling)
	    {
		if (ga_grow(gap, 10) == FAIL)
		    return -1;

		nr = (np->wn_flags << 16) + (np->wn_region & 0xffff);
		/* Compute the offset from the previous nr and store the
		 * offset in a way that it takes a minimum number of bytes.
		 * It's a bit like utf-8, but without the need to mark
		 * following bytes. */
		nr -= prev_nr;
		prev_nr += nr;
		gap->ga_len += offset2bytes(nr,
					 (char_u *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len);
	    }

	    /* add the NUL byte */
	    ((char_u *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = NUL;

	    if (ml_append_buf(spin->si_spellbuf, (linenr_T)wordnr,
				     gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len, TRUE) == FAIL)
		return -1;
	    ++wordnr;

	    /* Remove extra NUL entries, we no longer need them. We don't
	     * bother freeing the nodes, the won't be reused anyway. */
	    while (p->wn_sibling != NULL && p->wn_sibling->wn_byte == NUL)
		p->wn_sibling = p->wn_sibling->wn_sibling;

	    /* Clear the flags on the remaining NUL node, so that compression
	     * works a lot better. */
	    p->wn_flags = 0;
	    p->wn_region = 0;
	}
	else
	{
	    wordnr = sug_filltable(spin, p->wn_child, wordnr, gap);
	    if (wordnr == -1)
		return -1;
	}
    }
    return wordnr;
}

/*
 * Convert an offset into a minimal number of bytes.
 * Similar to utf_char2byters, but use 8 bits in followup bytes and avoid NUL
 * bytes.
 */
    static int
offset2bytes(nr, buf)
    int	    nr;
    char_u  *buf;
{
    int	    rem;
    int	    b1, b2, b3, b4;

    /* Split the number in parts of base 255.  We need to avoid NUL bytes. */
    b1 = nr % 255 + 1;
    rem = nr / 255;
    b2 = rem % 255 + 1;
    rem = rem / 255;
    b3 = rem % 255 + 1;
    b4 = rem / 255 + 1;

    if (b4 > 1 || b3 > 0x1f)	/* 4 bytes */
    {
	buf[0] = 0xe0 + b4;
	buf[1] = b3;
	buf[2] = b2;
	buf[3] = b1;
	return 4;
    }
    if (b3 > 1 || b2 > 0x3f )	/* 3 bytes */
    {
	buf[0] = 0xc0 + b3;
	buf[1] = b2;
	buf[2] = b1;
	return 3;
    }
    if (b2 > 1 || b1 > 0x7f )	/* 2 bytes */
    {
	buf[0] = 0x80 + b2;
	buf[1] = b1;
	return 2;
    }
				/* 1 byte */
    buf[0] = b1;
    return 1;
}

/*
 * Opposite of offset2bytes().
 * "pp" points to the bytes and is advanced over it.
 * Returns the offset.
 */
    static int
bytes2offset(pp)
    char_u	**pp;
{
    char_u	*p = *pp;
    int		nr;
    int		c;

    c = *p++;
    if ((c & 0x80) == 0x00)		/* 1 byte */
    {
	nr = c - 1;
    }
    else if ((c & 0xc0) == 0x80)	/* 2 bytes */
    {
	nr = (c & 0x3f) - 1;
	nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
    }
    else if ((c & 0xe0) == 0xc0)	/* 3 bytes */
    {
	nr = (c & 0x1f) - 1;
	nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
	nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
    }
    else				/* 4 bytes */
    {
	nr = (c & 0x0f) - 1;
	nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
	nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
	nr = nr * 255 + (*p++ - 1);
    }

    *pp = p;
    return nr;
}

/*
 * Write the .sug file in "fname".
 */
    static void
sug_write(spin, fname)
    spellinfo_T	*spin;
    char_u	*fname;
{
    FILE	*fd;
    wordnode_T	*tree;
    int		nodecount;
    int		wcount;
    char_u	*line;
    linenr_T	lnum;
    int		len;

    /* Create the file.  Note that an existing file is silently overwritten! */
    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "w");
    if (fd == NULL)
    {
	EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
	return;
    }

    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
				  _("Writing suggestion file %s ..."), fname);
    spell_message(spin, IObuff);

    /*
     * <SUGHEADER>: <fileID> <versionnr> <timestamp>
     */
    if (fwrite(VIMSUGMAGIC, VIMSUGMAGICL, (size_t)1, fd) != 1) /* <fileID> */
    {
	EMSG(_(e_write));
	goto theend;
    }
    putc(VIMSUGVERSION, fd);				/* <versionnr> */

    /* Write si_sugtime to the file. */
    put_time(fd, spin->si_sugtime);			/* <timestamp> */

    /*
     * <SUGWORDTREE>
     */
    spin->si_memtot = 0;
    tree = spin->si_foldroot->wn_sibling;

    /* Clear the index and wnode fields in the tree. */
    clear_node(tree);

    /* Count the number of nodes.  Needed to be able to allocate the
     * memory when reading the nodes.  Also fills in index for shared
     * nodes. */
    nodecount = put_node(NULL, tree, 0, 0, FALSE);

    /* number of nodes in 4 bytes */
    put_bytes(fd, (long_u)nodecount, 4);	/* <nodecount> */
    spin->si_memtot += nodecount + nodecount * sizeof(int);

    /* Write the nodes. */
    (void)put_node(fd, tree, 0, 0, FALSE);

    /*
     * <SUGTABLE>: <sugwcount> <sugline> ...
     */
    wcount = spin->si_spellbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
    put_bytes(fd, (long_u)wcount, 4);	/* <sugwcount> */

    for (lnum = 1; lnum <= (linenr_T)wcount; ++lnum)
    {
	/* <sugline>: <sugnr> ... NUL */
	line = ml_get_buf(spin->si_spellbuf, lnum, FALSE);
	len = (int)STRLEN(line) + 1;
	if (fwrite(line, (size_t)len, (size_t)1, fd) == 0)
	{
	    EMSG(_(e_write));
	    goto theend;
	}
	spin->si_memtot += len;
    }

    /* Write another byte to check for errors. */
    if (putc(0, fd) == EOF)
	EMSG(_(e_write));

    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
		 _("Estimated runtime memory use: %d bytes"), spin->si_memtot);
    spell_message(spin, IObuff);

theend:
    /* close the file */
    fclose(fd);
}

/*
 * Open a spell buffer.  This is a nameless buffer that is not in the buffer
 * list and only contains text lines.  Can use a swapfile to reduce memory
 * use.
 * Most other fields are invalid!  Esp. watch out for string options being
 * NULL and there is no undo info.
 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
 */
    static buf_T *
open_spellbuf()
{
    buf_T	*buf;

    buf = (buf_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(buf_T));
    if (buf != NULL)
    {
	buf->b_spell = TRUE;
	buf->b_p_swf = TRUE;	/* may create a swap file */
	ml_open(buf);
	ml_open_file(buf);	/* create swap file now */
    }
    return buf;
}

/*
 * Close the buffer used for spell info.
 */
    static void
close_spellbuf(buf)
    buf_T	*buf;
{
    if (buf != NULL)
    {
	ml_close(buf, TRUE);
	vim_free(buf);
    }
}


/*
 * Create a Vim spell file from one or more word lists.
 * "fnames[0]" is the output file name.
 * "fnames[fcount - 1]" is the last input file name.
 * Exception: when "fnames[0]" ends in ".add" it's used as the input file name
 * and ".spl" is appended to make the output file name.
 */
    static void
mkspell(fcount, fnames, ascii, over_write, added_word)
    int		fcount;
    char_u	**fnames;
    int		ascii;		    /* -ascii argument given */
    int		over_write;	    /* overwrite existing output file */
    int		added_word;	    /* invoked through "zg" */
{
    char_u	*fname = NULL;
    char_u	*wfname;
    char_u	**innames;
    int		incount;
    afffile_T	*(afile[8]);
    int		i;
    int		len;
    struct stat	st;
    int		error = FALSE;
    spellinfo_T spin;

    vim_memset(&spin, 0, sizeof(spin));
    spin.si_verbose = !added_word;
    spin.si_ascii = ascii;
    spin.si_followup = TRUE;
    spin.si_rem_accents = TRUE;
    ga_init2(&spin.si_rep, (int)sizeof(fromto_T), 20);
    ga_init2(&spin.si_repsal, (int)sizeof(fromto_T), 20);
    ga_init2(&spin.si_sal, (int)sizeof(fromto_T), 20);
    ga_init2(&spin.si_map, (int)sizeof(char_u), 100);
    ga_init2(&spin.si_comppat, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 20);
    ga_init2(&spin.si_prefcond, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 50);
    hash_init(&spin.si_commonwords);
    spin.si_newcompID = 127;	/* start compound ID at first maximum */

    /* default: fnames[0] is output file, following are input files */
    innames = &fnames[1];
    incount = fcount - 1;

    wfname = alloc(MAXPATHL);
    if (wfname == NULL)
	return;

    if (fcount >= 1)
    {
	len = (int)STRLEN(fnames[0]);
	if (fcount == 1 && len > 4 && STRCMP(fnames[0] + len - 4, ".add") == 0)
	{
	    /* For ":mkspell path/en.latin1.add" output file is
	     * "path/en.latin1.add.spl". */
	    innames = &fnames[0];
	    incount = 1;
	    vim_snprintf((char *)wfname, MAXPATHL, "%s.spl", fnames[0]);
	}
	else if (fcount == 1)
	{
	    /* For ":mkspell path/vim" output file is "path/vim.latin1.spl". */
	    innames = &fnames[0];
	    incount = 1;
	    vim_snprintf((char *)wfname, MAXPATHL, SPL_FNAME_TMPL,
		  fnames[0], spin.si_ascii ? (char_u *)"ascii" : spell_enc());
	}
	else if (len > 4 && STRCMP(fnames[0] + len - 4, ".spl") == 0)
	{
	    /* Name ends in ".spl", use as the file name. */
	    vim_strncpy(wfname, fnames[0], MAXPATHL - 1);
	}
	else
	    /* Name should be language, make the file name from it. */
	    vim_snprintf((char *)wfname, MAXPATHL, SPL_FNAME_TMPL,
		  fnames[0], spin.si_ascii ? (char_u *)"ascii" : spell_enc());

	/* Check for .ascii.spl. */
	if (strstr((char *)gettail(wfname), SPL_FNAME_ASCII) != NULL)
	    spin.si_ascii = TRUE;

	/* Check for .add.spl. */
	if (strstr((char *)gettail(wfname), SPL_FNAME_ADD) != NULL)
	    spin.si_add = TRUE;
    }

    if (incount <= 0)
	EMSG(_(e_invarg));	/* need at least output and input names */
    else if (vim_strchr(gettail(wfname), '_') != NULL)
	EMSG(_("E751: Output file name must not have region name"));
    else if (incount > 8)
	EMSG(_("E754: Only up to 8 regions supported"));
    else
    {
	/* Check for overwriting before doing things that may take a lot of
	 * time. */
	if (!over_write && mch_stat((char *)wfname, &st) >= 0)
	{
	    EMSG(_(e_exists));
	    goto theend;
	}
	if (mch_isdir(wfname))
	{
	    EMSG2(_(e_isadir2), wfname);
	    goto theend;
	}

	fname = alloc(MAXPATHL);
	if (fname == NULL)
	    goto theend;

	/*
	 * Init the aff and dic pointers.
	 * Get the region names if there are more than 2 arguments.
	 */
	for (i = 0; i < incount; ++i)
	{
	    afile[i] = NULL;

	    if (incount > 1)
	    {
		len = (int)STRLEN(innames[i]);
		if (STRLEN(gettail(innames[i])) < 5
						|| innames[i][len - 3] != '_')
		{
		    EMSG2(_("E755: Invalid region in %s"), innames[i]);
		    goto theend;
		}
		spin.si_region_name[i * 2] = TOLOWER_ASC(innames[i][len - 2]);
		spin.si_region_name[i * 2 + 1] =
					     TOLOWER_ASC(innames[i][len - 1]);
	    }
	}
	spin.si_region_count = incount;

	spin.si_foldroot = wordtree_alloc(&spin);
	spin.si_keeproot = wordtree_alloc(&spin);
	spin.si_prefroot = wordtree_alloc(&spin);
	if (spin.si_foldroot == NULL
		|| spin.si_keeproot == NULL
		|| spin.si_prefroot == NULL)
	{
	    free_blocks(spin.si_blocks);
	    goto theend;
	}

	/* When not producing a .add.spl file clear the character table when
	 * we encounter one in the .aff file.  This means we dump the current
	 * one in the .spl file if the .aff file doesn't define one.  That's
	 * better than guessing the contents, the table will match a
	 * previously loaded spell file. */
	if (!spin.si_add)
	    spin.si_clear_chartab = TRUE;

	/*
	 * Read all the .aff and .dic files.
	 * Text is converted to 'encoding'.
	 * Words are stored in the case-folded and keep-case trees.
	 */
	for (i = 0; i < incount && !error; ++i)
	{
	    spin.si_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE;
	    spin.si_region = 1 << i;

	    vim_snprintf((char *)fname, MAXPATHL, "%s.aff", innames[i]);
	    if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) >= 0)
	    {
		/* Read the .aff file.  Will init "spin->si_conv" based on the
		 * "SET" line. */
		afile[i] = spell_read_aff(&spin, fname);
		if (afile[i] == NULL)
		    error = TRUE;
		else
		{
		    /* Read the .dic file and store the words in the trees. */
		    vim_snprintf((char *)fname, MAXPATHL, "%s.dic",
								  innames[i]);
		    if (spell_read_dic(&spin, fname, afile[i]) == FAIL)
			error = TRUE;
		}
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/* No .aff file, try reading the file as a word list.  Store
		 * the words in the trees. */
		if (spell_read_wordfile(&spin, innames[i]) == FAIL)
		    error = TRUE;
	    }

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    /* Free any conversion stuff. */
	    convert_setup(&spin.si_conv, NULL, NULL);
#endif
	}

	if (spin.si_compflags != NULL && spin.si_nobreak)
	    MSG(_("Warning: both compounding and NOBREAK specified"));

	if (!error && !got_int)
	{
	    /*
	     * Combine tails in the tree.
	     */
	    spell_message(&spin, (char_u *)_(msg_compressing));
	    wordtree_compress(&spin, spin.si_foldroot);
	    wordtree_compress(&spin, spin.si_keeproot);
	    wordtree_compress(&spin, spin.si_prefroot);
	}

	if (!error && !got_int)
	{
	    /*
	     * Write the info in the spell file.
	     */
	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
				      _("Writing spell file %s ..."), wfname);
	    spell_message(&spin, IObuff);

	    error = write_vim_spell(&spin, wfname) == FAIL;

	    spell_message(&spin, (char_u *)_("Done!"));
	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
		 _("Estimated runtime memory use: %d bytes"), spin.si_memtot);
	    spell_message(&spin, IObuff);

	    /*
	     * If the file is loaded need to reload it.
	     */
	    if (!error)
		spell_reload_one(wfname, added_word);
	}

	/* Free the allocated memory. */
	ga_clear(&spin.si_rep);
	ga_clear(&spin.si_repsal);
	ga_clear(&spin.si_sal);
	ga_clear(&spin.si_map);
	ga_clear(&spin.si_comppat);
	ga_clear(&spin.si_prefcond);
	hash_clear_all(&spin.si_commonwords, 0);

	/* Free the .aff file structures. */
	for (i = 0; i < incount; ++i)
	    if (afile[i] != NULL)
		spell_free_aff(afile[i]);

	/* Free all the bits and pieces at once. */
	free_blocks(spin.si_blocks);

	/*
	 * If there is soundfolding info and no NOSUGFILE item create the
	 * .sug file with the soundfolded word trie.
	 */
	if (spin.si_sugtime != 0 && !error && !got_int)
	    spell_make_sugfile(&spin, wfname);

    }

theend:
    vim_free(fname);
    vim_free(wfname);
}

/*
 * Display a message for spell file processing when 'verbose' is set or using
 * ":mkspell".  "str" can be IObuff.
 */
    static void
spell_message(spin, str)
    spellinfo_T *spin;
    char_u	*str;
{
    if (spin->si_verbose || p_verbose > 2)
    {
	if (!spin->si_verbose)
	    verbose_enter();
	MSG(str);
	out_flush();
	if (!spin->si_verbose)
	    verbose_leave();
    }
}

/*
 * ":[count]spellgood  {word}"
 * ":[count]spellwrong  {word}"
 * ":[count]spellundo  {word}"
 */
    void
ex_spell(eap)
    exarg_T *eap;
{
    spell_add_word(eap->arg, (int)STRLEN(eap->arg), eap->cmdidx == CMD_spellwrong,
				   eap->forceit ? 0 : (int)eap->line2,
				   eap->cmdidx == CMD_spellundo);
}

/*
 * Add "word[len]" to 'spellfile' as a good or bad word.
 */
    void
spell_add_word(word, len, bad, idx, undo)
    char_u	*word;
    int		len;
    int		bad;
    int		idx;	    /* "zG" and "zW": zero, otherwise index in
			       'spellfile' */
    int		undo;	    /* TRUE for "zug", "zuG", "zuw" and "zuW" */
{
    FILE	*fd = NULL;
    buf_T	*buf = NULL;
    int		new_spf = FALSE;
    char_u	*fname;
    char_u	*fnamebuf = NULL;
    char_u	line[MAXWLEN * 2];
    long	fpos, fpos_next = 0;
    int		i;
    char_u	*spf;

    if (idx == 0)	    /* use internal wordlist */
    {
	if (int_wordlist == NULL)
	{
	    int_wordlist = vim_tempname('s');
	    if (int_wordlist == NULL)
		return;
	}
	fname = int_wordlist;
    }
    else
    {
	/* If 'spellfile' isn't set figure out a good default value. */
	if (*curwin->w_s->b_p_spf == NUL)
	{
	    init_spellfile();
	    new_spf = TRUE;
	}

	if (*curwin->w_s->b_p_spf == NUL)
	{
	    EMSG2(_(e_notset), "spellfile");
	    return;
	}
	fnamebuf = alloc(MAXPATHL);
	if (fnamebuf == NULL)
	    return;

	for (spf = curwin->w_s->b_p_spf, i = 1; *spf != NUL; ++i)
	{
	    copy_option_part(&spf, fnamebuf, MAXPATHL, ",");
	    if (i == idx)
		break;
	    if (*spf == NUL)
	    {
		EMSGN(_("E765: 'spellfile' does not have %ld entries"), idx);
		vim_free(fnamebuf);
		return;
	    }
	}

	/* Check that the user isn't editing the .add file somewhere. */
	buf = buflist_findname_exp(fnamebuf);
	if (buf != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL)
	    buf = NULL;
	if (buf != NULL && bufIsChanged(buf))
	{
	    EMSG(_(e_bufloaded));
	    vim_free(fnamebuf);
	    return;
	}

	fname = fnamebuf;
    }

    if (bad || undo)
    {
	/* When the word appears as good word we need to remove that one,
	 * since its flags sort before the one with WF_BANNED. */
	fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "r");
	if (fd != NULL)
	{
	    while (!vim_fgets(line, MAXWLEN * 2, fd))
	    {
		fpos = fpos_next;
		fpos_next = ftell(fd);
		if (STRNCMP(word, line, len) == 0
			&& (line[len] == '/' || line[len] < ' '))
		{
		    /* Found duplicate word.  Remove it by writing a '#' at
		     * the start of the line.  Mixing reading and writing
		     * doesn't work for all systems, close the file first. */
		    fclose(fd);
		    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "r+");
		    if (fd == NULL)
			break;
		    if (fseek(fd, fpos, SEEK_SET) == 0)
		    {
			fputc('#', fd);
			if (undo)
			{
			    home_replace(NULL, fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
			    smsg((char_u *)_("Word removed from %s"), NameBuff);
			}
		    }
		    fseek(fd, fpos_next, SEEK_SET);
		}
	    }
	    if (fd != NULL)
		fclose(fd);
	}
    }

    if (!undo)
    {
	fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "a");
	if (fd == NULL && new_spf)
	{
	    char_u *p;

	    /* We just initialized the 'spellfile' option and can't open the
	     * file.  We may need to create the "spell" directory first.  We
	     * already checked the runtime directory is writable in
	     * init_spellfile(). */
	    if (!dir_of_file_exists(fname) && (p = gettail_sep(fname)) != fname)
	    {
		int c = *p;

		/* The directory doesn't exist.  Try creating it and opening
		 * the file again. */
		*p = NUL;
		vim_mkdir(fname, 0755);
		*p = c;
		fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "a");
	    }
	}

	if (fd == NULL)
	    EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
	else
	{
	    if (bad)
		fprintf(fd, "%.*s/!\n", len, word);
	    else
		fprintf(fd, "%.*s\n", len, word);
	    fclose(fd);

	    home_replace(NULL, fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
	    smsg((char_u *)_("Word added to %s"), NameBuff);
	}
    }

    if (fd != NULL)
    {
	/* Update the .add.spl file. */
	mkspell(1, &fname, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE);

	/* If the .add file is edited somewhere, reload it. */
	if (buf != NULL)
	    buf_reload(buf, buf->b_orig_mode);

	redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
    }
    vim_free(fnamebuf);
}

/*
 * Initialize 'spellfile' for the current buffer.
 */
    static void
init_spellfile()
{
    char_u	*buf;
    int		l;
    char_u	*fname;
    char_u	*rtp;
    char_u	*lend;
    int		aspath = FALSE;
    char_u	*lstart = curbuf->b_s.b_p_spl;

    if (*curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL && curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0)
    {
	buf = alloc(MAXPATHL);
	if (buf == NULL)
	    return;

	/* Find the end of the language name.  Exclude the region.  If there
	 * is a path separator remember the start of the tail. */
	for (lend = curwin->w_s->b_p_spl; *lend != NUL
			&& vim_strchr((char_u *)",._", *lend) == NULL; ++lend)
	    if (vim_ispathsep(*lend))
	    {
		aspath = TRUE;
		lstart = lend + 1;
	    }

	/* Loop over all entries in 'runtimepath'.  Use the first one where we
	 * are allowed to write. */
	rtp = p_rtp;
	while (*rtp != NUL)
	{
	    if (aspath)
		/* Use directory of an entry with path, e.g., for
		 * "/dir/lg.utf-8.spl" use "/dir". */
		vim_strncpy(buf, curbuf->b_s.b_p_spl,
					    lstart - curbuf->b_s.b_p_spl - 1);
	    else
		/* Copy the path from 'runtimepath' to buf[]. */
		copy_option_part(&rtp, buf, MAXPATHL, ",");
	    if (filewritable(buf) == 2)
	    {
		/* Use the first language name from 'spelllang' and the
		 * encoding used in the first loaded .spl file. */
		if (aspath)
		    vim_strncpy(buf, curbuf->b_s.b_p_spl,
						  lend - curbuf->b_s.b_p_spl);
		else
		{
		    /* Create the "spell" directory if it doesn't exist yet. */
		    l = (int)STRLEN(buf);
		    vim_snprintf((char *)buf + l, MAXPATHL - l, "/spell");
		    if (filewritable(buf) != 2)
			vim_mkdir(buf, 0755);

		    l = (int)STRLEN(buf);
		    vim_snprintf((char *)buf + l, MAXPATHL - l,
				 "/%.*s", (int)(lend - lstart), lstart);
		}
		l = (int)STRLEN(buf);
		fname = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, 0)
							 ->lp_slang->sl_fname;
		vim_snprintf((char *)buf + l, MAXPATHL - l, ".%s.add",
			fname != NULL
			  && strstr((char *)gettail(fname), ".ascii.") != NULL
				       ? (char_u *)"ascii" : spell_enc());
		set_option_value((char_u *)"spellfile", 0L, buf, OPT_LOCAL);
		break;
	    }
	    aspath = FALSE;
	}

	vim_free(buf);
    }
}


/*
 * Init the chartab used for spelling for ASCII.
 * EBCDIC is not supported!
 */
    static void
clear_spell_chartab(sp)
    spelltab_T	*sp;
{
    int		i;

    /* Init everything to FALSE. */
    vim_memset(sp->st_isw, FALSE, sizeof(sp->st_isw));
    vim_memset(sp->st_isu, FALSE, sizeof(sp->st_isu));
    for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
    {
	sp->st_fold[i] = i;
	sp->st_upper[i] = i;
    }

    /* We include digits.  A word shouldn't start with a digit, but handling
     * that is done separately. */
    for (i = '0'; i <= '9'; ++i)
	sp->st_isw[i] = TRUE;
    for (i = 'A'; i <= 'Z'; ++i)
    {
	sp->st_isw[i] = TRUE;
	sp->st_isu[i] = TRUE;
	sp->st_fold[i] = i + 0x20;
    }
    for (i = 'a'; i <= 'z'; ++i)
    {
	sp->st_isw[i] = TRUE;
	sp->st_upper[i] = i - 0x20;
    }
}

/*
 * Init the chartab used for spelling.  Only depends on 'encoding'.
 * Called once while starting up and when 'encoding' changes.
 * The default is to use isalpha(), but the spell file should define the word
 * characters to make it possible that 'encoding' differs from the current
 * locale.  For utf-8 we don't use isalpha() but our own functions.
 */
    void
init_spell_chartab()
{
    int	    i;

    did_set_spelltab = FALSE;
    clear_spell_chartab(&spelltab);
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (enc_dbcs)
    {
	/* DBCS: assume double-wide characters are word characters. */
	for (i = 128; i <= 255; ++i)
	    if (MB_BYTE2LEN(i) == 2)
		spelltab.st_isw[i] = TRUE;
    }
    else if (enc_utf8)
    {
	for (i = 128; i < 256; ++i)
	{
	    int f = utf_fold(i);
	    int u = utf_toupper(i);

	    spelltab.st_isu[i] = utf_isupper(i);
	    spelltab.st_isw[i] = spelltab.st_isu[i] || utf_islower(i);
	    /* The folded/upper-cased value is different between latin1 and
	     * utf8 for 0xb5, causing E763 for no good reason.  Use the latin1
	     * value for utf-8 to avoid this. */
	    spelltab.st_fold[i] = (f < 256) ? f : i;
	    spelltab.st_upper[i] = (u < 256) ? u : i;
	}
    }
    else
#endif
    {
	/* Rough guess: use locale-dependent library functions. */
	for (i = 128; i < 256; ++i)
	{
	    if (MB_ISUPPER(i))
	    {
		spelltab.st_isw[i] = TRUE;
		spelltab.st_isu[i] = TRUE;
		spelltab.st_fold[i] = MB_TOLOWER(i);
	    }
	    else if (MB_ISLOWER(i))
	    {
		spelltab.st_isw[i] = TRUE;
		spelltab.st_upper[i] = MB_TOUPPER(i);
	    }
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Set the spell character tables from strings in the affix file.
 */
    static int
set_spell_chartab(fol, low, upp)
    char_u	*fol;
    char_u	*low;
    char_u	*upp;
{
    /* We build the new tables here first, so that we can compare with the
     * previous one. */
    spelltab_T	new_st;
    char_u	*pf = fol, *pl = low, *pu = upp;
    int		f, l, u;

    clear_spell_chartab(&new_st);

    while (*pf != NUL)
    {
	if (*pl == NUL || *pu == NUL)
	{
	    EMSG(_(e_affform));
	    return FAIL;
	}
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	f = mb_ptr2char_adv(&pf);
	l = mb_ptr2char_adv(&pl);
	u = mb_ptr2char_adv(&pu);
#else
	f = *pf++;
	l = *pl++;
	u = *pu++;
#endif
	/* Every character that appears is a word character. */
	if (f < 256)
	    new_st.st_isw[f] = TRUE;
	if (l < 256)
	    new_st.st_isw[l] = TRUE;
	if (u < 256)
	    new_st.st_isw[u] = TRUE;

	/* if "LOW" and "FOL" are not the same the "LOW" char needs
	 * case-folding */
	if (l < 256 && l != f)
	{
	    if (f >= 256)
	    {
		EMSG(_(e_affrange));
		return FAIL;
	    }
	    new_st.st_fold[l] = f;
	}

	/* if "UPP" and "FOL" are not the same the "UPP" char needs
	 * case-folding, it's upper case and the "UPP" is the upper case of
	 * "FOL" . */
	if (u < 256 && u != f)
	{
	    if (f >= 256)
	    {
		EMSG(_(e_affrange));
		return FAIL;
	    }
	    new_st.st_fold[u] = f;
	    new_st.st_isu[u] = TRUE;
	    new_st.st_upper[f] = u;
	}
    }

    if (*pl != NUL || *pu != NUL)
    {
	EMSG(_(e_affform));
	return FAIL;
    }

    return set_spell_finish(&new_st);
}

/*
 * Set the spell character tables from strings in the .spl file.
 */
    static void
set_spell_charflags(flags, cnt, fol)
    char_u	*flags;
    int		cnt;	    /* length of "flags" */
    char_u	*fol;
{
    /* We build the new tables here first, so that we can compare with the
     * previous one. */
    spelltab_T	new_st;
    int		i;
    char_u	*p = fol;
    int		c;

    clear_spell_chartab(&new_st);

    for (i = 0; i < 128; ++i)
    {
	if (i < cnt)
	{
	    new_st.st_isw[i + 128] = (flags[i] & CF_WORD) != 0;
	    new_st.st_isu[i + 128] = (flags[i] & CF_UPPER) != 0;
	}

	if (*p != NUL)
	{
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
#else
	    c = *p++;
#endif
	    new_st.st_fold[i + 128] = c;
	    if (i + 128 != c && new_st.st_isu[i + 128] && c < 256)
		new_st.st_upper[c] = i + 128;
	}
    }

    (void)set_spell_finish(&new_st);
}

    static int
set_spell_finish(new_st)
    spelltab_T	*new_st;
{
    int		i;

    if (did_set_spelltab)
    {
	/* check that it's the same table */
	for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
	{
	    if (spelltab.st_isw[i] != new_st->st_isw[i]
		    || spelltab.st_isu[i] != new_st->st_isu[i]
		    || spelltab.st_fold[i] != new_st->st_fold[i]
		    || spelltab.st_upper[i] != new_st->st_upper[i])
	    {
		EMSG(_("E763: Word characters differ between spell files"));
		return FAIL;
	    }
	}
    }
    else
    {
	/* copy the new spelltab into the one being used */
	spelltab = *new_st;
	did_set_spelltab = TRUE;
    }

    return OK;
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if "p" points to a word character.
 * As a special case we see "midword" characters as word character when it is
 * followed by a word character.  This finds they'there but not 'they there'.
 * Thus this only works properly when past the first character of the word.
 */
    static int
spell_iswordp(p, wp)
    char_u	*p;
    win_T	*wp;	    /* buffer used */
{
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    char_u	*s;
    int		l;
    int		c;

    if (has_mbyte)
    {
	l = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
	s = p;
	if (l == 1)
	{
	    /* be quick for ASCII */
	    if (wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[*p])
		s = p + 1;		/* skip a mid-word character */
	}
	else
	{
	    c = mb_ptr2char(p);
	    if (c < 256 ? wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[c]
		    : (wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb != NULL
			   && vim_strchr(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb, c) != NULL))
		s = p + l;
	}

	c = mb_ptr2char(s);
	if (c > 255)
	    return spell_mb_isword_class(mb_get_class(s));
	return spelltab.st_isw[c];
    }
#endif

    return spelltab.st_isw[wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[*p] ? p[1] : p[0]];
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if "p" points to a word character.
 * Unlike spell_iswordp() this doesn't check for "midword" characters.
 */
    static int
spell_iswordp_nmw(p)
    char_u	*p;
{
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    int		c;

    if (has_mbyte)
    {
	c = mb_ptr2char(p);
	if (c > 255)
	    return spell_mb_isword_class(mb_get_class(p));
	return spelltab.st_isw[c];
    }
#endif
    return spelltab.st_isw[*p];
}

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
/*
 * Return TRUE if word class indicates a word character.
 * Only for characters above 255.
 * Unicode subscript and superscript are not considered word characters.
 */
    static int
spell_mb_isword_class(cl)
    int cl;
{
    return cl >= 2 && cl != 0x2070 && cl != 0x2080;
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if "p" points to a word character.
 * Wide version of spell_iswordp().
 */
    static int
spell_iswordp_w(p, wp)
    int		*p;
    win_T	*wp;
{
    int		*s;

    if (*p < 256 ? wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw[*p]
		 : (wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb != NULL
			     && vim_strchr(wp->w_s->b_spell_ismw_mb, *p) != NULL))
	s = p + 1;
    else
	s = p;

    if (*s > 255)
    {
	if (enc_utf8)
	    return spell_mb_isword_class(utf_class(*s));
	if (enc_dbcs)
	    return dbcs_class((unsigned)*s >> 8, *s & 0xff) >= 2;
	return 0;
    }
    return spelltab.st_isw[*s];
}
#endif

/*
 * Write the table with prefix conditions to the .spl file.
 * When "fd" is NULL only count the length of what is written.
 */
    static int
write_spell_prefcond(fd, gap)
    FILE	*fd;
    garray_T	*gap;
{
    int		i;
    char_u	*p;
    int		len;
    int		totlen;
    size_t	x = 1;  /* collect return value of fwrite() */

    if (fd != NULL)
	put_bytes(fd, (long_u)gap->ga_len, 2);	    /* <prefcondcnt> */

    totlen = 2 + gap->ga_len; /* length of <prefcondcnt> and <condlen> bytes */

    for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
    {
	/* <prefcond> : <condlen> <condstr> */
	p = ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i];
	if (p != NULL)
	{
	    len = (int)STRLEN(p);
	    if (fd != NULL)
	    {
		fputc(len, fd);
		x &= fwrite(p, (size_t)len, (size_t)1, fd);
	    }
	    totlen += len;
	}
	else if (fd != NULL)
	    fputc(0, fd);
    }

    return totlen;
}

/*
 * Case-fold "str[len]" into "buf[buflen]".  The result is NUL terminated.
 * Uses the character definitions from the .spl file.
 * When using a multi-byte 'encoding' the length may change!
 * Returns FAIL when something wrong.
 */
    static int
spell_casefold(str, len, buf, buflen)
    char_u	*str;
    int		len;
    char_u	*buf;
    int		buflen;
{
    int		i;

    if (len >= buflen)
    {
	buf[0] = NUL;
	return FAIL;		/* result will not fit */
    }

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (has_mbyte)
    {
	int	outi = 0;
	char_u	*p;
	int	c;

	/* Fold one character at a time. */
	for (p = str; p < str + len; )
	{
	    if (outi + MB_MAXBYTES > buflen)
	    {
		buf[outi] = NUL;
		return FAIL;
	    }
	    c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
	    outi += mb_char2bytes(SPELL_TOFOLD(c), buf + outi);
	}
	buf[outi] = NUL;
    }
    else
#endif
    {
	/* Be quick for non-multibyte encodings. */
	for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
	    buf[i] = spelltab.st_fold[str[i]];
	buf[i] = NUL;
    }

    return OK;
}

/* values for sps_flags */
#define SPS_BEST    1
#define SPS_FAST    2
#define SPS_DOUBLE  4

static int sps_flags = SPS_BEST;	/* flags from 'spellsuggest' */
static int sps_limit = 9999;		/* max nr of suggestions given */

/*
 * Check the 'spellsuggest' option.  Return FAIL if it's wrong.
 * Sets "sps_flags" and "sps_limit".
 */
    int
spell_check_sps()
{
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*s;
    char_u	buf[MAXPATHL];
    int		f;

    sps_flags = 0;
    sps_limit = 9999;

    for (p = p_sps; *p != NUL; )
    {
	copy_option_part(&p, buf, MAXPATHL, ",");

	f = 0;
	if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*buf))
	{
	    s = buf;
	    sps_limit = getdigits(&s);
	    if (*s != NUL && !VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
		f = -1;
	}
	else if (STRCMP(buf, "best") == 0)
	    f = SPS_BEST;
	else if (STRCMP(buf, "fast") == 0)
	    f = SPS_FAST;
	else if (STRCMP(buf, "double") == 0)
	    f = SPS_DOUBLE;
	else if (STRNCMP(buf, "expr:", 5) != 0
		&& STRNCMP(buf, "file:", 5) != 0)
	    f = -1;

	if (f == -1 || (sps_flags != 0 && f != 0))
	{
	    sps_flags = SPS_BEST;
	    sps_limit = 9999;
	    return FAIL;
	}
	if (f != 0)
	    sps_flags = f;
    }

    if (sps_flags == 0)
	sps_flags = SPS_BEST;

    return OK;
}

/*
 * "z?": Find badly spelled word under or after the cursor.
 * Give suggestions for the properly spelled word.
 * In Visual mode use the highlighted word as the bad word.
 * When "count" is non-zero use that suggestion.
 */
    void
spell_suggest(count)
    int		count;
{
    char_u	*line;
    pos_T	prev_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
    char_u	wcopy[MAXWLEN + 2];
    char_u	*p;
    int		i;
    int		c;
    suginfo_T	sug;
    suggest_T	*stp;
    int		mouse_used;
    int		need_cap;
    int		limit;
    int		selected = count;
    int		badlen = 0;
    int		msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll;

    if (no_spell_checking(curwin))
	return;

#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
    if (VIsual_active)
    {
	/* Use the Visually selected text as the bad word.  But reject
	 * a multi-line selection. */
	if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != VIsual.lnum)
	{
	    vim_beep();
	    return;
	}
	badlen = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)VIsual.col;
	if (badlen < 0)
	    badlen = -badlen;
	else
	    curwin->w_cursor.col = VIsual.col;
	++badlen;
	end_visual_mode();
    }
    else
#endif
	/* Find the start of the badly spelled word. */
	if (spell_move_to(curwin, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL) == 0
	    || curwin->w_cursor.col > prev_cursor.col)
    {
	/* No bad word or it starts after the cursor: use the word under the
	 * cursor. */
	curwin->w_cursor = prev_cursor;
	line = ml_get_curline();
	p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
	/* Backup to before start of word. */
	while (p > line && spell_iswordp_nmw(p))
	    mb_ptr_back(line, p);
	/* Forward to start of word. */
	while (*p != NUL && !spell_iswordp_nmw(p))
	    mb_ptr_adv(p);

	if (!spell_iswordp_nmw(p))		/* No word found. */
	{
	    beep_flush();
	    return;
	}
	curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
    }

    /* Get the word and its length. */

    /* Figure out if the word should be capitalised. */
    need_cap = check_need_cap(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);

    /* Make a copy of current line since autocommands may free the line. */
    line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
    if (line == NULL)
	goto skip;

    /* Get the list of suggestions.  Limit to 'lines' - 2 or the number in
     * 'spellsuggest', whatever is smaller. */
    if (sps_limit > (int)Rows - 2)
	limit = (int)Rows - 2;
    else
	limit = sps_limit;
    spell_find_suggest(line + curwin->w_cursor.col, badlen, &sug, limit,
							TRUE, need_cap, TRUE);

    if (sug.su_ga.ga_len == 0)
	MSG(_("Sorry, no suggestions"));
    else if (count > 0)
    {
	if (count > sug.su_ga.ga_len)
	    smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, only %ld suggestions"),
						      (long)sug.su_ga.ga_len);
    }
    else
    {
	vim_free(repl_from);
	repl_from = NULL;
	vim_free(repl_to);
	repl_to = NULL;

#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
	/* When 'rightleft' is set the list is drawn right-left. */
	cmdmsg_rl = curwin->w_p_rl;
	if (cmdmsg_rl)
	    msg_col = Columns - 1;
#endif

	/* List the suggestions. */
	msg_start();
	msg_row = Rows - 1;	/* for when 'cmdheight' > 1 */
	lines_left = Rows;	/* avoid more prompt */
	vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Change \"%.*s\" to:"),
						sug.su_badlen, sug.su_badptr);
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
	if (cmdmsg_rl && STRNCMP(IObuff, "Change", 6) == 0)
	{
	    /* And now the rabbit from the high hat: Avoid showing the
	     * untranslated message rightleft. */
	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, ":ot \"%.*s\" egnahC",
						sug.su_badlen, sug.su_badptr);
	}
#endif
	msg_puts(IObuff);
	msg_clr_eos();
	msg_putchar('\n');

	msg_scroll = TRUE;
	for (i = 0; i < sug.su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
	{
	    stp = &SUG(sug.su_ga, i);

	    /* The suggested word may replace only part of the bad word, add
	     * the not replaced part. */
	    vim_strncpy(wcopy, stp->st_word, MAXWLEN);
	    if (sug.su_badlen > stp->st_orglen)
		vim_strncpy(wcopy + stp->st_wordlen,
					       sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen,
					      sug.su_badlen - stp->st_orglen);
	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "%2d", i + 1);
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
	    if (cmdmsg_rl)
		rl_mirror(IObuff);
#endif
	    msg_puts(IObuff);

	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, " \"%s\"", wcopy);
	    msg_puts(IObuff);

	    /* The word may replace more than "su_badlen". */
	    if (sug.su_badlen < stp->st_orglen)
	    {
		vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _(" < \"%.*s\""),
					       stp->st_orglen, sug.su_badptr);
		msg_puts(IObuff);
	    }

	    if (p_verbose > 0)
	    {
		/* Add the score. */
		if (sps_flags & (SPS_DOUBLE | SPS_BEST))
		    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, " (%s%d - %d)",
			stp->st_salscore ? "s " : "",
			stp->st_score, stp->st_altscore);
		else
		    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, " (%d)",
			    stp->st_score);
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
		if (cmdmsg_rl)
		    /* Mirror the numbers, but keep the leading space. */
		    rl_mirror(IObuff + 1);
#endif
		msg_advance(30);
		msg_puts(IObuff);
	    }
	    msg_putchar('\n');
	}

#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
	cmdmsg_rl = FALSE;
	msg_col = 0;
#endif
	/* Ask for choice. */
	selected = prompt_for_number(&mouse_used);
	if (mouse_used)
	    selected -= lines_left;
	lines_left = Rows;		/* avoid more prompt */
	/* don't delay for 'smd' in normal_cmd() */
	msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save;
    }

    if (selected > 0 && selected <= sug.su_ga.ga_len && u_save_cursor() == OK)
    {
	/* Save the from and to text for :spellrepall. */
	stp = &SUG(sug.su_ga, selected - 1);
	if (sug.su_badlen > stp->st_orglen)
	{
	    /* Replacing less than "su_badlen", append the remainder to
	     * repl_to. */
	    repl_from = vim_strnsave(sug.su_badptr, sug.su_badlen);
	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "%s%.*s", stp->st_word,
		    sug.su_badlen - stp->st_orglen,
					      sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen);
	    repl_to = vim_strsave(IObuff);
	}
	else
	{
	    /* Replacing su_badlen or more, use the whole word. */
	    repl_from = vim_strnsave(sug.su_badptr, stp->st_orglen);
	    repl_to = vim_strsave(stp->st_word);
	}

	/* Replace the word. */
	p = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(line) - stp->st_orglen
						       + stp->st_wordlen + 1);
	if (p != NULL)
	{
	    c = (int)(sug.su_badptr - line);
	    mch_memmove(p, line, c);
	    STRCPY(p + c, stp->st_word);
	    STRCAT(p, sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen);
	    ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, FALSE);
	    curwin->w_cursor.col = c;

	    /* For redo we use a change-word command. */
	    ResetRedobuff();
	    AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"ciw");
	    AppendToRedobuffLit(p + c,
			    stp->st_wordlen + sug.su_badlen - stp->st_orglen);
	    AppendCharToRedobuff(ESC);

	    /* After this "p" may be invalid. */
	    changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, c);
	}
    }
    else
	curwin->w_cursor = prev_cursor;

    spell_find_cleanup(&sug);
skip:
    vim_free(line);
}

/*
 * Check if the word at line "lnum" column "col" is required to start with a
 * capital.  This uses 'spellcapcheck' of the current buffer.
 */
    static int
check_need_cap(lnum, col)
    linenr_T	lnum;
    colnr_T	col;
{
    int		need_cap = FALSE;
    char_u	*line;
    char_u	*line_copy = NULL;
    char_u	*p;
    colnr_T	endcol;
    regmatch_T	regmatch;

    if (curwin->w_s->b_cap_prog == NULL)
	return FALSE;

    line = ml_get_curline();
    endcol = 0;
    if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) >= (int)col)
    {
	/* At start of line, check if previous line is empty or sentence
	 * ends there. */
	if (lnum == 1)
	    need_cap = TRUE;
	else
	{
	    line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
	    if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
		need_cap = TRUE;
	    else
	    {
		/* Append a space in place of the line break. */
		line_copy = concat_str(line, (char_u *)" ");
		line = line_copy;
		endcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(line);
	    }
	}
    }
    else
	endcol = col;

    if (endcol > 0)
    {
	/* Check if sentence ends before the bad word. */
	regmatch.regprog = curwin->w_s->b_cap_prog;
	regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
	p = line + endcol;
	for (;;)
	{
	    mb_ptr_back(line, p);
	    if (p == line || spell_iswordp_nmw(p))
		break;
	    if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, 0)
					 && regmatch.endp[0] == line + endcol)
	    {
		need_cap = TRUE;
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    vim_free(line_copy);

    return need_cap;
}


/*
 * ":spellrepall"
 */
    void
ex_spellrepall(eap)
    exarg_T *eap UNUSED;
{
    pos_T	pos = curwin->w_cursor;
    char_u	*frompat;
    int		addlen;
    char_u	*line;
    char_u	*p;
    int		save_ws = p_ws;
    linenr_T	prev_lnum = 0;

    if (repl_from == NULL || repl_to == NULL)
    {
	EMSG(_("E752: No previous spell replacement"));
	return;
    }
    addlen = (int)(STRLEN(repl_to) - STRLEN(repl_from));

    frompat = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(repl_from) + 7);
    if (frompat == NULL)
	return;
    sprintf((char *)frompat, "\\V\\<%s\\>", repl_from);
    p_ws = FALSE;

    sub_nsubs = 0;
    sub_nlines = 0;
    curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 0;
    while (!got_int)
    {
	if (do_search(NULL, '/', frompat, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP, NULL) == 0
						   || u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
	    break;

	/* Only replace when the right word isn't there yet.  This happens
	 * when changing "etc" to "etc.". */
	line = ml_get_curline();
	if (addlen <= 0 || STRNCMP(line + curwin->w_cursor.col,
					       repl_to, STRLEN(repl_to)) != 0)
	{
	    p = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(line) + addlen + 1);
	    if (p == NULL)
		break;
	    mch_memmove(p, line, curwin->w_cursor.col);
	    STRCPY(p + curwin->w_cursor.col, repl_to);
	    STRCAT(p, line + curwin->w_cursor.col + STRLEN(repl_from));
	    ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, FALSE);
	    changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);

	    if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != prev_lnum)
	    {
		++sub_nlines;
		prev_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
	    }
	    ++sub_nsubs;
	}
	curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(repl_to);
    }

    p_ws = save_ws;
    curwin->w_cursor = pos;
    vim_free(frompat);

    if (sub_nsubs == 0)
	EMSG2(_("E753: Not found: %s"), repl_from);
    else
	do_sub_msg(FALSE);
}

/*
 * Find spell suggestions for "word".  Return them in the growarray "*gap" as
 * a list of allocated strings.
 */
    void
spell_suggest_list(gap, word, maxcount, need_cap, interactive)
    garray_T	*gap;
    char_u	*word;
    int		maxcount;	/* maximum nr of suggestions */
    int		need_cap;	/* 'spellcapcheck' matched */
    int		interactive;
{
    suginfo_T	sug;
    int		i;
    suggest_T	*stp;
    char_u	*wcopy;

    spell_find_suggest(word, 0, &sug, maxcount, FALSE, need_cap, interactive);

    /* Make room in "gap". */
    ga_init2(gap, sizeof(char_u *), sug.su_ga.ga_len + 1);
    if (ga_grow(gap, sug.su_ga.ga_len) == OK)
    {
	for (i = 0; i < sug.su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
	{
	    stp = &SUG(sug.su_ga, i);

	    /* The suggested word may replace only part of "word", add the not
	     * replaced part. */
	    wcopy = alloc(stp->st_wordlen
		      + (unsigned)STRLEN(sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen) + 1);
	    if (wcopy == NULL)
		break;
	    STRCPY(wcopy, stp->st_word);
	    STRCPY(wcopy + stp->st_wordlen, sug.su_badptr + stp->st_orglen);
	    ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = wcopy;
	}
    }

    spell_find_cleanup(&sug);
}

/*
 * Find spell suggestions for the word at the start of "badptr".
 * Return the suggestions in "su->su_ga".
 * The maximum number of suggestions is "maxcount".
 * Note: does use info for the current window.
 * This is based on the mechanisms of Aspell, but completely reimplemented.
 */
    static void
spell_find_suggest(badptr, badlen, su, maxcount, banbadword, need_cap, interactive)
    char_u	*badptr;
    int		badlen;		/* length of bad word or 0 if unknown */
    suginfo_T	*su;
    int		maxcount;
    int		banbadword;	/* don't include badword in suggestions */
    int		need_cap;	/* word should start with capital */
    int		interactive;
{
    hlf_T	attr = HLF_COUNT;
    char_u	buf[MAXPATHL];
    char_u	*p;
    int		do_combine = FALSE;
    char_u	*sps_copy;
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
    static int	expr_busy = FALSE;
#endif
    int		c;
    int		i;
    langp_T	*lp;

    /*
     * Set the info in "*su".
     */
    vim_memset(su, 0, sizeof(suginfo_T));
    ga_init2(&su->su_ga, (int)sizeof(suggest_T), 10);
    ga_init2(&su->su_sga, (int)sizeof(suggest_T), 10);
    if (*badptr == NUL)
	return;
    hash_init(&su->su_banned);

    su->su_badptr = badptr;
    if (badlen != 0)
	su->su_badlen = badlen;
    else
	su->su_badlen = spell_check(curwin, su->su_badptr, &attr, NULL, FALSE);
    su->su_maxcount = maxcount;
    su->su_maxscore = SCORE_MAXINIT;

    if (su->su_badlen >= MAXWLEN)
	su->su_badlen = MAXWLEN - 1;	/* just in case */
    vim_strncpy(su->su_badword, su->su_badptr, su->su_badlen);
    (void)spell_casefold(su->su_badptr, su->su_badlen,
						    su->su_fbadword, MAXWLEN);
    /* get caps flags for bad word */
    su->su_badflags = badword_captype(su->su_badptr,
					       su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen);
    if (need_cap)
	su->su_badflags |= WF_ONECAP;

    /* Find the default language for sound folding.  We simply use the first
     * one in 'spelllang' that supports sound folding.  That's good for when
     * using multiple files for one language, it's not that bad when mixing
     * languages (e.g., "pl,en"). */
    for (i = 0; i < curbuf->b_s.b_langp.ga_len; ++i)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curbuf->b_s.b_langp, i);
	if (lp->lp_sallang != NULL)
	{
	    su->su_sallang = lp->lp_sallang;
	    break;
	}
    }

    /* Soundfold the bad word with the default sound folding, so that we don't
     * have to do this many times. */
    if (su->su_sallang != NULL)
	spell_soundfold(su->su_sallang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE,
							  su->su_sal_badword);

    /* If the word is not capitalised and spell_check() doesn't consider the
     * word to be bad then it might need to be capitalised.  Add a suggestion
     * for that. */
    c = PTR2CHAR(su->su_badptr);
    if (!SPELL_ISUPPER(c) && attr == HLF_COUNT)
    {
	make_case_word(su->su_badword, buf, WF_ONECAP);
	add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, buf, su->su_badlen, SCORE_ICASE,
					      0, TRUE, su->su_sallang, FALSE);
    }

    /* Ban the bad word itself.  It may appear in another region. */
    if (banbadword)
	add_banned(su, su->su_badword);

    /* Make a copy of 'spellsuggest', because the expression may change it. */
    sps_copy = vim_strsave(p_sps);
    if (sps_copy == NULL)
	return;

    /* Loop over the items in 'spellsuggest'. */
    for (p = sps_copy; *p != NUL; )
    {
	copy_option_part(&p, buf, MAXPATHL, ",");

	if (STRNCMP(buf, "expr:", 5) == 0)
	{
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
	    /* Evaluate an expression.  Skip this when called recursively,
	     * when using spellsuggest() in the expression. */
	    if (!expr_busy)
	    {
		expr_busy = TRUE;
		spell_suggest_expr(su, buf + 5);
		expr_busy = FALSE;
	    }
#endif
	}
	else if (STRNCMP(buf, "file:", 5) == 0)
	    /* Use list of suggestions in a file. */
	    spell_suggest_file(su, buf + 5);
	else
	{
	    /* Use internal method. */
	    spell_suggest_intern(su, interactive);
	    if (sps_flags & SPS_DOUBLE)
		do_combine = TRUE;
	}
    }

    vim_free(sps_copy);

    if (do_combine)
	/* Combine the two list of suggestions.  This must be done last,
	 * because sorting changes the order again. */
	score_combine(su);
}

#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
/*
 * Find suggestions by evaluating expression "expr".
 */
    static void
spell_suggest_expr(su, expr)
    suginfo_T	*su;
    char_u	*expr;
{
    list_T	*list;
    listitem_T	*li;
    int		score;
    char_u	*p;

    /* The work is split up in a few parts to avoid having to export
     * suginfo_T.
     * First evaluate the expression and get the resulting list. */
    list = eval_spell_expr(su->su_badword, expr);
    if (list != NULL)
    {
	/* Loop over the items in the list. */
	for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
	    if (li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST)
	    {
		/* Get the word and the score from the items. */
		score = get_spellword(li->li_tv.vval.v_list, &p);
		if (score >= 0 && score <= su->su_maxscore)
		    add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, p, su->su_badlen,
				       score, 0, TRUE, su->su_sallang, FALSE);
	    }
	list_unref(list);
    }

    /* Remove bogus suggestions, sort and truncate at "maxcount". */
    check_suggestions(su, &su->su_ga);
    (void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);
}
#endif

/*
 * Find suggestions in file "fname".  Used for "file:" in 'spellsuggest'.
 */
    static void
spell_suggest_file(su, fname)
    suginfo_T	*su;
    char_u	*fname;
{
    FILE	*fd;
    char_u	line[MAXWLEN * 2];
    char_u	*p;
    int		len;
    char_u	cword[MAXWLEN];

    /* Open the file. */
    fd = mch_fopen((char *)fname, "r");
    if (fd == NULL)
    {
	EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
	return;
    }

    /* Read it line by line. */
    while (!vim_fgets(line, MAXWLEN * 2, fd) && !got_int)
    {
	line_breakcheck();

	p = vim_strchr(line, '/');
	if (p == NULL)
	    continue;	    /* No Tab found, just skip the line. */
	*p++ = NUL;
	if (STRICMP(su->su_badword, line) == 0)
	{
	    /* Match!  Isolate the good word, until CR or NL. */
	    for (len = 0; p[len] >= ' '; ++len)
		;
	    p[len] = NUL;

	    /* If the suggestion doesn't have specific case duplicate the case
	     * of the bad word. */
	    if (captype(p, NULL) == 0)
	    {
		make_case_word(p, cword, su->su_badflags);
		p = cword;
	    }

	    add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, p, su->su_badlen,
				  SCORE_FILE, 0, TRUE, su->su_sallang, FALSE);
	}
    }

    fclose(fd);

    /* Remove bogus suggestions, sort and truncate at "maxcount". */
    check_suggestions(su, &su->su_ga);
    (void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);
}

/*
 * Find suggestions for the internal method indicated by "sps_flags".
 */
    static void
spell_suggest_intern(su, interactive)
    suginfo_T	*su;
    int		interactive;
{
    /*
     * Load the .sug file(s) that are available and not done yet.
     */
    suggest_load_files();

    /*
     * 1. Try special cases, such as repeating a word: "the the" -> "the".
     *
     * Set a maximum score to limit the combination of operations that is
     * tried.
     */
    suggest_try_special(su);

    /*
     * 2. Try inserting/deleting/swapping/changing a letter, use REP entries
     *    from the .aff file and inserting a space (split the word).
     */
    suggest_try_change(su);

    /* For the resulting top-scorers compute the sound-a-like score. */
    if (sps_flags & SPS_DOUBLE)
	score_comp_sal(su);

    /*
     * 3. Try finding sound-a-like words.
     */
    if ((sps_flags & SPS_FAST) == 0)
    {
	if (sps_flags & SPS_BEST)
	    /* Adjust the word score for the suggestions found so far for how
	     * they sounds like. */
	    rescore_suggestions(su);

	/*
	 * While going through the soundfold tree "su_maxscore" is the score
	 * for the soundfold word, limits the changes that are being tried,
	 * and "su_sfmaxscore" the rescored score, which is set by
	 * cleanup_suggestions().
	 * First find words with a small edit distance, because this is much
	 * faster and often already finds the top-N suggestions.  If we didn't
	 * find many suggestions try again with a higher edit distance.
	 * "sl_sounddone" is used to avoid doing the same word twice.
	 */
	suggest_try_soundalike_prep();
	su->su_maxscore = SCORE_SFMAX1;
	su->su_sfmaxscore = SCORE_MAXINIT * 3;
	suggest_try_soundalike(su);
	if (su->su_ga.ga_len < SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su))
	{
	    /* We didn't find enough matches, try again, allowing more
	     * changes to the soundfold word. */
	    su->su_maxscore = SCORE_SFMAX2;
	    suggest_try_soundalike(su);
	    if (su->su_ga.ga_len < SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su))
	    {
		/* Still didn't find enough matches, try again, allowing even
		 * more changes to the soundfold word. */
		su->su_maxscore = SCORE_SFMAX3;
		suggest_try_soundalike(su);
	    }
	}
	su->su_maxscore = su->su_sfmaxscore;
	suggest_try_soundalike_finish();
    }

    /* When CTRL-C was hit while searching do show the results.  Only clear
     * got_int when using a command, not for spellsuggest(). */
    ui_breakcheck();
    if (interactive && got_int)
    {
	(void)vgetc();
	got_int = FALSE;
    }

    if ((sps_flags & SPS_DOUBLE) == 0 && su->su_ga.ga_len != 0)
    {
	if (sps_flags & SPS_BEST)
	    /* Adjust the word score for how it sounds like. */
	    rescore_suggestions(su);

	/* Remove bogus suggestions, sort and truncate at "maxcount". */
	check_suggestions(su, &su->su_ga);
	(void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);
    }
}

/*
 * Load the .sug files for languages that have one and weren't loaded yet.
 */
    static void
suggest_load_files()
{
    langp_T	*lp;
    int		lpi;
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*dotp;
    FILE	*fd;
    char_u	buf[MAXWLEN];
    int		i;
    time_t	timestamp;
    int		wcount;
    int		wordnr;
    garray_T	ga;
    int		c;

    /* Do this for all languages that support sound folding. */
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	slang = lp->lp_slang;
	if (slang->sl_sugtime != 0 && !slang->sl_sugloaded)
	{
	    /* Change ".spl" to ".sug" and open the file.  When the file isn't
	     * found silently skip it.  Do set "sl_sugloaded" so that we
	     * don't try again and again. */
	    slang->sl_sugloaded = TRUE;

	    dotp = vim_strrchr(slang->sl_fname, '.');
	    if (dotp == NULL || fnamecmp(dotp, ".spl") != 0)
		continue;
	    STRCPY(dotp, ".sug");
	    fd = mch_fopen((char *)slang->sl_fname, "r");
	    if (fd == NULL)
		goto nextone;

	    /*
	     * <SUGHEADER>: <fileID> <versionnr> <timestamp>
	     */
	    for (i = 0; i < VIMSUGMAGICL; ++i)
		buf[i] = getc(fd);			/* <fileID> */
	    if (STRNCMP(buf, VIMSUGMAGIC, VIMSUGMAGICL) != 0)
	    {
		EMSG2(_("E778: This does not look like a .sug file: %s"),
							     slang->sl_fname);
		goto nextone;
	    }
	    c = getc(fd);				/* <versionnr> */
	    if (c < VIMSUGVERSION)
	    {
		EMSG2(_("E779: Old .sug file, needs to be updated: %s"),
							     slang->sl_fname);
		goto nextone;
	    }
	    else if (c > VIMSUGVERSION)
	    {
		EMSG2(_("E780: .sug file is for newer version of Vim: %s"),
							     slang->sl_fname);
		goto nextone;
	    }

	    /* Check the timestamp, it must be exactly the same as the one in
	     * the .spl file.  Otherwise the word numbers won't match. */
	    timestamp = get8ctime(fd);			/* <timestamp> */
	    if (timestamp != slang->sl_sugtime)
	    {
		EMSG2(_("E781: .sug file doesn't match .spl file: %s"),
							     slang->sl_fname);
		goto nextone;
	    }

	    /*
	     * <SUGWORDTREE>: <wordtree>
	     * Read the trie with the soundfolded words.
	     */
	    if (spell_read_tree(fd, &slang->sl_sbyts, &slang->sl_sidxs,
							       FALSE, 0) != 0)
	    {
someerror:
		EMSG2(_("E782: error while reading .sug file: %s"),
							     slang->sl_fname);
		slang_clear_sug(slang);
		goto nextone;
	    }

	    /*
	     * <SUGTABLE>: <sugwcount> <sugline> ...
	     *
	     * Read the table with word numbers.  We use a file buffer for
	     * this, because it's so much like a file with lines.  Makes it
	     * possible to swap the info and save on memory use.
	     */
	    slang->sl_sugbuf = open_spellbuf();
	    if (slang->sl_sugbuf == NULL)
		goto someerror;
							    /* <sugwcount> */
	    wcount = get4c(fd);
	    if (wcount < 0)
		goto someerror;

	    /* Read all the wordnr lists into the buffer, one NUL terminated
	     * list per line. */
	    ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100);
	    for (wordnr = 0; wordnr < wcount; ++wordnr)
	    {
		ga.ga_len = 0;
		for (;;)
		{
		    c = getc(fd);			    /* <sugline> */
		    if (c < 0 || ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
			goto someerror;
		    ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = c;
		    if (c == NUL)
			break;
		}
		if (ml_append_buf(slang->sl_sugbuf, (linenr_T)wordnr,
					 ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len, TRUE) == FAIL)
		    goto someerror;
	    }
	    ga_clear(&ga);

	    /*
	     * Need to put word counts in the word tries, so that we can find
	     * a word by its number.
	     */
	    tree_count_words(slang->sl_fbyts, slang->sl_fidxs);
	    tree_count_words(slang->sl_sbyts, slang->sl_sidxs);

nextone:
	    if (fd != NULL)
		fclose(fd);
	    STRCPY(dotp, ".spl");
	}
    }
}


/*
 * Fill in the wordcount fields for a trie.
 * Returns the total number of words.
 */
    static void
tree_count_words(byts, idxs)
    char_u	*byts;
    idx_T	*idxs;
{
    int		depth;
    idx_T	arridx[MAXWLEN];
    int		curi[MAXWLEN];
    int		c;
    idx_T	n;
    int		wordcount[MAXWLEN];

    arridx[0] = 0;
    curi[0] = 1;
    wordcount[0] = 0;
    depth = 0;
    while (depth >= 0 && !got_int)
    {
	if (curi[depth] > byts[arridx[depth]])
	{
	    /* Done all bytes at this node, go up one level. */
	    idxs[arridx[depth]] = wordcount[depth];
	    if (depth > 0)
		wordcount[depth - 1] += wordcount[depth];

	    --depth;
	    fast_breakcheck();
	}
	else
	{
	    /* Do one more byte at this node. */
	    n = arridx[depth] + curi[depth];
	    ++curi[depth];

	    c = byts[n];
	    if (c == 0)
	    {
		/* End of word, count it. */
		++wordcount[depth];

		/* Skip over any other NUL bytes (same word with different
		 * flags). */
		while (byts[n + 1] == 0)
		{
		    ++n;
		    ++curi[depth];
		}
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/* Normal char, go one level deeper to count the words. */
		++depth;
		arridx[depth] = idxs[n];
		curi[depth] = 1;
		wordcount[depth] = 0;
	    }
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Free the info put in "*su" by spell_find_suggest().
 */
    static void
spell_find_cleanup(su)
    suginfo_T	*su;
{
    int		i;

    /* Free the suggestions. */
    for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
	vim_free(SUG(su->su_ga, i).st_word);
    ga_clear(&su->su_ga);
    for (i = 0; i < su->su_sga.ga_len; ++i)
	vim_free(SUG(su->su_sga, i).st_word);
    ga_clear(&su->su_sga);

    /* Free the banned words. */
    hash_clear_all(&su->su_banned, 0);
}

/*
 * Make a copy of "word", with the first letter upper or lower cased, to
 * "wcopy[MAXWLEN]".  "word" must not be empty.
 * The result is NUL terminated.
 */
    static void
onecap_copy(word, wcopy, upper)
    char_u	*word;
    char_u	*wcopy;
    int		upper;	    /* TRUE: first letter made upper case */
{
    char_u	*p;
    int		c;
    int		l;

    p = word;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (has_mbyte)
	c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
    else
#endif
	c = *p++;
    if (upper)
	c = SPELL_TOUPPER(c);
    else
	c = SPELL_TOFOLD(c);
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (has_mbyte)
	l = mb_char2bytes(c, wcopy);
    else
#endif
    {
	l = 1;
	wcopy[0] = c;
    }
    vim_strncpy(wcopy + l, p, MAXWLEN - l - 1);
}

/*
 * Make a copy of "word" with all the letters upper cased into
 * "wcopy[MAXWLEN]".  The result is NUL terminated.
 */
    static void
allcap_copy(word, wcopy)
    char_u	*word;
    char_u	*wcopy;
{
    char_u	*s;
    char_u	*d;
    int		c;

    d = wcopy;
    for (s = word; *s != NUL; )
    {
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (has_mbyte)
	    c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&s);
	else
#endif
	    c = *s++;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	/* We only change 0xdf to SS when we are certain latin1 is used.  It
	 * would cause weird errors in other 8-bit encodings. */
	if (enc_latin1like && c == 0xdf)
	{
	    c = 'S';
	    if (d - wcopy >= MAXWLEN - 1)
		break;
	    *d++ = c;
	}
	else
#endif
	    c = SPELL_TOUPPER(c);

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (has_mbyte)
	{
	    if (d - wcopy >= MAXWLEN - MB_MAXBYTES)
		break;
	    d += mb_char2bytes(c, d);
	}
	else
#endif
	{
	    if (d - wcopy >= MAXWLEN - 1)
		break;
	    *d++ = c;
	}
    }
    *d = NUL;
}

/*
 * Try finding suggestions by recognizing specific situations.
 */
    static void
suggest_try_special(su)
    suginfo_T	*su;
{
    char_u	*p;
    size_t	len;
    int		c;
    char_u	word[MAXWLEN];

    /*
     * Recognize a word that is repeated: "the the".
     */
    p = skiptowhite(su->su_fbadword);
    len = p - su->su_fbadword;
    p = skipwhite(p);
    if (STRLEN(p) == len && STRNCMP(su->su_fbadword, p, len) == 0)
    {
	/* Include badflags: if the badword is onecap or allcap
	 * use that for the goodword too: "The the" -> "The". */
	c = su->su_fbadword[len];
	su->su_fbadword[len] = NUL;
	make_case_word(su->su_fbadword, word, su->su_badflags);
	su->su_fbadword[len] = c;

	/* Give a soundalike score of 0, compute the score as if deleting one
	 * character. */
	add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, word, su->su_badlen,
		       RESCORE(SCORE_REP, 0), 0, TRUE, su->su_sallang, FALSE);
    }
}

/*
 * Try finding suggestions by adding/removing/swapping letters.
 */
    static void
suggest_try_change(su)
    suginfo_T	*su;
{
    char_u	fword[MAXWLEN];	    /* copy of the bad word, case-folded */
    int		n;
    char_u	*p;
    int		lpi;
    langp_T	*lp;

    /* We make a copy of the case-folded bad word, so that we can modify it
     * to find matches (esp. REP items).  Append some more text, changing
     * chars after the bad word may help. */
    STRCPY(fword, su->su_fbadword);
    n = (int)STRLEN(fword);
    p = su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen;
    (void)spell_casefold(p, (int)STRLEN(p), fword + n, MAXWLEN - n);

    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);

	/* If reloading a spell file fails it's still in the list but
	 * everything has been cleared. */
	if (lp->lp_slang->sl_fbyts == NULL)
	    continue;

	/* Try it for this language.  Will add possible suggestions. */
	suggest_trie_walk(su, lp, fword, FALSE);
    }
}

/* Check the maximum score, if we go over it we won't try this change. */
#define TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, add) \
		(stack[depth].ts_score + (add) < su->su_maxscore)

/*
 * Try finding suggestions by adding/removing/swapping letters.
 *
 * This uses a state machine.  At each node in the tree we try various
 * operations.  When trying if an operation works "depth" is increased and the
 * stack[] is used to store info.  This allows combinations, thus insert one
 * character, replace one and delete another.  The number of changes is
 * limited by su->su_maxscore.
 *
 * After implementing this I noticed an article by Kemal Oflazer that
 * describes something similar: "Error-tolerant Finite State Recognition with
 * Applications to Morphological Analysis and Spelling Correction" (1996).
 * The implementation in the article is simplified and requires a stack of
 * unknown depth.  The implementation here only needs a stack depth equal to
 * the length of the word.
 *
 * This is also used for the sound-folded word, "soundfold" is TRUE then.
 * The mechanism is the same, but we find a match with a sound-folded word
 * that comes from one or more original words.  Each of these words may be
 * added, this is done by add_sound_suggest().
 * Don't use:
 *	the prefix tree or the keep-case tree
 *	"su->su_badlen"
 *	anything to do with upper and lower case
 *	anything to do with word or non-word characters ("spell_iswordp()")
 *	banned words
 *	word flags (rare, region, compounding)
 *	word splitting for now
 *	"similar_chars()"
 *	use "slang->sl_repsal" instead of "lp->lp_replang->sl_rep"
 */
    static void
suggest_trie_walk(su, lp, fword, soundfold)
    suginfo_T	*su;
    langp_T	*lp;
    char_u	*fword;
    int		soundfold;
{
    char_u	tword[MAXWLEN];	    /* good word collected so far */
    trystate_T	stack[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	preword[MAXWLEN * 3]; /* word found with proper case;
				       * concatenation of prefix compound
				       * words and split word.  NUL terminated
				       * when going deeper but not when coming
				       * back. */
    char_u	compflags[MAXWLEN];	/* compound flags, one for each word */
    trystate_T	*sp;
    int		newscore;
    int		score;
    char_u	*byts, *fbyts, *pbyts;
    idx_T	*idxs, *fidxs, *pidxs;
    int		depth;
    int		c, c2, c3;
    int		n = 0;
    int		flags;
    garray_T	*gap;
    idx_T	arridx;
    int		len;
    char_u	*p;
    fromto_T	*ftp;
    int		fl = 0, tl;
    int		repextra = 0;	    /* extra bytes in fword[] from REP item */
    slang_T	*slang = lp->lp_slang;
    int		fword_ends;
    int		goodword_ends;
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
    /* Stores the name of the change made at each level. */
    char_u	changename[MAXWLEN][80];
#endif
    int		breakcheckcount = 1000;
    int		compound_ok;

    /*
     * Go through the whole case-fold tree, try changes at each node.
     * "tword[]" contains the word collected from nodes in the tree.
     * "fword[]" the word we are trying to match with (initially the bad
     * word).
     */
    depth = 0;
    sp = &stack[0];
    vim_memset(sp, 0, sizeof(trystate_T));
    sp->ts_curi = 1;

    if (soundfold)
    {
	/* Going through the soundfold tree. */
	byts = fbyts = slang->sl_sbyts;
	idxs = fidxs = slang->sl_sidxs;
	pbyts = NULL;
	pidxs = NULL;
	sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_NOPREFIX;
	sp->ts_state = STATE_START;
    }
    else
    {
	/*
	 * When there are postponed prefixes we need to use these first.  At
	 * the end of the prefix we continue in the case-fold tree.
	 */
	fbyts = slang->sl_fbyts;
	fidxs = slang->sl_fidxs;
	pbyts = slang->sl_pbyts;
	pidxs = slang->sl_pidxs;
	if (pbyts != NULL)
	{
	    byts = pbyts;
	    idxs = pidxs;
	    sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_PREFIXTREE;
	    sp->ts_state = STATE_NOPREFIX;	/* try without prefix first */
	}
	else
	{
	    byts = fbyts;
	    idxs = fidxs;
	    sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_NOPREFIX;
	    sp->ts_state = STATE_START;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Loop to find all suggestions.  At each round we either:
     * - For the current state try one operation, advance "ts_curi",
     *   increase "depth".
     * - When a state is done go to the next, set "ts_state".
     * - When all states are tried decrease "depth".
     */
    while (depth >= 0 && !got_int)
    {
	sp = &stack[depth];
	switch (sp->ts_state)
	{
	case STATE_START:
	case STATE_NOPREFIX:
	    /*
	     * Start of node: Deal with NUL bytes, which means
	     * tword[] may end here.
	     */
	    arridx = sp->ts_arridx;	    /* current node in the tree */
	    len = byts[arridx];		    /* bytes in this node */
	    arridx += sp->ts_curi;	    /* index of current byte */

	    if (sp->ts_prefixdepth == PFD_PREFIXTREE)
	    {
		/* Skip over the NUL bytes, we use them later. */
		for (n = 0; n < len && byts[arridx + n] == 0; ++n)
		    ;
		sp->ts_curi += n;

		/* Always past NUL bytes now. */
		n = (int)sp->ts_state;
		sp->ts_state = STATE_ENDNUL;
		sp->ts_save_badflags = su->su_badflags;

		/* At end of a prefix or at start of prefixtree: check for
		 * following word. */
		if (byts[arridx] == 0 || n == (int)STATE_NOPREFIX)
		{
		    /* Set su->su_badflags to the caps type at this position.
		     * Use the caps type until here for the prefix itself. */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    if (has_mbyte)
			n = nofold_len(fword, sp->ts_fidx, su->su_badptr);
		    else
#endif
			n = sp->ts_fidx;
		    flags = badword_captype(su->su_badptr, su->su_badptr + n);
		    su->su_badflags = badword_captype(su->su_badptr + n,
					       su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		    sprintf(changename[depth], "prefix");
#endif
		    go_deeper(stack, depth, 0);
		    ++depth;
		    sp = &stack[depth];
		    sp->ts_prefixdepth = depth - 1;
		    byts = fbyts;
		    idxs = fidxs;
		    sp->ts_arridx = 0;

		    /* Move the prefix to preword[] with the right case
		     * and make find_keepcap_word() works. */
		    tword[sp->ts_twordlen] = NUL;
		    make_case_word(tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
					  preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, flags);
		    sp->ts_prewordlen = (char_u)STRLEN(preword);
		    sp->ts_splitoff = sp->ts_twordlen;
		}
		break;
	    }

	    if (sp->ts_curi > len || byts[arridx] != 0)
	    {
		/* Past bytes in node and/or past NUL bytes. */
		sp->ts_state = STATE_ENDNUL;
		sp->ts_save_badflags = su->su_badflags;
		break;
	    }

	    /*
	     * End of word in tree.
	     */
	    ++sp->ts_curi;		/* eat one NUL byte */

	    flags = (int)idxs[arridx];

	    /* Skip words with the NOSUGGEST flag. */
	    if (flags & WF_NOSUGGEST)
		break;

	    fword_ends = (fword[sp->ts_fidx] == NUL
			   || (soundfold
			       ? vim_iswhite(fword[sp->ts_fidx])
			       : !spell_iswordp(fword + sp->ts_fidx, curwin)));
	    tword[sp->ts_twordlen] = NUL;

	    if (sp->ts_prefixdepth <= PFD_NOTSPECIAL
					&& (sp->ts_flags & TSF_PREFIXOK) == 0)
	    {
		/* There was a prefix before the word.  Check that the prefix
		 * can be used with this word. */
		/* Count the length of the NULs in the prefix.  If there are
		 * none this must be the first try without a prefix.  */
		n = stack[sp->ts_prefixdepth].ts_arridx;
		len = pbyts[n++];
		for (c = 0; c < len && pbyts[n + c] == 0; ++c)
		    ;
		if (c > 0)
		{
		    c = valid_word_prefix(c, n, flags,
				       tword + sp->ts_splitoff, slang, FALSE);
		    if (c == 0)
			break;

		    /* Use the WF_RARE flag for a rare prefix. */
		    if (c & WF_RAREPFX)
			flags |= WF_RARE;

		    /* Tricky: when checking for both prefix and compounding
		     * we run into the prefix flag first.
		     * Remember that it's OK, so that we accept the prefix
		     * when arriving at a compound flag. */
		    sp->ts_flags |= TSF_PREFIXOK;
		}
	    }

	    /* Check NEEDCOMPOUND: can't use word without compounding.  Do try
	     * appending another compound word below. */
	    if (sp->ts_complen == sp->ts_compsplit && fword_ends
						     && (flags & WF_NEEDCOMP))
		goodword_ends = FALSE;
	    else
		goodword_ends = TRUE;

	    p = NULL;
	    compound_ok = TRUE;
	    if (sp->ts_complen > sp->ts_compsplit)
	    {
		if (slang->sl_nobreak)
		{
		    /* There was a word before this word.  When there was no
		     * change in this word (it was correct) add the first word
		     * as a suggestion.  If this word was corrected too, we
		     * need to check if a correct word follows. */
		    if (sp->ts_fidx - sp->ts_splitfidx
					  == sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_splitoff
			    && STRNCMP(fword + sp->ts_splitfidx,
					tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
					 sp->ts_fidx - sp->ts_splitfidx) == 0)
		    {
			preword[sp->ts_prewordlen] = NUL;
			newscore = score_wordcount_adj(slang, sp->ts_score,
						 preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
						 sp->ts_prewordlen > 0);
			/* Add the suggestion if the score isn't too bad. */
			if (newscore <= su->su_maxscore)
			    add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, preword,
				    sp->ts_splitfidx - repextra,
				    newscore, 0, FALSE,
				    lp->lp_sallang, FALSE);
			break;
		    }
		}
		else
		{
		    /* There was a compound word before this word.  If this
		     * word does not support compounding then give up
		     * (splitting is tried for the word without compound
		     * flag). */
		    if (((unsigned)flags >> 24) == 0
			    || sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_splitoff
						       < slang->sl_compminlen)
			break;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    /* For multi-byte chars check character length against
		     * COMPOUNDMIN. */
		    if (has_mbyte
			    && slang->sl_compminlen > 0
			    && mb_charlen(tword + sp->ts_splitoff)
						       < slang->sl_compminlen)
			break;
#endif

		    compflags[sp->ts_complen] = ((unsigned)flags >> 24);
		    compflags[sp->ts_complen + 1] = NUL;
		    vim_strncpy(preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
			    tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
			    sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_splitoff);

		    /* Verify CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN  rules. */
		    if (match_checkcompoundpattern(preword,  sp->ts_prewordlen,
							  &slang->sl_comppat))
			compound_ok = FALSE;

		    if (compound_ok)
		    {
			p = preword;
			while (*skiptowhite(p) != NUL)
			    p = skipwhite(skiptowhite(p));
			if (fword_ends && !can_compound(slang, p,
						compflags + sp->ts_compsplit))
			    /* Compound is not allowed.  But it may still be
			     * possible if we add another (short) word. */
			    compound_ok = FALSE;
		    }

		    /* Get pointer to last char of previous word. */
		    p = preword + sp->ts_prewordlen;
		    mb_ptr_back(preword, p);
		}
	    }

	    /*
	     * Form the word with proper case in preword.
	     * If there is a word from a previous split, append.
	     * For the soundfold tree don't change the case, simply append.
	     */
	    if (soundfold)
		STRCPY(preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, tword + sp->ts_splitoff);
	    else if (flags & WF_KEEPCAP)
		/* Must find the word in the keep-case tree. */
		find_keepcap_word(slang, tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
						 preword + sp->ts_prewordlen);
	    else
	    {
		/* Include badflags: If the badword is onecap or allcap
		 * use that for the goodword too.  But if the badword is
		 * allcap and it's only one char long use onecap. */
		c = su->su_badflags;
		if ((c & WF_ALLCAP)
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
			&& su->su_badlen == (*mb_ptr2len)(su->su_badptr)
#else
			&& su->su_badlen == 1
#endif
			)
		    c = WF_ONECAP;
		c |= flags;

		/* When appending a compound word after a word character don't
		 * use Onecap. */
		if (p != NULL && spell_iswordp_nmw(p))
		    c &= ~WF_ONECAP;
		make_case_word(tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
					      preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, c);
	    }

	    if (!soundfold)
	    {
		/* Don't use a banned word.  It may appear again as a good
		 * word, thus remember it. */
		if (flags & WF_BANNED)
		{
		    add_banned(su, preword + sp->ts_prewordlen);
		    break;
		}
		if ((sp->ts_complen == sp->ts_compsplit
			    && WAS_BANNED(su, preword + sp->ts_prewordlen))
						   || WAS_BANNED(su, preword))
		{
		    if (slang->sl_compprog == NULL)
			break;
		    /* the word so far was banned but we may try compounding */
		    goodword_ends = FALSE;
		}
	    }

	    newscore = 0;
	    if (!soundfold)	/* soundfold words don't have flags */
	    {
		if ((flags & WF_REGION)
			    && (((unsigned)flags >> 16) & lp->lp_region) == 0)
		    newscore += SCORE_REGION;
		if (flags & WF_RARE)
		    newscore += SCORE_RARE;

		if (!spell_valid_case(su->su_badflags,
				  captype(preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, NULL)))
		    newscore += SCORE_ICASE;
	    }

	    /* TODO: how about splitting in the soundfold tree? */
	    if (fword_ends
		    && goodword_ends
		    && sp->ts_fidx >= sp->ts_fidxtry
		    && compound_ok)
	    {
		/* The badword also ends: add suggestions. */
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		if (soundfold && STRCMP(preword, "smwrd") == 0)
		{
		    int	    j;

		    /* print the stack of changes that brought us here */
		    smsg("------ %s -------", fword);
		    for (j = 0; j < depth; ++j)
			smsg("%s", changename[j]);
		}
#endif
		if (soundfold)
		{
		    /* For soundfolded words we need to find the original
		     * words, the edit distance and then add them. */
		    add_sound_suggest(su, preword, sp->ts_score, lp);
		}
		else if (sp->ts_fidx > 0)
		{
		    /* Give a penalty when changing non-word char to word
		     * char, e.g., "thes," -> "these". */
		    p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
		    mb_ptr_back(fword, p);
		    if (!spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
		    {
			p = preword + STRLEN(preword);
			mb_ptr_back(preword, p);
			if (spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
			    newscore += SCORE_NONWORD;
		    }

		    /* Give a bonus to words seen before. */
		    score = score_wordcount_adj(slang,
						sp->ts_score + newscore,
						preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
						sp->ts_prewordlen > 0);

		    /* Add the suggestion if the score isn't too bad. */
		    if (score <= su->su_maxscore)
		    {
			add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, preword,
				    sp->ts_fidx - repextra,
				    score, 0, FALSE, lp->lp_sallang, FALSE);

			if (su->su_badflags & WF_MIXCAP)
			{
			    /* We really don't know if the word should be
			     * upper or lower case, add both. */
			    c = captype(preword, NULL);
			    if (c == 0 || c == WF_ALLCAP)
			    {
				make_case_word(tword + sp->ts_splitoff,
					      preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
						      c == 0 ? WF_ALLCAP : 0);

				add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, preword,
					sp->ts_fidx - repextra,
					score + SCORE_ICASE, 0, FALSE,
					lp->lp_sallang, FALSE);
			    }
			}
		    }
		}
	    }

	    /*
	     * Try word split and/or compounding.
	     */
	    if ((sp->ts_fidx >= sp->ts_fidxtry || fword_ends)
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    /* Don't split halfway a character. */
		    && (!has_mbyte || sp->ts_tcharlen == 0)
#endif
		    )
	    {
		int	try_compound;
		int	try_split;

		/* If past the end of the bad word don't try a split.
		 * Otherwise try changing the next word.  E.g., find
		 * suggestions for "the the" where the second "the" is
		 * different.  It's done like a split.
		 * TODO: word split for soundfold words */
		try_split = (sp->ts_fidx - repextra < su->su_badlen)
								&& !soundfold;

		/* Get here in several situations:
		 * 1. The word in the tree ends:
		 *    If the word allows compounding try that.  Otherwise try
		 *    a split by inserting a space.  For both check that a
		 *    valid words starts at fword[sp->ts_fidx].
		 *    For NOBREAK do like compounding to be able to check if
		 *    the next word is valid.
		 * 2. The badword does end, but it was due to a change (e.g.,
		 *    a swap).  No need to split, but do check that the
		 *    following word is valid.
		 * 3. The badword and the word in the tree end.  It may still
		 *    be possible to compound another (short) word.
		 */
		try_compound = FALSE;
		if (!soundfold
			&& slang->sl_compprog != NULL
			&& ((unsigned)flags >> 24) != 0
			&& sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_splitoff
						       >= slang->sl_compminlen
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
			&& (!has_mbyte
			    || slang->sl_compminlen == 0
			    || mb_charlen(tword + sp->ts_splitoff)
						      >= slang->sl_compminlen)
#endif
			&& (slang->sl_compsylmax < MAXWLEN
			    || sp->ts_complen + 1 - sp->ts_compsplit
							  < slang->sl_compmax)
			&& (can_be_compound(sp, slang,
					 compflags, ((unsigned)flags >> 24))))

		{
		    try_compound = TRUE;
		    compflags[sp->ts_complen] = ((unsigned)flags >> 24);
		    compflags[sp->ts_complen + 1] = NUL;
		}

		/* For NOBREAK we never try splitting, it won't make any word
		 * valid. */
		if (slang->sl_nobreak)
		    try_compound = TRUE;

		/* If we could add a compound word, and it's also possible to
		 * split at this point, do the split first and set
		 * TSF_DIDSPLIT to avoid doing it again. */
		else if (!fword_ends
			&& try_compound
			&& (sp->ts_flags & TSF_DIDSPLIT) == 0)
		{
		    try_compound = FALSE;
		    sp->ts_flags |= TSF_DIDSPLIT;
		    --sp->ts_curi;	    /* do the same NUL again */
		    compflags[sp->ts_complen] = NUL;
		}
		else
		    sp->ts_flags &= ~TSF_DIDSPLIT;

		if (try_split || try_compound)
		{
		    if (!try_compound && (!fword_ends || !goodword_ends))
		    {
			/* If we're going to split need to check that the
			 * words so far are valid for compounding.  If there
			 * is only one word it must not have the NEEDCOMPOUND
			 * flag. */
			if (sp->ts_complen == sp->ts_compsplit
						     && (flags & WF_NEEDCOMP))
			    break;
			p = preword;
			while (*skiptowhite(p) != NUL)
			    p = skipwhite(skiptowhite(p));
			if (sp->ts_complen > sp->ts_compsplit
				&& !can_compound(slang, p,
						compflags + sp->ts_compsplit))
			    break;

			if (slang->sl_nosplitsugs)
			    newscore += SCORE_SPLIT_NO;
			else
			    newscore += SCORE_SPLIT;

			/* Give a bonus to words seen before. */
			newscore = score_wordcount_adj(slang, newscore,
					   preword + sp->ts_prewordlen, TRUE);
		    }

		    if (TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, newscore))
		    {
			go_deeper(stack, depth, newscore);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
			if (!try_compound && !fword_ends)
			    sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: split",
				 sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx);
			else
			    sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: compound",
				 sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx);
#endif
			/* Save things to be restored at STATE_SPLITUNDO. */
			sp->ts_save_badflags = su->su_badflags;
			sp->ts_state = STATE_SPLITUNDO;

			++depth;
			sp = &stack[depth];

			/* Append a space to preword when splitting. */
			if (!try_compound && !fword_ends)
			    STRCAT(preword, " ");
			sp->ts_prewordlen = (char_u)STRLEN(preword);
			sp->ts_splitoff = sp->ts_twordlen;
			sp->ts_splitfidx = sp->ts_fidx;

			/* If the badword has a non-word character at this
			 * position skip it.  That means replacing the
			 * non-word character with a space.  Always skip a
			 * character when the word ends.  But only when the
			 * good word can end. */
			if (((!try_compound && !spell_iswordp_nmw(fword
							       + sp->ts_fidx))
				    || fword_ends)
				&& fword[sp->ts_fidx] != NUL
				&& goodword_ends)
			{
			    int	    l;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
			    if (has_mbyte)
				l = MB_BYTE2LEN(fword[sp->ts_fidx]);
			    else
#endif
				l = 1;
			    if (fword_ends)
			    {
				/* Copy the skipped character to preword. */
				mch_memmove(preword + sp->ts_prewordlen,
						      fword + sp->ts_fidx, l);
				sp->ts_prewordlen += l;
				preword[sp->ts_prewordlen] = NUL;
			    }
			    else
				sp->ts_score -= SCORE_SPLIT - SCORE_SUBST;
			    sp->ts_fidx += l;
			}

			/* When compounding include compound flag in
			 * compflags[] (already set above).  When splitting we
			 * may start compounding over again.  */
			if (try_compound)
			    ++sp->ts_complen;
			else
			    sp->ts_compsplit = sp->ts_complen;
			sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_NOPREFIX;

			/* set su->su_badflags to the caps type at this
			 * position */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
			if (has_mbyte)
			    n = nofold_len(fword, sp->ts_fidx, su->su_badptr);
			else
#endif
			    n = sp->ts_fidx;
			su->su_badflags = badword_captype(su->su_badptr + n,
					       su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen);

			/* Restart at top of the tree. */
			sp->ts_arridx = 0;

			/* If there are postponed prefixes, try these too. */
			if (pbyts != NULL)
			{
			    byts = pbyts;
			    idxs = pidxs;
			    sp->ts_prefixdepth = PFD_PREFIXTREE;
			    sp->ts_state = STATE_NOPREFIX;
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	    break;

	case STATE_SPLITUNDO:
	    /* Undo the changes done for word split or compound word. */
	    su->su_badflags = sp->ts_save_badflags;

	    /* Continue looking for NUL bytes. */
	    sp->ts_state = STATE_START;

	    /* In case we went into the prefix tree. */
	    byts = fbyts;
	    idxs = fidxs;
	    break;

	case STATE_ENDNUL:
	    /* Past the NUL bytes in the node. */
	    su->su_badflags = sp->ts_save_badflags;
	    if (fword[sp->ts_fidx] == NUL
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    && sp->ts_tcharlen == 0
#endif
	       )
	    {
		/* The badword ends, can't use STATE_PLAIN. */
		sp->ts_state = STATE_DEL;
		break;
	    }
	    sp->ts_state = STATE_PLAIN;
	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/

	case STATE_PLAIN:
	    /*
	     * Go over all possible bytes at this node, add each to tword[]
	     * and use child node.  "ts_curi" is the index.
	     */
	    arridx = sp->ts_arridx;
	    if (sp->ts_curi > byts[arridx])
	    {
		/* Done all bytes at this node, do next state.  When still at
		 * already changed bytes skip the other tricks. */
		if (sp->ts_fidx >= sp->ts_fidxtry)
		    sp->ts_state = STATE_DEL;
		else
		    sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
	    }
	    else
	    {
		arridx += sp->ts_curi++;
		c = byts[arridx];

		/* Normal byte, go one level deeper.  If it's not equal to the
		 * byte in the bad word adjust the score.  But don't even try
		 * when the byte was already changed.  And don't try when we
		 * just deleted this byte, accepting it is always cheaper then
		 * delete + substitute. */
		if (c == fword[sp->ts_fidx]
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
			|| (sp->ts_tcharlen > 0 && sp->ts_isdiff != DIFF_NONE)
#endif
			)
		    newscore = 0;
		else
		    newscore = SCORE_SUBST;
		if ((newscore == 0
			    || (sp->ts_fidx >= sp->ts_fidxtry
				&& ((sp->ts_flags & TSF_DIDDEL) == 0
				    || c != fword[sp->ts_delidx])))
			&& TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, newscore))
		{
		    go_deeper(stack, depth, newscore);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		    if (newscore > 0)
			sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: subst %c to %c",
				sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
				fword[sp->ts_fidx], c);
		    else
			sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: accept %c",
				sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
				fword[sp->ts_fidx]);
#endif
		    ++depth;
		    sp = &stack[depth];
		    ++sp->ts_fidx;
		    tword[sp->ts_twordlen++] = c;
		    sp->ts_arridx = idxs[arridx];
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    if (newscore == SCORE_SUBST)
			sp->ts_isdiff = DIFF_YES;
		    if (has_mbyte)
		    {
			/* Multi-byte characters are a bit complicated to
			 * handle: They differ when any of the bytes differ
			 * and then their length may also differ. */
			if (sp->ts_tcharlen == 0)
			{
			    /* First byte. */
			    sp->ts_tcharidx = 0;
			    sp->ts_tcharlen = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
			    sp->ts_fcharstart = sp->ts_fidx - 1;
			    sp->ts_isdiff = (newscore != 0)
						       ? DIFF_YES : DIFF_NONE;
			}
			else if (sp->ts_isdiff == DIFF_INSERT)
			    /* When inserting trail bytes don't advance in the
			     * bad word. */
			    --sp->ts_fidx;
			if (++sp->ts_tcharidx == sp->ts_tcharlen)
			{
			    /* Last byte of character. */
			    if (sp->ts_isdiff == DIFF_YES)
			    {
				/* Correct ts_fidx for the byte length of the
				 * character (we didn't check that before). */
				sp->ts_fidx = sp->ts_fcharstart
					    + MB_BYTE2LEN(
						    fword[sp->ts_fcharstart]);

				/* For changing a composing character adjust
				 * the score from SCORE_SUBST to
				 * SCORE_SUBCOMP. */
				if (enc_utf8
					&& utf_iscomposing(
					    mb_ptr2char(tword
						+ sp->ts_twordlen
							   - sp->ts_tcharlen))
					&& utf_iscomposing(
					    mb_ptr2char(fword
							+ sp->ts_fcharstart)))
				    sp->ts_score -=
						  SCORE_SUBST - SCORE_SUBCOMP;

				/* For a similar character adjust score from
				 * SCORE_SUBST to SCORE_SIMILAR. */
				else if (!soundfold
					&& slang->sl_has_map
					&& similar_chars(slang,
					    mb_ptr2char(tword
						+ sp->ts_twordlen
							   - sp->ts_tcharlen),
					    mb_ptr2char(fword
							+ sp->ts_fcharstart)))
				    sp->ts_score -=
						  SCORE_SUBST - SCORE_SIMILAR;
			    }
			    else if (sp->ts_isdiff == DIFF_INSERT
					 && sp->ts_twordlen > sp->ts_tcharlen)
			    {
				p = tword + sp->ts_twordlen - sp->ts_tcharlen;
				c = mb_ptr2char(p);
				if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c))
				{
				    /* Inserting a composing char doesn't
				     * count that much. */
				    sp->ts_score -= SCORE_INS - SCORE_INSCOMP;
				}
				else
				{
				    /* If the previous character was the same,
				     * thus doubling a character, give a bonus
				     * to the score.  Also for the soundfold
				     * tree (might seem illogical but does
				     * give better scores). */
				    mb_ptr_back(tword, p);
				    if (c == mb_ptr2char(p))
					sp->ts_score -= SCORE_INS
							       - SCORE_INSDUP;
				}
			    }

			    /* Starting a new char, reset the length. */
			    sp->ts_tcharlen = 0;
			}
		    }
		    else
#endif
		    {
			/* If we found a similar char adjust the score.
			 * We do this after calling go_deeper() because
			 * it's slow. */
			if (newscore != 0
				&& !soundfold
				&& slang->sl_has_map
				&& similar_chars(slang,
						   c, fword[sp->ts_fidx - 1]))
			    sp->ts_score -= SCORE_SUBST - SCORE_SIMILAR;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    break;

	case STATE_DEL:
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    /* When past the first byte of a multi-byte char don't try
	     * delete/insert/swap a character. */
	    if (has_mbyte && sp->ts_tcharlen > 0)
	    {
		sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
		break;
	    }
#endif
	    /*
	     * Try skipping one character in the bad word (delete it).
	     */
	    sp->ts_state = STATE_INS_PREP;
	    sp->ts_curi = 1;
	    if (soundfold && sp->ts_fidx == 0 && fword[sp->ts_fidx] == '*')
		/* Deleting a vowel at the start of a word counts less, see
		 * soundalike_score(). */
		newscore = 2 * SCORE_DEL / 3;
	    else
		newscore = SCORE_DEL;
	    if (fword[sp->ts_fidx] != NUL
				    && TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, newscore))
	    {
		go_deeper(stack, depth, newscore);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: delete %c",
			sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
			fword[sp->ts_fidx]);
#endif
		++depth;

		/* Remember what character we deleted, so that we can avoid
		 * inserting it again. */
		stack[depth].ts_flags |= TSF_DIDDEL;
		stack[depth].ts_delidx = sp->ts_fidx;

		/* Advance over the character in fword[].  Give a bonus to the
		 * score if the same character is following "nn" -> "n".  It's
		 * a bit illogical for soundfold tree but it does give better
		 * results. */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		if (has_mbyte)
		{
		    c = mb_ptr2char(fword + sp->ts_fidx);
		    stack[depth].ts_fidx += MB_BYTE2LEN(fword[sp->ts_fidx]);
		    if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c))
			stack[depth].ts_score -= SCORE_DEL - SCORE_DELCOMP;
		    else if (c == mb_ptr2char(fword + stack[depth].ts_fidx))
			stack[depth].ts_score -= SCORE_DEL - SCORE_DELDUP;
		}
		else
#endif
		{
		    ++stack[depth].ts_fidx;
		    if (fword[sp->ts_fidx] == fword[sp->ts_fidx + 1])
			stack[depth].ts_score -= SCORE_DEL - SCORE_DELDUP;
		}
		break;
	    }
	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/

	case STATE_INS_PREP:
	    if (sp->ts_flags & TSF_DIDDEL)
	    {
		/* If we just deleted a byte then inserting won't make sense,
		 * a substitute is always cheaper. */
		sp->ts_state = STATE_SWAP;
		break;
	    }

	    /* skip over NUL bytes */
	    n = sp->ts_arridx;
	    for (;;)
	    {
		if (sp->ts_curi > byts[n])
		{
		    /* Only NUL bytes at this node, go to next state. */
		    sp->ts_state = STATE_SWAP;
		    break;
		}
		if (byts[n + sp->ts_curi] != NUL)
		{
		    /* Found a byte to insert. */
		    sp->ts_state = STATE_INS;
		    break;
		}
		++sp->ts_curi;
	    }
	    break;

	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/

	case STATE_INS:
	    /* Insert one byte.  Repeat this for each possible byte at this
	     * node. */
	    n = sp->ts_arridx;
	    if (sp->ts_curi > byts[n])
	    {
		/* Done all bytes at this node, go to next state. */
		sp->ts_state = STATE_SWAP;
		break;
	    }

	    /* Do one more byte at this node, but:
	     * - Skip NUL bytes.
	     * - Skip the byte if it's equal to the byte in the word,
	     *   accepting that byte is always better.
	     */
	    n += sp->ts_curi++;
	    c = byts[n];
	    if (soundfold && sp->ts_twordlen == 0 && c == '*')
		/* Inserting a vowel at the start of a word counts less,
		 * see soundalike_score(). */
		newscore = 2 * SCORE_INS / 3;
	    else
		newscore = SCORE_INS;
	    if (c != fword[sp->ts_fidx]
				    && TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, newscore))
	    {
		go_deeper(stack, depth, newscore);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: insert %c",
			sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
			c);
#endif
		++depth;
		sp = &stack[depth];
		tword[sp->ts_twordlen++] = c;
		sp->ts_arridx = idxs[n];
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		if (has_mbyte)
		{
		    fl = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
		    if (fl > 1)
		    {
			/* There are following bytes for the same character.
			 * We must find all bytes before trying
			 * delete/insert/swap/etc. */
			sp->ts_tcharlen = fl;
			sp->ts_tcharidx = 1;
			sp->ts_isdiff = DIFF_INSERT;
		    }
		}
		else
		    fl = 1;
		if (fl == 1)
#endif
		{
		    /* If the previous character was the same, thus doubling a
		     * character, give a bonus to the score.  Also for
		     * soundfold words (illogical but does give a better
		     * score). */
		    if (sp->ts_twordlen >= 2
					   && tword[sp->ts_twordlen - 2] == c)
			sp->ts_score -= SCORE_INS - SCORE_INSDUP;
		}
	    }
	    break;

	case STATE_SWAP:
	    /*
	     * Swap two bytes in the bad word: "12" -> "21".
	     * We change "fword" here, it's changed back afterwards at
	     * STATE_UNSWAP.
	     */
	    p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
	    c = *p;
	    if (c == NUL)
	    {
		/* End of word, can't swap or replace. */
		sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
		break;
	    }

	    /* Don't swap if the first character is not a word character.
	     * SWAP3 etc. also don't make sense then. */
	    if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
	    {
		sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
		break;
	    }

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		n = mb_cptr2len(p);
		c = mb_ptr2char(p);
		if (p[n] == NUL)
		    c2 = NUL;
		else if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p + n, curwin))
		    c2 = c; /* don't swap non-word char */
		else
		    c2 = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
	    }
	    else
#endif
	    {
		if (p[1] == NUL)
		    c2 = NUL;
		else if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p + 1, curwin))
		    c2 = c; /* don't swap non-word char */
		else
		    c2 = p[1];
	    }

	    /* When the second character is NUL we can't swap. */
	    if (c2 == NUL)
	    {
		sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
		break;
	    }

	    /* When characters are identical, swap won't do anything.
	     * Also get here if the second char is not a word character. */
	    if (c == c2)
	    {
		sp->ts_state = STATE_SWAP3;
		break;
	    }
	    if (c2 != NUL && TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP))
	    {
		go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: swap %c and %c",
			sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
			c, c2);
#endif
		sp->ts_state = STATE_UNSWAP;
		++depth;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		if (has_mbyte)
		{
		    fl = mb_char2len(c2);
		    mch_memmove(p, p + n, fl);
		    mb_char2bytes(c, p + fl);
		    stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + n + fl;
		}
		else
#endif
		{
		    p[0] = c2;
		    p[1] = c;
		    stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + 2;
		}
	    }
	    else
		/* If this swap doesn't work then SWAP3 won't either. */
		sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
	    break;

	case STATE_UNSWAP:
	    /* Undo the STATE_SWAP swap: "21" -> "12". */
	    p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		n = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
		c = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
		mch_memmove(p + MB_BYTE2LEN(p[n]), p, n);
		mb_char2bytes(c, p);
	    }
	    else
#endif
	    {
		c = *p;
		*p = p[1];
		p[1] = c;
	    }
	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/

	case STATE_SWAP3:
	    /* Swap two bytes, skipping one: "123" -> "321".  We change
	     * "fword" here, it's changed back afterwards at STATE_UNSWAP3. */
	    p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		n = mb_cptr2len(p);
		c = mb_ptr2char(p);
		fl = mb_cptr2len(p + n);
		c2 = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
		if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p + n + fl, curwin))
		    c3 = c;	/* don't swap non-word char */
		else
		    c3 = mb_ptr2char(p + n + fl);
	    }
	    else
#endif
	    {
		c = *p;
		c2 = p[1];
		if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p + 2, curwin))
		    c3 = c;	/* don't swap non-word char */
		else
		    c3 = p[2];
	    }

	    /* When characters are identical: "121" then SWAP3 result is
	     * identical, ROT3L result is same as SWAP: "211", ROT3L result is
	     * same as SWAP on next char: "112".  Thus skip all swapping.
	     * Also skip when c3 is NUL.
	     * Also get here when the third character is not a word character.
	     * Second character may any char: "a.b" -> "b.a" */
	    if (c == c3 || c3 == NUL)
	    {
		sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
		break;
	    }
	    if (TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3))
	    {
		go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: swap3 %c and %c",
			sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
			c, c3);
#endif
		sp->ts_state = STATE_UNSWAP3;
		++depth;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		if (has_mbyte)
		{
		    tl = mb_char2len(c3);
		    mch_memmove(p, p + n + fl, tl);
		    mb_char2bytes(c2, p + tl);
		    mb_char2bytes(c, p + fl + tl);
		    stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + n + fl + tl;
		}
		else
#endif
		{
		    p[0] = p[2];
		    p[2] = c;
		    stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + 3;
		}
	    }
	    else
		sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
	    break;

	case STATE_UNSWAP3:
	    /* Undo STATE_SWAP3: "321" -> "123" */
	    p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		n = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
		c2 = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
		fl = MB_BYTE2LEN(p[n]);
		c = mb_ptr2char(p + n + fl);
		tl = MB_BYTE2LEN(p[n + fl]);
		mch_memmove(p + fl + tl, p, n);
		mb_char2bytes(c, p);
		mb_char2bytes(c2, p + tl);
		p = p + tl;
	    }
	    else
#endif
	    {
		c = *p;
		*p = p[2];
		p[2] = c;
		++p;
	    }

	    if (!soundfold && !spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
	    {
		/* Middle char is not a word char, skip the rotate.  First and
		 * third char were already checked at swap and swap3. */
		sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
		break;
	    }

	    /* Rotate three characters left: "123" -> "231".  We change
	     * "fword" here, it's changed back afterwards at STATE_UNROT3L. */
	    if (TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3))
	    {
		go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
		sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: rotate left %c%c%c",
			sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
			p[0], p[1], p[2]);
#endif
		sp->ts_state = STATE_UNROT3L;
		++depth;
		p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		if (has_mbyte)
		{
		    n = mb_cptr2len(p);
		    c = mb_ptr2char(p);
		    fl = mb_cptr2len(p + n);
		    fl += mb_cptr2len(p + n + fl);
		    mch_memmove(p, p + n, fl);
		    mb_char2bytes(c, p + fl);
		    stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + n + fl;
		}
		else
#endif
		{
		    c = *p;
		    *p = p[1];
		    p[1] = p[2];
		    p[2] = c;
		    stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + 3;
		}
	    }
	    else
		sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
	    break;

	case STATE_UNROT3L:
	    /* Undo ROT3L: "231" -> "123" */
	    p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		n = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
		n += MB_BYTE2LEN(p[n]);
		c = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
		tl = MB_BYTE2LEN(p[n]);
		mch_memmove(p + tl, p, n);
		mb_char2bytes(c, p);
	    }
	    else
#endif
	    {
		c = p[2];
		p[2] = p[1];
		p[1] = *p;
		*p = c;
	    }

	    /* Rotate three bytes right: "123" -> "312".  We change "fword"
	     * here, it's changed back afterwards at STATE_UNROT3R. */
	    if (TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3))
	    {
		go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_SWAP3);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
		sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: rotate right %c%c%c",
			sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
			p[0], p[1], p[2]);
#endif
		sp->ts_state = STATE_UNROT3R;
		++depth;
		p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		if (has_mbyte)
		{
		    n = mb_cptr2len(p);
		    n += mb_cptr2len(p + n);
		    c = mb_ptr2char(p + n);
		    tl = mb_cptr2len(p + n);
		    mch_memmove(p + tl, p, n);
		    mb_char2bytes(c, p);
		    stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + n + tl;
		}
		else
#endif
		{
		    c = p[2];
		    p[2] = p[1];
		    p[1] = *p;
		    *p = c;
		    stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + 3;
		}
	    }
	    else
		sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_INI;
	    break;

	case STATE_UNROT3R:
	    /* Undo ROT3R: "312" -> "123" */
	    p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		c = mb_ptr2char(p);
		tl = MB_BYTE2LEN(*p);
		n = MB_BYTE2LEN(p[tl]);
		n += MB_BYTE2LEN(p[tl + n]);
		mch_memmove(p, p + tl, n);
		mb_char2bytes(c, p + n);
	    }
	    else
#endif
	    {
		c = *p;
		*p = p[1];
		p[1] = p[2];
		p[2] = c;
	    }
	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/

	case STATE_REP_INI:
	    /* Check if matching with REP items from the .aff file would work.
	     * Quickly skip if:
	     * - there are no REP items and we are not in the soundfold trie
	     * - the score is going to be too high anyway
	     * - already applied a REP item or swapped here  */
	    if ((lp->lp_replang == NULL && !soundfold)
		    || sp->ts_score + SCORE_REP >= su->su_maxscore
		    || sp->ts_fidx < sp->ts_fidxtry)
	    {
		sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
		break;
	    }

	    /* Use the first byte to quickly find the first entry that may
	     * match.  If the index is -1 there is none. */
	    if (soundfold)
		sp->ts_curi = slang->sl_repsal_first[fword[sp->ts_fidx]];
	    else
		sp->ts_curi = lp->lp_replang->sl_rep_first[fword[sp->ts_fidx]];

	    if (sp->ts_curi < 0)
	    {
		sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;
		break;
	    }

	    sp->ts_state = STATE_REP;
	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/

	case STATE_REP:
	    /* Try matching with REP items from the .aff file.  For each match
	     * replace the characters and check if the resulting word is
	     * valid. */
	    p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;

	    if (soundfold)
		gap = &slang->sl_repsal;
	    else
		gap = &lp->lp_replang->sl_rep;
	    while (sp->ts_curi < gap->ga_len)
	    {
		ftp = (fromto_T *)gap->ga_data + sp->ts_curi++;
		if (*ftp->ft_from != *p)
		{
		    /* past possible matching entries */
		    sp->ts_curi = gap->ga_len;
		    break;
		}
		if (STRNCMP(ftp->ft_from, p, STRLEN(ftp->ft_from)) == 0
			&& TRY_DEEPER(su, stack, depth, SCORE_REP))
		{
		    go_deeper(stack, depth, SCORE_REP);
#ifdef DEBUG_TRIEWALK
		    sprintf(changename[depth], "%.*s-%s: replace %s with %s",
			    sp->ts_twordlen, tword, fword + sp->ts_fidx,
			    ftp->ft_from, ftp->ft_to);
#endif
		    /* Need to undo this afterwards. */
		    sp->ts_state = STATE_REP_UNDO;

		    /* Change the "from" to the "to" string. */
		    ++depth;
		    fl = (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_from);
		    tl = (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_to);
		    if (fl != tl)
		    {
			STRMOVE(p + tl, p + fl);
			repextra += tl - fl;
		    }
		    mch_memmove(p, ftp->ft_to, tl);
		    stack[depth].ts_fidxtry = sp->ts_fidx + tl;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    stack[depth].ts_tcharlen = 0;
#endif
		    break;
		}
	    }

	    if (sp->ts_curi >= gap->ga_len && sp->ts_state == STATE_REP)
		/* No (more) matches. */
		sp->ts_state = STATE_FINAL;

	    break;

	case STATE_REP_UNDO:
	    /* Undo a REP replacement and continue with the next one. */
	    if (soundfold)
		gap = &slang->sl_repsal;
	    else
		gap = &lp->lp_replang->sl_rep;
	    ftp = (fromto_T *)gap->ga_data + sp->ts_curi - 1;
	    fl = (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_from);
	    tl = (int)STRLEN(ftp->ft_to);
	    p = fword + sp->ts_fidx;
	    if (fl != tl)
	    {
		STRMOVE(p + fl, p + tl);
		repextra -= tl - fl;
	    }
	    mch_memmove(p, ftp->ft_from, fl);
	    sp->ts_state = STATE_REP;
	    break;

	default:
	    /* Did all possible states at this level, go up one level. */
	    --depth;

	    if (depth >= 0 && stack[depth].ts_prefixdepth == PFD_PREFIXTREE)
	    {
		/* Continue in or go back to the prefix tree. */
		byts = pbyts;
		idxs = pidxs;
	    }

	    /* Don't check for CTRL-C too often, it takes time. */
	    if (--breakcheckcount == 0)
	    {
		ui_breakcheck();
		breakcheckcount = 1000;
	    }
	}
    }
}


/*
 * Go one level deeper in the tree.
 */
    static void
go_deeper(stack, depth, score_add)
    trystate_T	*stack;
    int		depth;
    int		score_add;
{
    stack[depth + 1] = stack[depth];
    stack[depth + 1].ts_state = STATE_START;
    stack[depth + 1].ts_score = stack[depth].ts_score + score_add;
    stack[depth + 1].ts_curi = 1;	/* start just after length byte */
    stack[depth + 1].ts_flags = 0;
}

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
/*
 * Case-folding may change the number of bytes: Count nr of chars in
 * fword[flen] and return the byte length of that many chars in "word".
 */
    static int
nofold_len(fword, flen, word)
    char_u	*fword;
    int		flen;
    char_u	*word;
{
    char_u	*p;
    int		i = 0;

    for (p = fword; p < fword + flen; mb_ptr_adv(p))
	++i;
    for (p = word; i > 0; mb_ptr_adv(p))
	--i;
    return (int)(p - word);
}
#endif

/*
 * "fword" is a good word with case folded.  Find the matching keep-case
 * words and put it in "kword".
 * Theoretically there could be several keep-case words that result in the
 * same case-folded word, but we only find one...
 */
    static void
find_keepcap_word(slang, fword, kword)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*fword;
    char_u	*kword;
{
    char_u	uword[MAXWLEN];		/* "fword" in upper-case */
    int		depth;
    idx_T	tryidx;

    /* The following arrays are used at each depth in the tree. */
    idx_T	arridx[MAXWLEN];
    int		round[MAXWLEN];
    int		fwordidx[MAXWLEN];
    int		uwordidx[MAXWLEN];
    int		kwordlen[MAXWLEN];

    int		flen, ulen;
    int		l;
    int		len;
    int		c;
    idx_T	lo, hi, m;
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*byts = slang->sl_kbyts;    /* array with bytes of the words */
    idx_T	*idxs = slang->sl_kidxs;    /* array with indexes */

    if (byts == NULL)
    {
	/* array is empty: "cannot happen" */
	*kword = NUL;
	return;
    }

    /* Make an all-cap version of "fword". */
    allcap_copy(fword, uword);

    /*
     * Each character needs to be tried both case-folded and upper-case.
     * All this gets very complicated if we keep in mind that changing case
     * may change the byte length of a multi-byte character...
     */
    depth = 0;
    arridx[0] = 0;
    round[0] = 0;
    fwordidx[0] = 0;
    uwordidx[0] = 0;
    kwordlen[0] = 0;
    while (depth >= 0)
    {
	if (fword[fwordidx[depth]] == NUL)
	{
	    /* We are at the end of "fword".  If the tree allows a word to end
	     * here we have found a match. */
	    if (byts[arridx[depth] + 1] == 0)
	    {
		kword[kwordlen[depth]] = NUL;
		return;
	    }

	    /* kword is getting too long, continue one level up */
	    --depth;
	}
	else if (++round[depth] > 2)
	{
	    /* tried both fold-case and upper-case character, continue one
	     * level up */
	    --depth;
	}
	else
	{
	    /*
	     * round[depth] == 1: Try using the folded-case character.
	     * round[depth] == 2: Try using the upper-case character.
	     */
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		flen = mb_cptr2len(fword + fwordidx[depth]);
		ulen = mb_cptr2len(uword + uwordidx[depth]);
	    }
	    else
#endif
		ulen = flen = 1;
	    if (round[depth] == 1)
	    {
		p = fword + fwordidx[depth];
		l = flen;
	    }
	    else
	    {
		p = uword + uwordidx[depth];
		l = ulen;
	    }

	    for (tryidx = arridx[depth]; l > 0; --l)
	    {
		/* Perform a binary search in the list of accepted bytes. */
		len = byts[tryidx++];
		c = *p++;
		lo = tryidx;
		hi = tryidx + len - 1;
		while (lo < hi)
		{
		    m = (lo + hi) / 2;
		    if (byts[m] > c)
			hi = m - 1;
		    else if (byts[m] < c)
			lo = m + 1;
		    else
		    {
			lo = hi = m;
			break;
		    }
		}

		/* Stop if there is no matching byte. */
		if (hi < lo || byts[lo] != c)
		    break;

		/* Continue at the child (if there is one). */
		tryidx = idxs[lo];
	    }

	    if (l == 0)
	    {
		/*
		 * Found the matching char.  Copy it to "kword" and go a
		 * level deeper.
		 */
		if (round[depth] == 1)
		{
		    STRNCPY(kword + kwordlen[depth], fword + fwordidx[depth],
									flen);
		    kwordlen[depth + 1] = kwordlen[depth] + flen;
		}
		else
		{
		    STRNCPY(kword + kwordlen[depth], uword + uwordidx[depth],
									ulen);
		    kwordlen[depth + 1] = kwordlen[depth] + ulen;
		}
		fwordidx[depth + 1] = fwordidx[depth] + flen;
		uwordidx[depth + 1] = uwordidx[depth] + ulen;

		++depth;
		arridx[depth] = tryidx;
		round[depth] = 0;
	    }
	}
    }

    /* Didn't find it: "cannot happen". */
    *kword = NUL;
}

/*
 * Compute the sound-a-like score for suggestions in su->su_ga and add them to
 * su->su_sga.
 */
    static void
score_comp_sal(su)
    suginfo_T	*su;
{
    langp_T	*lp;
    char_u	badsound[MAXWLEN];
    int		i;
    suggest_T   *stp;
    suggest_T   *sstp;
    int		score;
    int		lpi;

    if (ga_grow(&su->su_sga, su->su_ga.ga_len) == FAIL)
	return;

    /*	Use the sound-folding of the first language that supports it. */
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	if (lp->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0)
	{
	    /* soundfold the bad word */
	    spell_soundfold(lp->lp_slang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE, badsound);

	    for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
	    {
		stp = &SUG(su->su_ga, i);

		/* Case-fold the suggested word, sound-fold it and compute the
		 * sound-a-like score. */
		score = stp_sal_score(stp, su, lp->lp_slang, badsound);
		if (score < SCORE_MAXMAX)
		{
		    /* Add the suggestion. */
		    sstp = &SUG(su->su_sga, su->su_sga.ga_len);
		    sstp->st_word = vim_strsave(stp->st_word);
		    if (sstp->st_word != NULL)
		    {
			sstp->st_wordlen = stp->st_wordlen;
			sstp->st_score = score;
			sstp->st_altscore = 0;
			sstp->st_orglen = stp->st_orglen;
			++su->su_sga.ga_len;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Combine the list of suggestions in su->su_ga and su->su_sga.
 * They are entwined.
 */
    static void
score_combine(su)
    suginfo_T	*su;
{
    int		i;
    int		j;
    garray_T	ga;
    garray_T	*gap;
    langp_T	*lp;
    suggest_T	*stp;
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	badsound[MAXWLEN];
    int		round;
    int		lpi;
    slang_T	*slang = NULL;

    /* Add the alternate score to su_ga. */
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	if (lp->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0)
	{
	    /* soundfold the bad word */
	    slang = lp->lp_slang;
	    spell_soundfold(slang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE, badsound);

	    for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
	    {
		stp = &SUG(su->su_ga, i);
		stp->st_altscore = stp_sal_score(stp, su, slang, badsound);
		if (stp->st_altscore == SCORE_MAXMAX)
		    stp->st_score = (stp->st_score * 3 + SCORE_BIG) / 4;
		else
		    stp->st_score = (stp->st_score * 3
						  + stp->st_altscore) / 4;
		stp->st_salscore = FALSE;
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }

    if (slang == NULL)	/* Using "double" without sound folding. */
    {
	(void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore,
							     su->su_maxcount);
	return;
    }

    /* Add the alternate score to su_sga. */
    for (i = 0; i < su->su_sga.ga_len; ++i)
    {
	stp = &SUG(su->su_sga, i);
	stp->st_altscore = spell_edit_score(slang,
						su->su_badword, stp->st_word);
	if (stp->st_score == SCORE_MAXMAX)
	    stp->st_score = (SCORE_BIG * 7 + stp->st_altscore) / 8;
	else
	    stp->st_score = (stp->st_score * 7 + stp->st_altscore) / 8;
	stp->st_salscore = TRUE;
    }

    /* Remove bad suggestions, sort the suggestions and truncate at "maxcount"
     * for both lists. */
    check_suggestions(su, &su->su_ga);
    (void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_ga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);
    check_suggestions(su, &su->su_sga);
    (void)cleanup_suggestions(&su->su_sga, su->su_maxscore, su->su_maxcount);

    ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(suginfo_T), 1);
    if (ga_grow(&ga, su->su_ga.ga_len + su->su_sga.ga_len) == FAIL)
	return;

    stp = &SUG(ga, 0);
    for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len || i < su->su_sga.ga_len; ++i)
    {
	/* round 1: get a suggestion from su_ga
	 * round 2: get a suggestion from su_sga */
	for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
	{
	    gap = round == 1 ? &su->su_ga : &su->su_sga;
	    if (i < gap->ga_len)
	    {
		/* Don't add a word if it's already there. */
		p = SUG(*gap, i).st_word;
		for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; ++j)
		    if (STRCMP(stp[j].st_word, p) == 0)
			break;
		if (j == ga.ga_len)
		    stp[ga.ga_len++] = SUG(*gap, i);
		else
		    vim_free(p);
	    }
	}
    }

    ga_clear(&su->su_ga);
    ga_clear(&su->su_sga);

    /* Truncate the list to the number of suggestions that will be displayed. */
    if (ga.ga_len > su->su_maxcount)
    {
	for (i = su->su_maxcount; i < ga.ga_len; ++i)
	    vim_free(stp[i].st_word);
	ga.ga_len = su->su_maxcount;
    }

    su->su_ga = ga;
}

/*
 * For the goodword in "stp" compute the soundalike score compared to the
 * badword.
 */
    static int
stp_sal_score(stp, su, slang, badsound)
    suggest_T	*stp;
    suginfo_T	*su;
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*badsound;	/* sound-folded badword */
{
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*pbad;
    char_u	*pgood;
    char_u	badsound2[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	fword[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	goodsound[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	goodword[MAXWLEN];
    int		lendiff;

    lendiff = (int)(su->su_badlen - stp->st_orglen);
    if (lendiff >= 0)
	pbad = badsound;
    else
    {
	/* soundfold the bad word with more characters following */
	(void)spell_casefold(su->su_badptr, stp->st_orglen, fword, MAXWLEN);

	/* When joining two words the sound often changes a lot.  E.g., "t he"
	 * sounds like "t h" while "the" sounds like "@".  Avoid that by
	 * removing the space.  Don't do it when the good word also contains a
	 * space. */
	if (vim_iswhite(su->su_badptr[su->su_badlen])
					 && *skiptowhite(stp->st_word) == NUL)
	    for (p = fword; *(p = skiptowhite(p)) != NUL; )
		STRMOVE(p, p + 1);

	spell_soundfold(slang, fword, TRUE, badsound2);
	pbad = badsound2;
    }

    if (lendiff > 0 && stp->st_wordlen + lendiff < MAXWLEN)
    {
	/* Add part of the bad word to the good word, so that we soundfold
	 * what replaces the bad word. */
	STRCPY(goodword, stp->st_word);
	vim_strncpy(goodword + stp->st_wordlen,
			    su->su_badptr + su->su_badlen - lendiff, lendiff);
	pgood = goodword;
    }
    else
	pgood = stp->st_word;

    /* Sound-fold the word and compute the score for the difference. */
    spell_soundfold(slang, pgood, FALSE, goodsound);

    return soundalike_score(goodsound, pbad);
}

/* structure used to store soundfolded words that add_sound_suggest() has
 * handled already. */
typedef struct
{
    short	sft_score;	/* lowest score used */
    char_u	sft_word[1];    /* soundfolded word, actually longer */
} sftword_T;

static sftword_T dumsft;
#define HIKEY2SFT(p)  ((sftword_T *)(p - (dumsft.sft_word - (char_u *)&dumsft)))
#define HI2SFT(hi)     HIKEY2SFT((hi)->hi_key)

/*
 * Prepare for calling suggest_try_soundalike().
 */
    static void
suggest_try_soundalike_prep()
{
    langp_T	*lp;
    int		lpi;
    slang_T	*slang;

    /* Do this for all languages that support sound folding and for which a
     * .sug file has been loaded. */
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	slang = lp->lp_slang;
	if (slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0 && slang->sl_sbyts != NULL)
	    /* prepare the hashtable used by add_sound_suggest() */
	    hash_init(&slang->sl_sounddone);
    }
}

/*
 * Find suggestions by comparing the word in a sound-a-like form.
 * Note: This doesn't support postponed prefixes.
 */
    static void
suggest_try_soundalike(su)
    suginfo_T	*su;
{
    char_u	salword[MAXWLEN];
    langp_T	*lp;
    int		lpi;
    slang_T	*slang;

    /* Do this for all languages that support sound folding and for which a
     * .sug file has been loaded. */
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	slang = lp->lp_slang;
	if (slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0 && slang->sl_sbyts != NULL)
	{
	    /* soundfold the bad word */
	    spell_soundfold(slang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE, salword);

	    /* try all kinds of inserts/deletes/swaps/etc. */
	    /* TODO: also soundfold the next words, so that we can try joining
	     * and splitting */
	    suggest_trie_walk(su, lp, salword, TRUE);
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Finish up after calling suggest_try_soundalike().
 */
    static void
suggest_try_soundalike_finish()
{
    langp_T	*lp;
    int		lpi;
    slang_T	*slang;
    int		todo;
    hashitem_T	*hi;

    /* Do this for all languages that support sound folding and for which a
     * .sug file has been loaded. */
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	slang = lp->lp_slang;
	if (slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0 && slang->sl_sbyts != NULL)
	{
	    /* Free the info about handled words. */
	    todo = (int)slang->sl_sounddone.ht_used;
	    for (hi = slang->sl_sounddone.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
		if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
		{
		    vim_free(HI2SFT(hi));
		    --todo;
		}

	    /* Clear the hashtable, it may also be used by another region. */
	    hash_clear(&slang->sl_sounddone);
	    hash_init(&slang->sl_sounddone);
	}
    }
}

/*
 * A match with a soundfolded word is found.  Add the good word(s) that
 * produce this soundfolded word.
 */
    static void
add_sound_suggest(su, goodword, score, lp)
    suginfo_T	*su;
    char_u	*goodword;
    int		score;		/* soundfold score  */
    langp_T	*lp;
{
    slang_T	*slang = lp->lp_slang;	/* language for sound folding */
    int		sfwordnr;
    char_u	*nrline;
    int		orgnr;
    char_u	theword[MAXWLEN];
    int		i;
    int		wlen;
    char_u	*byts;
    idx_T	*idxs;
    int		n;
    int		wordcount;
    int		wc;
    int		goodscore;
    hash_T	hash;
    hashitem_T  *hi;
    sftword_T	*sft;
    int		bc, gc;
    int		limit;

    /*
     * It's very well possible that the same soundfold word is found several
     * times with different scores.  Since the following is quite slow only do
     * the words that have a better score than before.  Use a hashtable to
     * remember the words that have been done.
     */
    hash = hash_hash(goodword);
    hi = hash_lookup(&slang->sl_sounddone, goodword, hash);
    if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
    {
	sft = (sftword_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(sftword_T)
							 + STRLEN(goodword)));
	if (sft != NULL)
	{
	    sft->sft_score = score;
	    STRCPY(sft->sft_word, goodword);
	    hash_add_item(&slang->sl_sounddone, hi, sft->sft_word, hash);
	}
    }
    else
    {
	sft = HI2SFT(hi);
	if (score >= sft->sft_score)
	    return;
	sft->sft_score = score;
    }

    /*
     * Find the word nr in the soundfold tree.
     */
    sfwordnr = soundfold_find(slang, goodword);
    if (sfwordnr < 0)
    {
	EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "add_sound_suggest()");
	return;
    }

    /*
     * go over the list of good words that produce this soundfold word
     */
    nrline = ml_get_buf(slang->sl_sugbuf, (linenr_T)(sfwordnr + 1), FALSE);
    orgnr = 0;
    while (*nrline != NUL)
    {
	/* The wordnr was stored in a minimal nr of bytes as an offset to the
	 * previous wordnr. */
	orgnr += bytes2offset(&nrline);

	byts = slang->sl_fbyts;
	idxs = slang->sl_fidxs;

	/* Lookup the word "orgnr" one of the two tries. */
	n = 0;
	wlen = 0;
	wordcount = 0;
	for (;;)
	{
	    i = 1;
	    if (wordcount == orgnr && byts[n + 1] == NUL)
		break;	/* found end of word */

	    if (byts[n + 1] == NUL)
		++wordcount;

	    /* skip over the NUL bytes */
	    for ( ; byts[n + i] == NUL; ++i)
		if (i > byts[n])	/* safety check */
		{
		    STRCPY(theword + wlen, "BAD");
		    goto badword;
		}

	    /* One of the siblings must have the word. */
	    for ( ; i < byts[n]; ++i)
	    {
		wc = idxs[idxs[n + i]];	/* nr of words under this byte */
		if (wordcount + wc > orgnr)
		    break;
		wordcount += wc;
	    }

	    theword[wlen++] = byts[n + i];
	    n = idxs[n + i];
	}
badword:
	theword[wlen] = NUL;

	/* Go over the possible flags and regions. */
	for (; i <= byts[n] && byts[n + i] == NUL; ++i)
	{
	    char_u	cword[MAXWLEN];
	    char_u	*p;
	    int		flags = (int)idxs[n + i];

	    /* Skip words with the NOSUGGEST flag */
	    if (flags & WF_NOSUGGEST)
		continue;

	    if (flags & WF_KEEPCAP)
	    {
		/* Must find the word in the keep-case tree. */
		find_keepcap_word(slang, theword, cword);
		p = cword;
	    }
	    else
	    {
		flags |= su->su_badflags;
		if ((flags & WF_CAPMASK) != 0)
		{
		    /* Need to fix case according to "flags". */
		    make_case_word(theword, cword, flags);
		    p = cword;
		}
		else
		    p = theword;
	    }

	    /* Add the suggestion. */
	    if (sps_flags & SPS_DOUBLE)
	    {
		/* Add the suggestion if the score isn't too bad. */
		if (score <= su->su_maxscore)
		    add_suggestion(su, &su->su_sga, p, su->su_badlen,
					       score, 0, FALSE, slang, FALSE);
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/* Add a penalty for words in another region. */
		if ((flags & WF_REGION)
			    && (((unsigned)flags >> 16) & lp->lp_region) == 0)
		    goodscore = SCORE_REGION;
		else
		    goodscore = 0;

		/* Add a small penalty for changing the first letter from
		 * lower to upper case.  Helps for "tath" -> "Kath", which is
		 * less common than "tath" -> "path".  Don't do it when the
		 * letter is the same, that has already been counted. */
		gc = PTR2CHAR(p);
		if (SPELL_ISUPPER(gc))
		{
		    bc = PTR2CHAR(su->su_badword);
		    if (!SPELL_ISUPPER(bc)
				      && SPELL_TOFOLD(bc) != SPELL_TOFOLD(gc))
			goodscore += SCORE_ICASE / 2;
		}

		/* Compute the score for the good word.  This only does letter
		 * insert/delete/swap/replace.  REP items are not considered,
		 * which may make the score a bit higher.
		 * Use a limit for the score to make it work faster.  Use
		 * MAXSCORE(), because RESCORE() will change the score.
		 * If the limit is very high then the iterative method is
		 * inefficient, using an array is quicker. */
		limit = MAXSCORE(su->su_sfmaxscore - goodscore, score);
		if (limit > SCORE_LIMITMAX)
		    goodscore += spell_edit_score(slang, su->su_badword, p);
		else
		    goodscore += spell_edit_score_limit(slang, su->su_badword,
								    p, limit);

		/* When going over the limit don't bother to do the rest. */
		if (goodscore < SCORE_MAXMAX)
		{
		    /* Give a bonus to words seen before. */
		    goodscore = score_wordcount_adj(slang, goodscore, p, FALSE);

		    /* Add the suggestion if the score isn't too bad. */
		    goodscore = RESCORE(goodscore, score);
		    if (goodscore <= su->su_sfmaxscore)
			add_suggestion(su, &su->su_ga, p, su->su_badlen,
					 goodscore, score, TRUE, slang, TRUE);
		}
	    }
	}
	/* smsg("word %s (%d): %s (%d)", sftword, sftnr, theword, orgnr); */
    }
}

/*
 * Find word "word" in fold-case tree for "slang" and return the word number.
 */
    static int
soundfold_find(slang, word)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*word;
{
    idx_T	arridx = 0;
    int		len;
    int		wlen = 0;
    int		c;
    char_u	*ptr = word;
    char_u	*byts;
    idx_T	*idxs;
    int		wordnr = 0;

    byts = slang->sl_sbyts;
    idxs = slang->sl_sidxs;

    for (;;)
    {
	/* First byte is the number of possible bytes. */
	len = byts[arridx++];

	/* If the first possible byte is a zero the word could end here.
	 * If the word ends we found the word.  If not skip the NUL bytes. */
	c = ptr[wlen];
	if (byts[arridx] == NUL)
	{
	    if (c == NUL)
		break;

	    /* Skip over the zeros, there can be several. */
	    while (len > 0 && byts[arridx] == NUL)
	    {
		++arridx;
		--len;
	    }
	    if (len == 0)
		return -1;    /* no children, word should have ended here */
	    ++wordnr;
	}

	/* If the word ends we didn't find it. */
	if (c == NUL)
	    return -1;

	/* Perform a binary search in the list of accepted bytes. */
	if (c == TAB)	    /* <Tab> is handled like <Space> */
	    c = ' ';
	while (byts[arridx] < c)
	{
	    /* The word count is in the first idxs[] entry of the child. */
	    wordnr += idxs[idxs[arridx]];
	    ++arridx;
	    if (--len == 0)	/* end of the bytes, didn't find it */
		return -1;
	}
	if (byts[arridx] != c)	/* didn't find the byte */
	    return -1;

	/* Continue at the child (if there is one). */
	arridx = idxs[arridx];
	++wlen;

	/* One space in the good word may stand for several spaces in the
	 * checked word. */
	if (c == ' ')
	    while (ptr[wlen] == ' ' || ptr[wlen] == TAB)
		++wlen;
    }

    return wordnr;
}

/*
 * Copy "fword" to "cword", fixing case according to "flags".
 */
    static void
make_case_word(fword, cword, flags)
    char_u	*fword;
    char_u	*cword;
    int		flags;
{
    if (flags & WF_ALLCAP)
	/* Make it all upper-case */
	allcap_copy(fword, cword);
    else if (flags & WF_ONECAP)
	/* Make the first letter upper-case */
	onecap_copy(fword, cword, TRUE);
    else
	/* Use goodword as-is. */
	STRCPY(cword, fword);
}

/*
 * Use map string "map" for languages "lp".
 */
    static void
set_map_str(lp, map)
    slang_T	*lp;
    char_u	*map;
{
    char_u	*p;
    int		headc = 0;
    int		c;
    int		i;

    if (*map == NUL)
    {
	lp->sl_has_map = FALSE;
	return;
    }
    lp->sl_has_map = TRUE;

    /* Init the array and hash tables empty. */
    for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i)
	lp->sl_map_array[i] = 0;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    hash_init(&lp->sl_map_hash);
#endif

    /*
     * The similar characters are stored separated with slashes:
     * "aaa/bbb/ccc/".  Fill sl_map_array[c] with the character before c and
     * before the same slash.  For characters above 255 sl_map_hash is used.
     */
    for (p = map; *p != NUL; )
    {
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
#else
	c = *p++;
#endif
	if (c == '/')
	    headc = 0;
	else
	{
	    if (headc == 0)
		 headc = c;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    /* Characters above 255 don't fit in sl_map_array[], put them in
	     * the hash table.  Each entry is the char, a NUL the headchar and
	     * a NUL. */
	    if (c >= 256)
	    {
		int	    cl = mb_char2len(c);
		int	    headcl = mb_char2len(headc);
		char_u	    *b;
		hash_T	    hash;
		hashitem_T  *hi;

		b = alloc((unsigned)(cl + headcl + 2));
		if (b == NULL)
		    return;
		mb_char2bytes(c, b);
		b[cl] = NUL;
		mb_char2bytes(headc, b + cl + 1);
		b[cl + 1 + headcl] = NUL;
		hash = hash_hash(b);
		hi = hash_lookup(&lp->sl_map_hash, b, hash);
		if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
		    hash_add_item(&lp->sl_map_hash, hi, b, hash);
		else
		{
		    /* This should have been checked when generating the .spl
		     * file. */
		    EMSG(_("E783: duplicate char in MAP entry"));
		    vim_free(b);
		}
	    }
	    else
#endif
		lp->sl_map_array[c] = headc;
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if "c1" and "c2" are similar characters according to the MAP
 * lines in the .aff file.
 */
    static int
similar_chars(slang, c1, c2)
    slang_T	*slang;
    int		c1;
    int		c2;
{
    int		m1, m2;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    char_u	buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
    hashitem_T  *hi;

    if (c1 >= 256)
    {
	buf[mb_char2bytes(c1, buf)] = 0;
	hi = hash_find(&slang->sl_map_hash, buf);
	if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	    m1 = 0;
	else
	    m1 = mb_ptr2char(hi->hi_key + STRLEN(hi->hi_key) + 1);
    }
    else
#endif
	m1 = slang->sl_map_array[c1];
    if (m1 == 0)
	return FALSE;


#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (c2 >= 256)
    {
	buf[mb_char2bytes(c2, buf)] = 0;
	hi = hash_find(&slang->sl_map_hash, buf);
	if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	    m2 = 0;
	else
	    m2 = mb_ptr2char(hi->hi_key + STRLEN(hi->hi_key) + 1);
    }
    else
#endif
	m2 = slang->sl_map_array[c2];

    return m1 == m2;
}

/*
 * Add a suggestion to the list of suggestions.
 * For a suggestion that is already in the list the lowest score is remembered.
 */
    static void
add_suggestion(su, gap, goodword, badlenarg, score, altscore, had_bonus,
								 slang, maxsf)
    suginfo_T	*su;
    garray_T	*gap;		/* either su_ga or su_sga */
    char_u	*goodword;
    int		badlenarg;	/* len of bad word replaced with "goodword" */
    int		score;
    int		altscore;
    int		had_bonus;	/* value for st_had_bonus */
    slang_T	*slang;		/* language for sound folding */
    int		maxsf;		/* su_maxscore applies to soundfold score,
				   su_sfmaxscore to the total score. */
{
    int		goodlen;	/* len of goodword changed */
    int		badlen;		/* len of bad word changed */
    suggest_T   *stp;
    suggest_T   new_sug;
    int		i;
    char_u	*pgood, *pbad;

    /* Minimize "badlen" for consistency.  Avoids that changing "the the" to
     * "thee the" is added next to changing the first "the" the "thee".  */
    pgood = goodword + STRLEN(goodword);
    pbad = su->su_badptr + badlenarg;
    for (;;)
    {
	goodlen = (int)(pgood - goodword);
	badlen = (int)(pbad - su->su_badptr);
	if (goodlen <= 0 || badlen <= 0)
	    break;
	mb_ptr_back(goodword, pgood);
	mb_ptr_back(su->su_badptr, pbad);
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (has_mbyte)
	{
	    if (mb_ptr2char(pgood) != mb_ptr2char(pbad))
		break;
	}
	else
#endif
	    if (*pgood != *pbad)
		break;
    }

    if (badlen == 0 && goodlen == 0)
	/* goodword doesn't change anything; may happen for "the the" changing
	 * the first "the" to itself. */
	return;

    if (gap->ga_len == 0)
	i = -1;
    else
    {
	/* Check if the word is already there.  Also check the length that is
	 * being replaced "thes," -> "these" is a different suggestion from
	 * "thes" -> "these". */
	stp = &SUG(*gap, 0);
	for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; ++stp)
	    if (stp->st_wordlen == goodlen
		    && stp->st_orglen == badlen
		    && STRNCMP(stp->st_word, goodword, goodlen) == 0)
	    {
		/*
		 * Found it.  Remember the word with the lowest score.
		 */
		if (stp->st_slang == NULL)
		    stp->st_slang = slang;

		new_sug.st_score = score;
		new_sug.st_altscore = altscore;
		new_sug.st_had_bonus = had_bonus;

		if (stp->st_had_bonus != had_bonus)
		{
		    /* Only one of the two had the soundalike score computed.
		     * Need to do that for the other one now, otherwise the
		     * scores can't be compared.  This happens because
		     * suggest_try_change() doesn't compute the soundalike
		     * word to keep it fast, while some special methods set
		     * the soundalike score to zero. */
		    if (had_bonus)
			rescore_one(su, stp);
		    else
		    {
			new_sug.st_word = stp->st_word;
			new_sug.st_wordlen = stp->st_wordlen;
			new_sug.st_slang = stp->st_slang;
			new_sug.st_orglen = badlen;
			rescore_one(su, &new_sug);
		    }
		}

		if (stp->st_score > new_sug.st_score)
		{
		    stp->st_score = new_sug.st_score;
		    stp->st_altscore = new_sug.st_altscore;
		    stp->st_had_bonus = new_sug.st_had_bonus;
		}
		break;
	    }
    }

    if (i < 0 && ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
    {
	/* Add a suggestion. */
	stp = &SUG(*gap, gap->ga_len);
	stp->st_word = vim_strnsave(goodword, goodlen);
	if (stp->st_word != NULL)
	{
	    stp->st_wordlen = goodlen;
	    stp->st_score = score;
	    stp->st_altscore = altscore;
	    stp->st_had_bonus = had_bonus;
	    stp->st_orglen = badlen;
	    stp->st_slang = slang;
	    ++gap->ga_len;

	    /* If we have too many suggestions now, sort the list and keep
	     * the best suggestions. */
	    if (gap->ga_len > SUG_MAX_COUNT(su))
	    {
		if (maxsf)
		    su->su_sfmaxscore = cleanup_suggestions(gap,
				      su->su_sfmaxscore, SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su));
		else
		    su->su_maxscore = cleanup_suggestions(gap,
					su->su_maxscore, SUG_CLEAN_COUNT(su));
	    }
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Suggestions may in fact be flagged as errors.  Esp. for banned words and
 * for split words, such as "the the".  Remove these from the list here.
 */
    static void
check_suggestions(su, gap)
    suginfo_T	*su;
    garray_T	*gap;		    /* either su_ga or su_sga */
{
    suggest_T   *stp;
    int		i;
    char_u	longword[MAXWLEN + 1];
    int		len;
    hlf_T	attr;

    stp = &SUG(*gap, 0);
    for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
    {
	/* Need to append what follows to check for "the the". */
	vim_strncpy(longword, stp[i].st_word, MAXWLEN);
	len = stp[i].st_wordlen;
	vim_strncpy(longword + len, su->su_badptr + stp[i].st_orglen,
							       MAXWLEN - len);
	attr = HLF_COUNT;
	(void)spell_check(curwin, longword, &attr, NULL, FALSE);
	if (attr != HLF_COUNT)
	{
	    /* Remove this entry. */
	    vim_free(stp[i].st_word);
	    --gap->ga_len;
	    if (i < gap->ga_len)
		mch_memmove(stp + i, stp + i + 1,
				       sizeof(suggest_T) * (gap->ga_len - i));
	}
    }
}


/*
 * Add a word to be banned.
 */
    static void
add_banned(su, word)
    suginfo_T	*su;
    char_u	*word;
{
    char_u	*s;
    hash_T	hash;
    hashitem_T	*hi;

    hash = hash_hash(word);
    hi = hash_lookup(&su->su_banned, word, hash);
    if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
    {
	s = vim_strsave(word);
	if (s != NULL)
	    hash_add_item(&su->su_banned, hi, s, hash);
    }
}

/*
 * Recompute the score for all suggestions if sound-folding is possible.  This
 * is slow, thus only done for the final results.
 */
    static void
rescore_suggestions(su)
    suginfo_T	*su;
{
    int		i;

    if (su->su_sallang != NULL)
	for (i = 0; i < su->su_ga.ga_len; ++i)
	    rescore_one(su, &SUG(su->su_ga, i));
}

/*
 * Recompute the score for one suggestion if sound-folding is possible.
 */
    static void
rescore_one(su, stp)
    suginfo_T	*su;
    suggest_T	*stp;
{
    slang_T	*slang = stp->st_slang;
    char_u	sal_badword[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	*p;

    /* Only rescore suggestions that have no sal score yet and do have a
     * language. */
    if (slang != NULL && slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0 && !stp->st_had_bonus)
    {
	if (slang == su->su_sallang)
	    p = su->su_sal_badword;
	else
	{
	    spell_soundfold(slang, su->su_fbadword, TRUE, sal_badword);
	    p = sal_badword;
	}

	stp->st_altscore = stp_sal_score(stp, su, slang, p);
	if (stp->st_altscore == SCORE_MAXMAX)
	    stp->st_altscore = SCORE_BIG;
	stp->st_score = RESCORE(stp->st_score, stp->st_altscore);
	stp->st_had_bonus = TRUE;
    }
}

static int
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
_RTLENTRYF
#endif
sug_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2));

/*
 * Function given to qsort() to sort the suggestions on st_score.
 * First on "st_score", then "st_altscore" then alphabetically.
 */
    static int
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
_RTLENTRYF
#endif
sug_compare(s1, s2)
    const void	*s1;
    const void	*s2;
{
    suggest_T	*p1 = (suggest_T *)s1;
    suggest_T	*p2 = (suggest_T *)s2;
    int		n = p1->st_score - p2->st_score;

    if (n == 0)
    {
	n = p1->st_altscore - p2->st_altscore;
	if (n == 0)
	    n = STRICMP(p1->st_word, p2->st_word);
    }
    return n;
}

/*
 * Cleanup the suggestions:
 * - Sort on score.
 * - Remove words that won't be displayed.
 * Returns the maximum score in the list or "maxscore" unmodified.
 */
    static int
cleanup_suggestions(gap, maxscore, keep)
    garray_T	*gap;
    int		maxscore;
    int		keep;		/* nr of suggestions to keep */
{
    suggest_T   *stp = &SUG(*gap, 0);
    int		i;

    /* Sort the list. */
    qsort(gap->ga_data, (size_t)gap->ga_len, sizeof(suggest_T), sug_compare);

    /* Truncate the list to the number of suggestions that will be displayed. */
    if (gap->ga_len > keep)
    {
	for (i = keep; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
	    vim_free(stp[i].st_word);
	gap->ga_len = keep;
	return stp[keep - 1].st_score;
    }
    return maxscore;
}

#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Soundfold a string, for soundfold().
 * Result is in allocated memory, NULL for an error.
 */
    char_u *
eval_soundfold(word)
    char_u	*word;
{
    langp_T	*lp;
    char_u	sound[MAXWLEN];
    int		lpi;

    if (curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL)
	/* Use the sound-folding of the first language that supports it. */
	for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
	{
	    lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	    if (lp->lp_slang->sl_sal.ga_len > 0)
	    {
		/* soundfold the word */
		spell_soundfold(lp->lp_slang, word, FALSE, sound);
		return vim_strsave(sound);
	    }
	}

    /* No language with sound folding, return word as-is. */
    return vim_strsave(word);
}
#endif

/*
 * Turn "inword" into its sound-a-like equivalent in "res[MAXWLEN]".
 *
 * There are many ways to turn a word into a sound-a-like representation.  The
 * oldest is Soundex (1918!).   A nice overview can be found in "Approximate
 * swedish name matching - survey and test of different algorithms" by Klas
 * Erikson.
 *
 * We support two methods:
 * 1. SOFOFROM/SOFOTO do a simple character mapping.
 * 2. SAL items define a more advanced sound-folding (and much slower).
 */
    static void
spell_soundfold(slang, inword, folded, res)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*inword;
    int		folded;	    /* "inword" is already case-folded */
    char_u	*res;
{
    char_u	fword[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	*word;

    if (slang->sl_sofo)
	/* SOFOFROM and SOFOTO used */
	spell_soundfold_sofo(slang, inword, res);
    else
    {
	/* SAL items used.  Requires the word to be case-folded. */
	if (folded)
	    word = inword;
	else
	{
	    (void)spell_casefold(inword, (int)STRLEN(inword), fword, MAXWLEN);
	    word = fword;
	}

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (has_mbyte)
	    spell_soundfold_wsal(slang, word, res);
	else
#endif
	    spell_soundfold_sal(slang, word, res);
    }
}

/*
 * Perform sound folding of "inword" into "res" according to SOFOFROM and
 * SOFOTO lines.
 */
    static void
spell_soundfold_sofo(slang, inword, res)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*inword;
    char_u	*res;
{
    char_u	*s;
    int		ri = 0;
    int		c;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    if (has_mbyte)
    {
	int	prevc = 0;
	int	*ip;

	/* The sl_sal_first[] table contains the translation for chars up to
	 * 255, sl_sal the rest. */
	for (s = inword; *s != NUL; )
	{
	    c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&s);
	    if (enc_utf8 ? utf_class(c) == 0 : vim_iswhite(c))
		c = ' ';
	    else if (c < 256)
		c = slang->sl_sal_first[c];
	    else
	    {
		ip = ((int **)slang->sl_sal.ga_data)[c & 0xff];
		if (ip == NULL)		/* empty list, can't match */
		    c = NUL;
		else
		    for (;;)		/* find "c" in the list */
		    {
			if (*ip == 0)	/* not found */
			{
			    c = NUL;
			    break;
			}
			if (*ip == c)	/* match! */
			{
			    c = ip[1];
			    break;
			}
			ip += 2;
		    }
	    }

	    if (c != NUL && c != prevc)
	    {
		ri += mb_char2bytes(c, res + ri);
		if (ri + MB_MAXBYTES > MAXWLEN)
		    break;
		prevc = c;
	    }
	}
    }
    else
#endif
    {
	/* The sl_sal_first[] table contains the translation. */
	for (s = inword; (c = *s) != NUL; ++s)
	{
	    if (vim_iswhite(c))
		c = ' ';
	    else
		c = slang->sl_sal_first[c];
	    if (c != NUL && (ri == 0 || res[ri - 1] != c))
		res[ri++] = c;
	}
    }

    res[ri] = NUL;
}

    static void
spell_soundfold_sal(slang, inword, res)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*inword;
    char_u	*res;
{
    salitem_T	*smp;
    char_u	word[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	*s = inword;
    char_u	*t;
    char_u	*pf;
    int		i, j, z;
    int		reslen;
    int		n, k = 0;
    int		z0;
    int		k0;
    int		n0;
    int		c;
    int		pri;
    int		p0 = -333;
    int		c0;

    /* Remove accents, if wanted.  We actually remove all non-word characters.
     * But keep white space.  We need a copy, the word may be changed here. */
    if (slang->sl_rem_accents)
    {
	t = word;
	while (*s != NUL)
	{
	    if (vim_iswhite(*s))
	    {
		*t++ = ' ';
		s = skipwhite(s);
	    }
	    else
	    {
		if (spell_iswordp_nmw(s))
		    *t++ = *s;
		++s;
	    }
	}
	*t = NUL;
    }
    else
	vim_strncpy(word, s, MAXWLEN - 1);

    smp = (salitem_T *)slang->sl_sal.ga_data;

    /*
     * This comes from Aspell phonet.cpp.  Converted from C++ to C.
     * Changed to keep spaces.
     */
    i = reslen = z = 0;
    while ((c = word[i]) != NUL)
    {
	/* Start with the first rule that has the character in the word. */
	n = slang->sl_sal_first[c];
	z0 = 0;

	if (n >= 0)
	{
	    /* check all rules for the same letter */
	    for (; (s = smp[n].sm_lead)[0] == c; ++n)
	    {
		/* Quickly skip entries that don't match the word.  Most
		 * entries are less then three chars, optimize for that. */
		k = smp[n].sm_leadlen;
		if (k > 1)
		{
		    if (word[i + 1] != s[1])
			continue;
		    if (k > 2)
		    {
			for (j = 2; j < k; ++j)
			    if (word[i + j] != s[j])
				break;
			if (j < k)
			    continue;
		    }
		}

		if ((pf = smp[n].sm_oneof) != NULL)
		{
		    /* Check for match with one of the chars in "sm_oneof". */
		    while (*pf != NUL && *pf != word[i + k])
			++pf;
		    if (*pf == NUL)
			continue;
		    ++k;
		}
		s = smp[n].sm_rules;
		pri = 5;    /* default priority */

		p0 = *s;
		k0 = k;
		while (*s == '-' && k > 1)
		{
		    k--;
		    s++;
		}
		if (*s == '<')
		    s++;
		if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
		{
		    /* determine priority */
		    pri = *s - '0';
		    s++;
		}
		if (*s == '^' && *(s + 1) == '^')
		    s++;

		if (*s == NUL
			|| (*s == '^'
			    && (i == 0 || !(word[i - 1] == ' '
				      || spell_iswordp(word + i - 1, curwin)))
			    && (*(s + 1) != '$'
				|| (!spell_iswordp(word + i + k0, curwin))))
			|| (*s == '$' && i > 0
			    && spell_iswordp(word + i - 1, curwin)
			    && (!spell_iswordp(word + i + k0, curwin))))
		{
		    /* search for followup rules, if:    */
		    /* followup and k > 1  and  NO '-' in searchstring */
		    c0 = word[i + k - 1];
		    n0 = slang->sl_sal_first[c0];

		    if (slang->sl_followup && k > 1 && n0 >= 0
					   && p0 != '-' && word[i + k] != NUL)
		    {
			/* test follow-up rule for "word[i + k]" */
			for ( ; (s = smp[n0].sm_lead)[0] == c0; ++n0)
			{
			    /* Quickly skip entries that don't match the word.
			     * */
			    k0 = smp[n0].sm_leadlen;
			    if (k0 > 1)
			    {
				if (word[i + k] != s[1])
				    continue;
				if (k0 > 2)
				{
				    pf = word + i + k + 1;
				    for (j = 2; j < k0; ++j)
					if (*pf++ != s[j])
					    break;
				    if (j < k0)
					continue;
				}
			    }
			    k0 += k - 1;

			    if ((pf = smp[n0].sm_oneof) != NULL)
			    {
				/* Check for match with one of the chars in
				 * "sm_oneof". */
				while (*pf != NUL && *pf != word[i + k0])
				    ++pf;
				if (*pf == NUL)
				    continue;
				++k0;
			    }

			    p0 = 5;
			    s = smp[n0].sm_rules;
			    while (*s == '-')
			    {
				/* "k0" gets NOT reduced because
				 * "if (k0 == k)" */
				s++;
			    }
			    if (*s == '<')
				s++;
			    if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
			    {
				p0 = *s - '0';
				s++;
			    }

			    if (*s == NUL
				    /* *s == '^' cuts */
				    || (*s == '$'
					    && !spell_iswordp(word + i + k0,
								     curwin)))
			    {
				if (k0 == k)
				    /* this is just a piece of the string */
				    continue;

				if (p0 < pri)
				    /* priority too low */
				    continue;
				/* rule fits; stop search */
				break;
			    }
			}

			if (p0 >= pri && smp[n0].sm_lead[0] == c0)
			    continue;
		    }

		    /* replace string */
		    s = smp[n].sm_to;
		    if (s == NULL)
			s = (char_u *)"";
		    pf = smp[n].sm_rules;
		    p0 = (vim_strchr(pf, '<') != NULL) ? 1 : 0;
		    if (p0 == 1 && z == 0)
		    {
			/* rule with '<' is used */
			if (reslen > 0 && *s != NUL && (res[reslen - 1] == c
						    || res[reslen - 1] == *s))
			    reslen--;
			z0 = 1;
			z = 1;
			k0 = 0;
			while (*s != NUL && word[i + k0] != NUL)
			{
			    word[i + k0] = *s;
			    k0++;
			    s++;
			}
			if (k > k0)
			    STRMOVE(word + i + k0, word + i + k);

			/* new "actual letter" */
			c = word[i];
		    }
		    else
		    {
			/* no '<' rule used */
			i += k - 1;
			z = 0;
			while (*s != NUL && s[1] != NUL && reslen < MAXWLEN)
			{
			    if (reslen == 0 || res[reslen - 1] != *s)
				res[reslen++] = *s;
			    s++;
			}
			/* new "actual letter" */
			c = *s;
			if (strstr((char *)pf, "^^") != NULL)
			{
			    if (c != NUL)
				res[reslen++] = c;
			    STRMOVE(word, word + i + 1);
			    i = 0;
			    z0 = 1;
			}
		    }
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	else if (vim_iswhite(c))
	{
	    c = ' ';
	    k = 1;
	}

	if (z0 == 0)
	{
	    if (k && !p0 && reslen < MAXWLEN && c != NUL
		    && (!slang->sl_collapse || reslen == 0
						     || res[reslen - 1] != c))
		/* condense only double letters */
		res[reslen++] = c;

	    i++;
	    z = 0;
	    k = 0;
	}
    }

    res[reslen] = NUL;
}

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
/*
 * Turn "inword" into its sound-a-like equivalent in "res[MAXWLEN]".
 * Multi-byte version of spell_soundfold().
 */
    static void
spell_soundfold_wsal(slang, inword, res)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*inword;
    char_u	*res;
{
    salitem_T	*smp = (salitem_T *)slang->sl_sal.ga_data;
    int		word[MAXWLEN];
    int		wres[MAXWLEN];
    int		l;
    char_u	*s;
    int		*ws;
    char_u	*t;
    int		*pf;
    int		i, j, z;
    int		reslen;
    int		n, k = 0;
    int		z0;
    int		k0;
    int		n0;
    int		c;
    int		pri;
    int		p0 = -333;
    int		c0;
    int		did_white = FALSE;
    int		wordlen;


    /*
     * Convert the multi-byte string to a wide-character string.
     * Remove accents, if wanted.  We actually remove all non-word characters.
     * But keep white space.
     */
    wordlen = 0;
    for (s = inword; *s != NUL; )
    {
	t = s;
	c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&s);
	if (slang->sl_rem_accents)
	{
	    if (enc_utf8 ? utf_class(c) == 0 : vim_iswhite(c))
	    {
		if (did_white)
		    continue;
		c = ' ';
		did_white = TRUE;
	    }
	    else
	    {
		did_white = FALSE;
		if (!spell_iswordp_nmw(t))
		    continue;
	    }
	}
	word[wordlen++] = c;
    }
    word[wordlen] = NUL;

    /*
     * This algorithm comes from Aspell phonet.cpp.
     * Converted from C++ to C.  Added support for multi-byte chars.
     * Changed to keep spaces.
     */
    i = reslen = z = 0;
    while ((c = word[i]) != NUL)
    {
	/* Start with the first rule that has the character in the word. */
	n = slang->sl_sal_first[c & 0xff];
	z0 = 0;

	if (n >= 0)
	{
	    /* Check all rules for the same index byte.
	     * If c is 0x300 need extra check for the end of the array, as
	     * (c & 0xff) is NUL. */
	    for (; ((ws = smp[n].sm_lead_w)[0] & 0xff) == (c & 0xff)
							 && ws[0] != NUL; ++n)
	    {
		/* Quickly skip entries that don't match the word.  Most
		 * entries are less then three chars, optimize for that. */
		if (c != ws[0])
		    continue;
		k = smp[n].sm_leadlen;
		if (k > 1)
		{
		    if (word[i + 1] != ws[1])
			continue;
		    if (k > 2)
		    {
			for (j = 2; j < k; ++j)
			    if (word[i + j] != ws[j])
				break;
			if (j < k)
			    continue;
		    }
		}

		if ((pf = smp[n].sm_oneof_w) != NULL)
		{
		    /* Check for match with one of the chars in "sm_oneof". */
		    while (*pf != NUL && *pf != word[i + k])
			++pf;
		    if (*pf == NUL)
			continue;
		    ++k;
		}
		s = smp[n].sm_rules;
		pri = 5;    /* default priority */

		p0 = *s;
		k0 = k;
		while (*s == '-' && k > 1)
		{
		    k--;
		    s++;
		}
		if (*s == '<')
		    s++;
		if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
		{
		    /* determine priority */
		    pri = *s - '0';
		    s++;
		}
		if (*s == '^' && *(s + 1) == '^')
		    s++;

		if (*s == NUL
			|| (*s == '^'
			    && (i == 0 || !(word[i - 1] == ' '
				    || spell_iswordp_w(word + i - 1, curwin)))
			    && (*(s + 1) != '$'
				|| (!spell_iswordp_w(word + i + k0, curwin))))
			|| (*s == '$' && i > 0
			    && spell_iswordp_w(word + i - 1, curwin)
			    && (!spell_iswordp_w(word + i + k0, curwin))))
		{
		    /* search for followup rules, if:    */
		    /* followup and k > 1  and  NO '-' in searchstring */
		    c0 = word[i + k - 1];
		    n0 = slang->sl_sal_first[c0 & 0xff];

		    if (slang->sl_followup && k > 1 && n0 >= 0
					   && p0 != '-' && word[i + k] != NUL)
		    {
			/* Test follow-up rule for "word[i + k]"; loop over
			 * all entries with the same index byte. */
			for ( ; ((ws = smp[n0].sm_lead_w)[0] & 0xff)
							 == (c0 & 0xff); ++n0)
			{
			    /* Quickly skip entries that don't match the word.
			     */
			    if (c0 != ws[0])
				continue;
			    k0 = smp[n0].sm_leadlen;
			    if (k0 > 1)
			    {
				if (word[i + k] != ws[1])
				    continue;
				if (k0 > 2)
				{
				    pf = word + i + k + 1;
				    for (j = 2; j < k0; ++j)
					if (*pf++ != ws[j])
					    break;
				    if (j < k0)
					continue;
				}
			    }
			    k0 += k - 1;

			    if ((pf = smp[n0].sm_oneof_w) != NULL)
			    {
				/* Check for match with one of the chars in
				 * "sm_oneof". */
				while (*pf != NUL && *pf != word[i + k0])
				    ++pf;
				if (*pf == NUL)
				    continue;
				++k0;
			    }

			    p0 = 5;
			    s = smp[n0].sm_rules;
			    while (*s == '-')
			    {
				/* "k0" gets NOT reduced because
				 * "if (k0 == k)" */
				s++;
			    }
			    if (*s == '<')
				s++;
			    if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*s))
			    {
				p0 = *s - '0';
				s++;
			    }

			    if (*s == NUL
				    /* *s == '^' cuts */
				    || (*s == '$'
					 && !spell_iswordp_w(word + i + k0,
								     curwin)))
			    {
				if (k0 == k)
				    /* this is just a piece of the string */
				    continue;

				if (p0 < pri)
				    /* priority too low */
				    continue;
				/* rule fits; stop search */
				break;
			    }
			}

			if (p0 >= pri && (smp[n0].sm_lead_w[0] & 0xff)
							       == (c0 & 0xff))
			    continue;
		    }

		    /* replace string */
		    ws = smp[n].sm_to_w;
		    s = smp[n].sm_rules;
		    p0 = (vim_strchr(s, '<') != NULL) ? 1 : 0;
		    if (p0 == 1 && z == 0)
		    {
			/* rule with '<' is used */
			if (reslen > 0 && ws != NULL && *ws != NUL
				&& (wres[reslen - 1] == c
						    || wres[reslen - 1] == *ws))
			    reslen--;
			z0 = 1;
			z = 1;
			k0 = 0;
			if (ws != NULL)
			    while (*ws != NUL && word[i + k0] != NUL)
			    {
				word[i + k0] = *ws;
				k0++;
				ws++;
			    }
			if (k > k0)
			    mch_memmove(word + i + k0, word + i + k,
				    sizeof(int) * (wordlen - (i + k) + 1));

			/* new "actual letter" */
			c = word[i];
		    }
		    else
		    {
			/* no '<' rule used */
			i += k - 1;
			z = 0;
			if (ws != NULL)
			    while (*ws != NUL && ws[1] != NUL
							  && reslen < MAXWLEN)
			    {
				if (reslen == 0 || wres[reslen - 1] != *ws)
				    wres[reslen++] = *ws;
				ws++;
			    }
			/* new "actual letter" */
			if (ws == NULL)
			    c = NUL;
			else
			    c = *ws;
			if (strstr((char *)s, "^^") != NULL)
			{
			    if (c != NUL)
				wres[reslen++] = c;
			    mch_memmove(word, word + i + 1,
				       sizeof(int) * (wordlen - (i + 1) + 1));
			    i = 0;
			    z0 = 1;
			}
		    }
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	else if (vim_iswhite(c))
	{
	    c = ' ';
	    k = 1;
	}

	if (z0 == 0)
	{
	    if (k && !p0 && reslen < MAXWLEN && c != NUL
		    && (!slang->sl_collapse || reslen == 0
						     || wres[reslen - 1] != c))
		/* condense only double letters */
		wres[reslen++] = c;

	    i++;
	    z = 0;
	    k = 0;
	}
    }

    /* Convert wide characters in "wres" to a multi-byte string in "res". */
    l = 0;
    for (n = 0; n < reslen; ++n)
    {
	l += mb_char2bytes(wres[n], res + l);
	if (l + MB_MAXBYTES > MAXWLEN)
	    break;
    }
    res[l] = NUL;
}
#endif

/*
 * Compute a score for two sound-a-like words.
 * This permits up to two inserts/deletes/swaps/etc. to keep things fast.
 * Instead of a generic loop we write out the code.  That keeps it fast by
 * avoiding checks that will not be possible.
 */
    static int
soundalike_score(goodstart, badstart)
    char_u	*goodstart;	/* sound-folded good word */
    char_u	*badstart;	/* sound-folded bad word */
{
    char_u	*goodsound = goodstart;
    char_u	*badsound = badstart;
    int		goodlen;
    int		badlen;
    int		n;
    char_u	*pl, *ps;
    char_u	*pl2, *ps2;
    int		score = 0;

    /* Adding/inserting "*" at the start (word starts with vowel) shouldn't be
     * counted so much, vowels halfway the word aren't counted at all. */
    if ((*badsound == '*' || *goodsound == '*') && *badsound != *goodsound)
    {
	if ((badsound[0] == NUL && goodsound[1] == NUL)
	    || (goodsound[0] == NUL && badsound[1] == NUL))
	    /* changing word with vowel to word without a sound */
	    return SCORE_DEL;
	if (badsound[0] == NUL || goodsound[0] == NUL)
	    /* more than two changes */
	    return SCORE_MAXMAX;

	if (badsound[1] == goodsound[1]
		|| (badsound[1] != NUL
		    && goodsound[1] != NUL
		    && badsound[2] == goodsound[2]))
	{
	    /* handle like a substitute */
	}
	else
	{
	    score = 2 * SCORE_DEL / 3;
	    if (*badsound == '*')
		++badsound;
	    else
		++goodsound;
	}
    }

    goodlen = (int)STRLEN(goodsound);
    badlen = (int)STRLEN(badsound);

    /* Return quickly if the lengths are too different to be fixed by two
     * changes. */
    n = goodlen - badlen;
    if (n < -2 || n > 2)
	return SCORE_MAXMAX;

    if (n > 0)
    {
	pl = goodsound;	    /* goodsound is longest */
	ps = badsound;
    }
    else
    {
	pl = badsound;	    /* badsound is longest */
	ps = goodsound;
    }

    /* Skip over the identical part. */
    while (*pl == *ps && *pl != NUL)
    {
	++pl;
	++ps;
    }

    switch (n)
    {
	case -2:
	case 2:
	    /*
	     * Must delete two characters from "pl".
	     */
	    ++pl;	/* first delete */
	    while (*pl == *ps)
	    {
		++pl;
		++ps;
	    }
	    /* strings must be equal after second delete */
	    if (STRCMP(pl + 1, ps) == 0)
		return score + SCORE_DEL * 2;

	    /* Failed to compare. */
	    break;

	case -1:
	case 1:
	    /*
	     * Minimal one delete from "pl" required.
	     */

	    /* 1: delete */
	    pl2 = pl + 1;
	    ps2 = ps;
	    while (*pl2 == *ps2)
	    {
		if (*pl2 == NUL)	/* reached the end */
		    return score + SCORE_DEL;
		++pl2;
		++ps2;
	    }

	    /* 2: delete then swap, then rest must be equal */
	    if (pl2[0] == ps2[1] && pl2[1] == ps2[0]
					     && STRCMP(pl2 + 2, ps2 + 2) == 0)
		return score + SCORE_DEL + SCORE_SWAP;

	    /* 3: delete then substitute, then the rest must be equal */
	    if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2 + 1) == 0)
		return score + SCORE_DEL + SCORE_SUBST;

	    /* 4: first swap then delete */
	    if (pl[0] == ps[1] && pl[1] == ps[0])
	    {
		pl2 = pl + 2;	    /* swap, skip two chars */
		ps2 = ps + 2;
		while (*pl2 == *ps2)
		{
		    ++pl2;
		    ++ps2;
		}
		/* delete a char and then strings must be equal */
		if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2) == 0)
		    return score + SCORE_SWAP + SCORE_DEL;
	    }

	    /* 5: first substitute then delete */
	    pl2 = pl + 1;	    /* substitute, skip one char */
	    ps2 = ps + 1;
	    while (*pl2 == *ps2)
	    {
		++pl2;
		++ps2;
	    }
	    /* delete a char and then strings must be equal */
	    if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2) == 0)
		return score + SCORE_SUBST + SCORE_DEL;

	    /* Failed to compare. */
	    break;

	case 0:
	    /*
	     * Lengths are equal, thus changes must result in same length: An
	     * insert is only possible in combination with a delete.
	     * 1: check if for identical strings
	     */
	    if (*pl == NUL)
		return score;

	    /* 2: swap */
	    if (pl[0] == ps[1] && pl[1] == ps[0])
	    {
		pl2 = pl + 2;	    /* swap, skip two chars */
		ps2 = ps + 2;
		while (*pl2 == *ps2)
		{
		    if (*pl2 == NUL)	/* reached the end */
			return score + SCORE_SWAP;
		    ++pl2;
		    ++ps2;
		}
		/* 3: swap and swap again */
		if (pl2[0] == ps2[1] && pl2[1] == ps2[0]
					     && STRCMP(pl2 + 2, ps2 + 2) == 0)
		    return score + SCORE_SWAP + SCORE_SWAP;

		/* 4: swap and substitute */
		if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2 + 1) == 0)
		    return score + SCORE_SWAP + SCORE_SUBST;
	    }

	    /* 5: substitute */
	    pl2 = pl + 1;
	    ps2 = ps + 1;
	    while (*pl2 == *ps2)
	    {
		if (*pl2 == NUL)	/* reached the end */
		    return score + SCORE_SUBST;
		++pl2;
		++ps2;
	    }

	    /* 6: substitute and swap */
	    if (pl2[0] == ps2[1] && pl2[1] == ps2[0]
					     && STRCMP(pl2 + 2, ps2 + 2) == 0)
		return score + SCORE_SUBST + SCORE_SWAP;

	    /* 7: substitute and substitute */
	    if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2 + 1) == 0)
		return score + SCORE_SUBST + SCORE_SUBST;

	    /* 8: insert then delete */
	    pl2 = pl;
	    ps2 = ps + 1;
	    while (*pl2 == *ps2)
	    {
		++pl2;
		++ps2;
	    }
	    if (STRCMP(pl2 + 1, ps2) == 0)
		return score + SCORE_INS + SCORE_DEL;

	    /* 9: delete then insert */
	    pl2 = pl + 1;
	    ps2 = ps;
	    while (*pl2 == *ps2)
	    {
		++pl2;
		++ps2;
	    }
	    if (STRCMP(pl2, ps2 + 1) == 0)
		return score + SCORE_INS + SCORE_DEL;

	    /* Failed to compare. */
	    break;
    }

    return SCORE_MAXMAX;
}

/*
 * Compute the "edit distance" to turn "badword" into "goodword".  The less
 * deletes/inserts/substitutes/swaps are required the lower the score.
 *
 * The algorithm is described by Du and Chang, 1992.
 * The implementation of the algorithm comes from Aspell editdist.cpp,
 * edit_distance().  It has been converted from C++ to C and modified to
 * support multi-byte characters.
 */
    static int
spell_edit_score(slang, badword, goodword)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*badword;
    char_u	*goodword;
{
    int		*cnt;
    int		badlen, goodlen;	/* lengths including NUL */
    int		j, i;
    int		t;
    int		bc, gc;
    int		pbc, pgc;
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    char_u	*p;
    int		wbadword[MAXWLEN];
    int		wgoodword[MAXWLEN];

    if (has_mbyte)
    {
	/* Get the characters from the multi-byte strings and put them in an
	 * int array for easy access. */
	for (p = badword, badlen = 0; *p != NUL; )
	    wbadword[badlen++] = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
	wbadword[badlen++] = 0;
	for (p = goodword, goodlen = 0; *p != NUL; )
	    wgoodword[goodlen++] = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
	wgoodword[goodlen++] = 0;
    }
    else
#endif
    {
	badlen = (int)STRLEN(badword) + 1;
	goodlen = (int)STRLEN(goodword) + 1;
    }

    /* We use "cnt" as an array: CNT(badword_idx, goodword_idx). */
#define CNT(a, b)   cnt[(a) + (b) * (badlen + 1)]
    cnt = (int *)lalloc((long_u)(sizeof(int) * (badlen + 1) * (goodlen + 1)),
									TRUE);
    if (cnt == NULL)
	return 0;	/* out of memory */

    CNT(0, 0) = 0;
    for (j = 1; j <= goodlen; ++j)
	CNT(0, j) = CNT(0, j - 1) + SCORE_INS;

    for (i = 1; i <= badlen; ++i)
    {
	CNT(i, 0) = CNT(i - 1, 0) + SCORE_DEL;
	for (j = 1; j <= goodlen; ++j)
	{
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
		bc = wbadword[i - 1];
		gc = wgoodword[j - 1];
	    }
	    else
#endif
	    {
		bc = badword[i - 1];
		gc = goodword[j - 1];
	    }
	    if (bc == gc)
		CNT(i, j) = CNT(i - 1, j - 1);
	    else
	    {
		/* Use a better score when there is only a case difference. */
		if (SPELL_TOFOLD(bc) == SPELL_TOFOLD(gc))
		    CNT(i, j) = SCORE_ICASE + CNT(i - 1, j - 1);
		else
		{
		    /* For a similar character use SCORE_SIMILAR. */
		    if (slang != NULL
			    && slang->sl_has_map
			    && similar_chars(slang, gc, bc))
			CNT(i, j) = SCORE_SIMILAR + CNT(i - 1, j - 1);
		    else
			CNT(i, j) = SCORE_SUBST + CNT(i - 1, j - 1);
		}

		if (i > 1 && j > 1)
		{
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    if (has_mbyte)
		    {
			pbc = wbadword[i - 2];
			pgc = wgoodword[j - 2];
		    }
		    else
#endif
		    {
			pbc = badword[i - 2];
			pgc = goodword[j - 2];
		    }
		    if (bc == pgc && pbc == gc)
		    {
			t = SCORE_SWAP + CNT(i - 2, j - 2);
			if (t < CNT(i, j))
			    CNT(i, j) = t;
		    }
		}
		t = SCORE_DEL + CNT(i - 1, j);
		if (t < CNT(i, j))
		    CNT(i, j) = t;
		t = SCORE_INS + CNT(i, j - 1);
		if (t < CNT(i, j))
		    CNT(i, j) = t;
	    }
	}
    }

    i = CNT(badlen - 1, goodlen - 1);
    vim_free(cnt);
    return i;
}

typedef struct
{
    int		badi;
    int		goodi;
    int		score;
} limitscore_T;

/*
 * Like spell_edit_score(), but with a limit on the score to make it faster.
 * May return SCORE_MAXMAX when the score is higher than "limit".
 *
 * This uses a stack for the edits still to be tried.
 * The idea comes from Aspell leditdist.cpp.  Rewritten in C and added support
 * for multi-byte characters.
 */
    static int
spell_edit_score_limit(slang, badword, goodword, limit)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*badword;
    char_u	*goodword;
    int		limit;
{
    limitscore_T    stack[10];		/* allow for over 3 * 2 edits */
    int		    stackidx;
    int		    bi, gi;
    int		    bi2, gi2;
    int		    bc, gc;
    int		    score;
    int		    score_off;
    int		    minscore;
    int		    round;

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
    /* Multi-byte characters require a bit more work, use a different function
     * to avoid testing "has_mbyte" quite often. */
    if (has_mbyte)
	return spell_edit_score_limit_w(slang, badword, goodword, limit);
#endif

    /*
     * The idea is to go from start to end over the words.  So long as
     * characters are equal just continue, this always gives the lowest score.
     * When there is a difference try several alternatives.  Each alternative
     * increases "score" for the edit distance.  Some of the alternatives are
     * pushed unto a stack and tried later, some are tried right away.  At the
     * end of the word the score for one alternative is known.  The lowest
     * possible score is stored in "minscore".
     */
    stackidx = 0;
    bi = 0;
    gi = 0;
    score = 0;
    minscore = limit + 1;

    for (;;)
    {
	/* Skip over an equal part, score remains the same. */
	for (;;)
	{
	    bc = badword[bi];
	    gc = goodword[gi];
	    if (bc != gc)	/* stop at a char that's different */
		break;
	    if (bc == NUL)	/* both words end */
	    {
		if (score < minscore)
		    minscore = score;
		goto pop;	/* do next alternative */
	    }
	    ++bi;
	    ++gi;
	}

	if (gc == NUL)    /* goodword ends, delete badword chars */
	{
	    do
	    {
		if ((score += SCORE_DEL) >= minscore)
		    goto pop;	    /* do next alternative */
	    } while (badword[++bi] != NUL);
	    minscore = score;
	}
	else if (bc == NUL) /* badword ends, insert badword chars */
	{
	    do
	    {
		if ((score += SCORE_INS) >= minscore)
		    goto pop;	    /* do next alternative */
	    } while (goodword[++gi] != NUL);
	    minscore = score;
	}
	else			/* both words continue */
	{
	    /* If not close to the limit, perform a change.  Only try changes
	     * that may lead to a lower score than "minscore".
	     * round 0: try deleting a char from badword
	     * round 1: try inserting a char in badword */
	    for (round = 0; round <= 1; ++round)
	    {
		score_off = score + (round == 0 ? SCORE_DEL : SCORE_INS);
		if (score_off < minscore)
		{
		    if (score_off + SCORE_EDIT_MIN >= minscore)
		    {
			/* Near the limit, rest of the words must match.  We
			 * can check that right now, no need to push an item
			 * onto the stack. */
			bi2 = bi + 1 - round;
			gi2 = gi + round;
			while (goodword[gi2] == badword[bi2])
			{
			    if (goodword[gi2] == NUL)
			    {
				minscore = score_off;
				break;
			    }
			    ++bi2;
			    ++gi2;
			}
		    }
		    else
		    {
			/* try deleting/inserting a character later */
			stack[stackidx].badi = bi + 1 - round;
			stack[stackidx].goodi = gi + round;
			stack[stackidx].score = score_off;
			++stackidx;
		    }
		}
	    }

	    if (score + SCORE_SWAP < minscore)
	    {
		/* If swapping two characters makes a match then the
		 * substitution is more expensive, thus there is no need to
		 * try both. */
		if (gc == badword[bi + 1] && bc == goodword[gi + 1])
		{
		    /* Swap two characters, that is: skip them. */
		    gi += 2;
		    bi += 2;
		    score += SCORE_SWAP;
		    continue;
		}
	    }

	    /* Substitute one character for another which is the same
	     * thing as deleting a character from both goodword and badword.
	     * Use a better score when there is only a case difference. */
	    if (SPELL_TOFOLD(bc) == SPELL_TOFOLD(gc))
		score += SCORE_ICASE;
	    else
	    {
		/* For a similar character use SCORE_SIMILAR. */
		if (slang != NULL
			&& slang->sl_has_map
			&& similar_chars(slang, gc, bc))
		    score += SCORE_SIMILAR;
		else
		    score += SCORE_SUBST;
	    }

	    if (score < minscore)
	    {
		/* Do the substitution. */
		++gi;
		++bi;
		continue;
	    }
	}
pop:
	/*
	 * Get here to try the next alternative, pop it from the stack.
	 */
	if (stackidx == 0)		/* stack is empty, finished */
	    break;

	/* pop an item from the stack */
	--stackidx;
	gi = stack[stackidx].goodi;
	bi = stack[stackidx].badi;
	score = stack[stackidx].score;
    }

    /* When the score goes over "limit" it may actually be much higher.
     * Return a very large number to avoid going below the limit when giving a
     * bonus. */
    if (minscore > limit)
	return SCORE_MAXMAX;
    return minscore;
}

#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
/*
 * Multi-byte version of spell_edit_score_limit().
 * Keep it in sync with the above!
 */
    static int
spell_edit_score_limit_w(slang, badword, goodword, limit)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*badword;
    char_u	*goodword;
    int		limit;
{
    limitscore_T    stack[10];		/* allow for over 3 * 2 edits */
    int		    stackidx;
    int		    bi, gi;
    int		    bi2, gi2;
    int		    bc, gc;
    int		    score;
    int		    score_off;
    int		    minscore;
    int		    round;
    char_u	    *p;
    int		    wbadword[MAXWLEN];
    int		    wgoodword[MAXWLEN];

    /* Get the characters from the multi-byte strings and put them in an
     * int array for easy access. */
    bi = 0;
    for (p = badword; *p != NUL; )
	wbadword[bi++] = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
    wbadword[bi++] = 0;
    gi = 0;
    for (p = goodword; *p != NUL; )
	wgoodword[gi++] = mb_cptr2char_adv(&p);
    wgoodword[gi++] = 0;

    /*
     * The idea is to go from start to end over the words.  So long as
     * characters are equal just continue, this always gives the lowest score.
     * When there is a difference try several alternatives.  Each alternative
     * increases "score" for the edit distance.  Some of the alternatives are
     * pushed unto a stack and tried later, some are tried right away.  At the
     * end of the word the score for one alternative is known.  The lowest
     * possible score is stored in "minscore".
     */
    stackidx = 0;
    bi = 0;
    gi = 0;
    score = 0;
    minscore = limit + 1;

    for (;;)
    {
	/* Skip over an equal part, score remains the same. */
	for (;;)
	{
	    bc = wbadword[bi];
	    gc = wgoodword[gi];

	    if (bc != gc)	/* stop at a char that's different */
		break;
	    if (bc == NUL)	/* both words end */
	    {
		if (score < minscore)
		    minscore = score;
		goto pop;	/* do next alternative */
	    }
	    ++bi;
	    ++gi;
	}

	if (gc == NUL)    /* goodword ends, delete badword chars */
	{
	    do
	    {
		if ((score += SCORE_DEL) >= minscore)
		    goto pop;	    /* do next alternative */
	    } while (wbadword[++bi] != NUL);
	    minscore = score;
	}
	else if (bc == NUL) /* badword ends, insert badword chars */
	{
	    do
	    {
		if ((score += SCORE_INS) >= minscore)
		    goto pop;	    /* do next alternative */
	    } while (wgoodword[++gi] != NUL);
	    minscore = score;
	}
	else			/* both words continue */
	{
	    /* If not close to the limit, perform a change.  Only try changes
	     * that may lead to a lower score than "minscore".
	     * round 0: try deleting a char from badword
	     * round 1: try inserting a char in badword */
	    for (round = 0; round <= 1; ++round)
	    {
		score_off = score + (round == 0 ? SCORE_DEL : SCORE_INS);
		if (score_off < minscore)
		{
		    if (score_off + SCORE_EDIT_MIN >= minscore)
		    {
			/* Near the limit, rest of the words must match.  We
			 * can check that right now, no need to push an item
			 * onto the stack. */
			bi2 = bi + 1 - round;
			gi2 = gi + round;
			while (wgoodword[gi2] == wbadword[bi2])
			{
			    if (wgoodword[gi2] == NUL)
			    {
				minscore = score_off;
				break;
			    }
			    ++bi2;
			    ++gi2;
			}
		    }
		    else
		    {
			/* try deleting a character from badword later */
			stack[stackidx].badi = bi + 1 - round;
			stack[stackidx].goodi = gi + round;
			stack[stackidx].score = score_off;
			++stackidx;
		    }
		}
	    }

	    if (score + SCORE_SWAP < minscore)
	    {
		/* If swapping two characters makes a match then the
		 * substitution is more expensive, thus there is no need to
		 * try both. */
		if (gc == wbadword[bi + 1] && bc == wgoodword[gi + 1])
		{
		    /* Swap two characters, that is: skip them. */
		    gi += 2;
		    bi += 2;
		    score += SCORE_SWAP;
		    continue;
		}
	    }

	    /* Substitute one character for another which is the same
	     * thing as deleting a character from both goodword and badword.
	     * Use a better score when there is only a case difference. */
	    if (SPELL_TOFOLD(bc) == SPELL_TOFOLD(gc))
		score += SCORE_ICASE;
	    else
	    {
		/* For a similar character use SCORE_SIMILAR. */
		if (slang != NULL
			&& slang->sl_has_map
			&& similar_chars(slang, gc, bc))
		    score += SCORE_SIMILAR;
		else
		    score += SCORE_SUBST;
	    }

	    if (score < minscore)
	    {
		/* Do the substitution. */
		++gi;
		++bi;
		continue;
	    }
	}
pop:
	/*
	 * Get here to try the next alternative, pop it from the stack.
	 */
	if (stackidx == 0)		/* stack is empty, finished */
	    break;

	/* pop an item from the stack */
	--stackidx;
	gi = stack[stackidx].goodi;
	bi = stack[stackidx].badi;
	score = stack[stackidx].score;
    }

    /* When the score goes over "limit" it may actually be much higher.
     * Return a very large number to avoid going below the limit when giving a
     * bonus. */
    if (minscore > limit)
	return SCORE_MAXMAX;
    return minscore;
}
#endif

/*
 * ":spellinfo"
 */
    void
ex_spellinfo(eap)
    exarg_T *eap UNUSED;
{
    int		lpi;
    langp_T	*lp;
    char_u	*p;

    if (no_spell_checking(curwin))
	return;

    msg_start();
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len && !got_int; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	msg_puts((char_u *)"file: ");
	msg_puts(lp->lp_slang->sl_fname);
	msg_putchar('\n');
	p = lp->lp_slang->sl_info;
	if (p != NULL)
	{
	    msg_puts(p);
	    msg_putchar('\n');
	}
    }
    msg_end();
}

#define DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE   1	/* round 2: keep-case tree */
#define DUMPFLAG_COUNT	    2	/* include word count */
#define DUMPFLAG_ICASE	    4	/* ignore case when finding matches */
#define DUMPFLAG_ONECAP	    8	/* pattern starts with capital */
#define DUMPFLAG_ALLCAP	    16	/* pattern is all capitals */

/*
 * ":spelldump"
 */
    void
ex_spelldump(eap)
    exarg_T *eap;
{
    if (no_spell_checking(curwin))
	return;

    /* Create a new empty buffer by splitting the window. */
    do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"new");
    if (!bufempty() || !buf_valid(curbuf))
	return;

    spell_dump_compl(NULL, 0, NULL, eap->forceit ? DUMPFLAG_COUNT : 0);

    /* Delete the empty line that we started with. */
    if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count > 1)
	ml_delete(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, FALSE);

    redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
}

/*
 * Go through all possible words and:
 * 1. When "pat" is NULL: dump a list of all words in the current buffer.
 *	"ic" and "dir" are not used.
 * 2. When "pat" is not NULL: add matching words to insert mode completion.
 */
    void
spell_dump_compl(pat, ic, dir, dumpflags_arg)
    char_u	*pat;	    /* leading part of the word */
    int		ic;	    /* ignore case */
    int		*dir;	    /* direction for adding matches */
    int		dumpflags_arg;	/* DUMPFLAG_* */
{
    langp_T	*lp;
    slang_T	*slang;
    idx_T	arridx[MAXWLEN];
    int		curi[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	word[MAXWLEN];
    int		c;
    char_u	*byts;
    idx_T	*idxs;
    linenr_T	lnum = 0;
    int		round;
    int		depth;
    int		n;
    int		flags;
    char_u	*region_names = NULL;	    /* region names being used */
    int		do_region = TRUE;	    /* dump region names and numbers */
    char_u	*p;
    int		lpi;
    int		dumpflags = dumpflags_arg;
    int		patlen;

    /* When ignoring case or when the pattern starts with capital pass this on
     * to dump_word(). */
    if (pat != NULL)
    {
	if (ic)
	    dumpflags |= DUMPFLAG_ICASE;
	else
	{
	    n = captype(pat, NULL);
	    if (n == WF_ONECAP)
		dumpflags |= DUMPFLAG_ONECAP;
	    else if (n == WF_ALLCAP
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
		    && (int)STRLEN(pat) > mb_ptr2len(pat)
#else
		    && (int)STRLEN(pat) > 1
#endif
		    )
		dumpflags |= DUMPFLAG_ALLCAP;
	}
    }

    /* Find out if we can support regions: All languages must support the same
     * regions or none at all. */
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	p = lp->lp_slang->sl_regions;
	if (p[0] != 0)
	{
	    if (region_names == NULL)	    /* first language with regions */
		region_names = p;
	    else if (STRCMP(region_names, p) != 0)
	    {
		do_region = FALSE;	    /* region names are different */
		break;
	    }
	}
    }

    if (do_region && region_names != NULL)
    {
	if (pat == NULL)
	{
	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "/regions=%s", region_names);
	    ml_append(lnum++, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
	}
    }
    else
	do_region = FALSE;

    /*
     * Loop over all files loaded for the entries in 'spelllang'.
     */
    for (lpi = 0; lpi < curwin->w_s->b_langp.ga_len; ++lpi)
    {
	lp = LANGP_ENTRY(curwin->w_s->b_langp, lpi);
	slang = lp->lp_slang;
	if (slang->sl_fbyts == NULL)	    /* reloading failed */
	    continue;

	if (pat == NULL)
	{
	    vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "# file: %s", slang->sl_fname);
	    ml_append(lnum++, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
	}

	/* When matching with a pattern and there are no prefixes only use
	 * parts of the tree that match "pat". */
	if (pat != NULL && slang->sl_pbyts == NULL)
	    patlen = (int)STRLEN(pat);
	else
	    patlen = -1;

	/* round 1: case-folded tree
	 * round 2: keep-case tree */
	for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
	{
	    if (round == 1)
	    {
		dumpflags &= ~DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE;
		byts = slang->sl_fbyts;
		idxs = slang->sl_fidxs;
	    }
	    else
	    {
		dumpflags |= DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE;
		byts = slang->sl_kbyts;
		idxs = slang->sl_kidxs;
	    }
	    if (byts == NULL)
		continue;		/* array is empty */

	    depth = 0;
	    arridx[0] = 0;
	    curi[0] = 1;
	    while (depth >= 0 && !got_int
				       && (pat == NULL || !compl_interrupted))
	    {
		if (curi[depth] > byts[arridx[depth]])
		{
		    /* Done all bytes at this node, go up one level. */
		    --depth;
		    line_breakcheck();
		    ins_compl_check_keys(50);
		}
		else
		{
		    /* Do one more byte at this node. */
		    n = arridx[depth] + curi[depth];
		    ++curi[depth];
		    c = byts[n];
		    if (c == 0)
		    {
			/* End of word, deal with the word.
			 * Don't use keep-case words in the fold-case tree,
			 * they will appear in the keep-case tree.
			 * Only use the word when the region matches. */
			flags = (int)idxs[n];
			if ((round == 2 || (flags & WF_KEEPCAP) == 0)
				&& (flags & WF_NEEDCOMP) == 0
				&& (do_region
				    || (flags & WF_REGION) == 0
				    || (((unsigned)flags >> 16)
						       & lp->lp_region) != 0))
			{
			    word[depth] = NUL;
			    if (!do_region)
				flags &= ~WF_REGION;

			    /* Dump the basic word if there is no prefix or
			     * when it's the first one. */
			    c = (unsigned)flags >> 24;
			    if (c == 0 || curi[depth] == 2)
			    {
				dump_word(slang, word, pat, dir,
						      dumpflags, flags, lnum);
				if (pat == NULL)
				    ++lnum;
			    }

			    /* Apply the prefix, if there is one. */
			    if (c != 0)
				lnum = dump_prefixes(slang, word, pat, dir,
						      dumpflags, flags, lnum);
			}
		    }
		    else
		    {
			/* Normal char, go one level deeper. */
			word[depth++] = c;
			arridx[depth] = idxs[n];
			curi[depth] = 1;

			/* Check if this characters matches with the pattern.
			 * If not skip the whole tree below it.
			 * Always ignore case here, dump_word() will check
			 * proper case later.  This isn't exactly right when
			 * length changes for multi-byte characters with
			 * ignore case... */
			if (depth <= patlen
					&& MB_STRNICMP(word, pat, depth) != 0)
			    --depth;
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Dump one word: apply case modifications and append a line to the buffer.
 * When "lnum" is zero add insert mode completion.
 */
    static void
dump_word(slang, word, pat, dir, dumpflags, wordflags, lnum)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*word;
    char_u	*pat;
    int		*dir;
    int		dumpflags;
    int		wordflags;
    linenr_T	lnum;
{
    int		keepcap = FALSE;
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*tw;
    char_u	cword[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	badword[MAXWLEN + 10];
    int		i;
    int		flags = wordflags;

    if (dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_ONECAP)
	flags |= WF_ONECAP;
    if (dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_ALLCAP)
	flags |= WF_ALLCAP;

    if ((dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE) == 0 && (flags & WF_CAPMASK) != 0)
    {
	/* Need to fix case according to "flags". */
	make_case_word(word, cword, flags);
	p = cword;
    }
    else
    {
	p = word;
	if ((dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_KEEPCASE)
		&& ((captype(word, NULL) & WF_KEEPCAP) == 0
						 || (flags & WF_FIXCAP) != 0))
	    keepcap = TRUE;
    }
    tw = p;

    if (pat == NULL)
    {
	/* Add flags and regions after a slash. */
	if ((flags & (WF_BANNED | WF_RARE | WF_REGION)) || keepcap)
	{
	    STRCPY(badword, p);
	    STRCAT(badword, "/");
	    if (keepcap)
		STRCAT(badword, "=");
	    if (flags & WF_BANNED)
		STRCAT(badword, "!");
	    else if (flags & WF_RARE)
		STRCAT(badword, "?");
	    if (flags & WF_REGION)
		for (i = 0; i < 7; ++i)
		    if (flags & (0x10000 << i))
			sprintf((char *)badword + STRLEN(badword), "%d", i + 1);
	    p = badword;
	}

	if (dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_COUNT)
	{
	    hashitem_T  *hi;

	    /* Include the word count for ":spelldump!". */
	    hi = hash_find(&slang->sl_wordcount, tw);
	    if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	    {
		vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, "%s\t%d",
						     tw, HI2WC(hi)->wc_count);
		p = IObuff;
	    }
	}

	ml_append(lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE);
    }
    else if (((dumpflags & DUMPFLAG_ICASE)
		    ? MB_STRNICMP(p, pat, STRLEN(pat)) == 0
		    : STRNCMP(p, pat, STRLEN(pat)) == 0)
		&& ins_compl_add_infercase(p, (int)STRLEN(p),
					  p_ic, NULL, *dir, 0) == OK)
	/* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
	*dir = FORWARD;
}

/*
 * For ":spelldump": Find matching prefixes for "word".  Prepend each to
 * "word" and append a line to the buffer.
 * When "lnum" is zero add insert mode completion.
 * Return the updated line number.
 */
    static linenr_T
dump_prefixes(slang, word, pat, dir, dumpflags, flags, startlnum)
    slang_T	*slang;
    char_u	*word;	    /* case-folded word */
    char_u	*pat;
    int		*dir;
    int		dumpflags;
    int		flags;	    /* flags with prefix ID */
    linenr_T	startlnum;
{
    idx_T	arridx[MAXWLEN];
    int		curi[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	prefix[MAXWLEN];
    char_u	word_up[MAXWLEN];
    int		has_word_up = FALSE;
    int		c;
    char_u	*byts;
    idx_T	*idxs;
    linenr_T	lnum = startlnum;
    int		depth;
    int		n;
    int		len;
    int		i;

    /* If the word starts with a lower-case letter make the word with an
     * upper-case letter in word_up[]. */
    c = PTR2CHAR(word);
    if (SPELL_TOUPPER(c) != c)
    {
	onecap_copy(word, word_up, TRUE);
	has_word_up = TRUE;
    }

    byts = slang->sl_pbyts;
    idxs = slang->sl_pidxs;
    if (byts != NULL)		/* array not is empty */
    {
	/*
	 * Loop over all prefixes, building them byte-by-byte in prefix[].
	 * When at the end of a prefix check that it supports "flags".
	 */
	depth = 0;
	arridx[0] = 0;
	curi[0] = 1;
	while (depth >= 0 && !got_int)
	{
	    n = arridx[depth];
	    len = byts[n];
	    if (curi[depth] > len)
	    {
		/* Done all bytes at this node, go up one level. */
		--depth;
		line_breakcheck();
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/* Do one more byte at this node. */
		n += curi[depth];
		++curi[depth];
		c = byts[n];
		if (c == 0)
		{
		    /* End of prefix, find out how many IDs there are. */
		    for (i = 1; i < len; ++i)
			if (byts[n + i] != 0)
			    break;
		    curi[depth] += i - 1;

		    c = valid_word_prefix(i, n, flags, word, slang, FALSE);
		    if (c != 0)
		    {
			vim_strncpy(prefix + depth, word, MAXWLEN - depth - 1);
			dump_word(slang, prefix, pat, dir, dumpflags,
				(c & WF_RAREPFX) ? (flags | WF_RARE)
							       : flags, lnum);
			if (lnum != 0)
			    ++lnum;
		    }

		    /* Check for prefix that matches the word when the
		     * first letter is upper-case, but only if the prefix has
		     * a condition. */
		    if (has_word_up)
		    {
			c = valid_word_prefix(i, n, flags, word_up, slang,
									TRUE);
			if (c != 0)
			{
			    vim_strncpy(prefix + depth, word_up,
							 MAXWLEN - depth - 1);
			    dump_word(slang, prefix, pat, dir, dumpflags,
				    (c & WF_RAREPFX) ? (flags | WF_RARE)
							       : flags, lnum);
			    if (lnum != 0)
				++lnum;
			}
		    }
		}
		else
		{
		    /* Normal char, go one level deeper. */
		    prefix[depth++] = c;
		    arridx[depth] = idxs[n];
		    curi[depth] = 1;
		}
	    }
	}
    }

    return lnum;
}

/*
 * Move "p" to the end of word "start".
 * Uses the spell-checking word characters.
 */
    char_u *
spell_to_word_end(start, win)
    char_u  *start;
    win_T   *win;
{
    char_u  *p = start;

    while (*p != NUL && spell_iswordp(p, win))
	mb_ptr_adv(p);
    return p;
}

#if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * For Insert mode completion CTRL-X s:
 * Find start of the word in front of column "startcol".
 * We don't check if it is badly spelled, with completion we can only change
 * the word in front of the cursor.
 * Returns the column number of the word.
 */
    int
spell_word_start(startcol)
    int		startcol;
{
    char_u	*line;
    char_u	*p;
    int		col = 0;

    if (no_spell_checking(curwin))
	return startcol;

    /* Find a word character before "startcol". */
    line = ml_get_curline();
    for (p = line + startcol; p > line; )
    {
	mb_ptr_back(line, p);
	if (spell_iswordp_nmw(p))
	    break;
    }

    /* Go back to start of the word. */
    while (p > line)
    {
	col = (int)(p - line);
	mb_ptr_back(line, p);
	if (!spell_iswordp(p, curwin))
	    break;
	col = 0;
    }

    return col;
}

/*
 * Need to check for 'spellcapcheck' now, the word is removed before
 * expand_spelling() is called.  Therefore the ugly global variable.
 */
static int spell_expand_need_cap;

    void
spell_expand_check_cap(col)
    colnr_T col;
{
    spell_expand_need_cap = check_need_cap(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, col);
}

/*
 * Get list of spelling suggestions.
 * Used for Insert mode completion CTRL-X ?.
 * Returns the number of matches.  The matches are in "matchp[]", array of
 * allocated strings.
 */
    int
expand_spelling(lnum, pat, matchp)
    linenr_T	lnum UNUSED;
    char_u	*pat;
    char_u	***matchp;
{
    garray_T	ga;

    spell_suggest_list(&ga, pat, 100, spell_expand_need_cap, TRUE);
    *matchp = ga.ga_data;
    return ga.ga_len;
}
#endif

#endif  /* FEAT_SPELL */